MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING WEB

Maaw Home Contents Bibliography Maaw's Book Books Journals Summaries Marketplace Software Gadgets
Introduction Main Topics Search maaw Grad Course Textbooks Journal Bibs Links Maaw's Blog Videos Contribute

Behavioral Issues Bibliography

"Each man has an aptitude born with him to do easily some feat impossible to any other." Emerson.

See Behavioral Research in Accounting for many articles not included here.

Behavioral Issues Main Decision Theory Main
How to Manage Yourself & Other Advice Bibliography Social Networks Bibliography

Abdel-Halim, A. A. 1981. Effects of role stress-job design-technology interaction on employee work satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 260-273. (JSTOR link).

Abdel-Halim, A. A. 1983. Effects of task and personality characteristics on subordinate responses to participative decision making. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 477-484. (JSTOR link).

Abdel-Khalik, A. R. 1971. User preference ordering value: A model. The Accounting Review (July): 457-471. (JSTOR link).

Abdel-Khalik, A. R. 1988. Incentives for accruing costs and efficiency in regulated monopolies subject to ROE constraint. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Management's Ability and Incentives to Affect the Timing and Magnitude of Accounting Accruals): 144-174. (JSTOR link).

Abdolmohammadi, M. and A. Wright. 1987. An examination of the effects of experience and task complexity on audit judgments. The Accounting Review (January): 1-13. (JSTOR link).

Abele, J. 2011. Bringing minds together. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 86-93. ("Community building begins with convincing people who don't need to work together that they should.").

Abernethy, M. A. and E. Vagnoni. 2004. Power, organization design and managerial behavior. Accounting, Organizations and Society 29(3-4): 207-225.

Abernethy, M. A. and J. U. Stoelwinder. 1991. Budget use, task uncertainty, system goal orientation and subunit performance: A test of the 'fit' hypothesis in not-for-profit hospitals. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(2): 105-120.

Abernethy, M. A. and P. Brownell. 1997. Management control systems in research and development organizations: The role of accounting, behavior and personnel controls. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(3-4): 233-248.

Abrahamson, M. 1965. Cosmopolitanism, dependence-identification, and geographical mobility. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(1): 98-106. (JSTOR link).

Abrahamson, M. 1973. Talent complementarity and organizational stratification. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(2): 186-193. (JSTOR link).

Abrams, D. and M. A. Hogg. Eds. 1990. Social Identity Theory: Constructive and Critical Advances. Springer-Verlag New York, Inc.

Abruzzi, A. 1959. Rational systems and logics of action: The factory situation. Management Science (July): 369-386. (JSTOR link).

Acker, J. and D. R. Van Houten. 1974. Differential recruitment and control: The sex structuring of organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(2): 152-163. (JSTOR link).

Ackerman, D. E. 1945. Wage incentives - A management tool. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 807-816.

Ackoff, R. L. 1958. Towards a behavioral theory of communication. Management Science (April): 218-234. (JSTOR link).

Ackoff, R. L. and S. Rovin. 2003. Redesigning Society. Stanford Business Books.

Ackoff, R. L., F. Emery and B. Ruben. 2005. On Purposeful Systems: An Interdisciplinary Analysis of Individual and Social Behavior as a System of Purposeful Events. Aldine Transaction.

Acland, D. 1976. The effects of behavioral indicators on investor decisions: An exploratory study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(2 & 3): 133-142.

Adam, E. E. Jr. and W. E. Scott, Jr. 1971. The application of behavioral conditioning procedures to the problems of quality control. The Academy of Management Journal 14(2): 175-193. (JSTOR link).

Adams, J., R. W. Rice and D. Instone. 1984. Follower attitudes toward women and judgments concerning performance by female and male leaders. The Academy of Management Journal 27(3): 636-643. (JSTOR link).

Adams, J. R. and L. A. Swanson. 1976. Information processing behavior and estimating accuracy in operations management. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 98-110. (JSTOR link).

Adkins, C. L. 1995. Previous work experience and organizational socialization: A longitudinal examination. The Academy of Management Journal 38(3): 839-862. (JSTOR link).

Adler, N. J. 1984. Understanding the ways of understanding: Cross-cultural management methodology review. In R. N. Farmer. Advances in International Comparative Management. JAI Press: 31-67.

Adler, N. J., R. Doktor and R. Redding. 1986. From the Atlantic to the Pacific century: Cross-cultural management reviewed. 1986 Yearly Review of Management (3): 295-318.

Adler, P., C. Hecksher and L. Prusak. 2011. Building a collaborative enterprise. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 94-101.

Adler, P. A. and P. Adler. 1988. Intense loyalty in organizations: A case study of college athletics. Administrative Science Quarterly 33(3): 401-417. (JSTOR link).

Adler, P. S. and B. Borys. 1996. Two types of bureaucracy: Enabling and coercive. Administrative Science Quarterly 41 (March): 61-89.

Adler, P. S. and C. X. Chen. 2011. Combining creativity and control: Understanding individual motivation in large-scale collaborative creativity. Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(2): 63-85.

Adler, R. S. 2007. Negotiating with liars. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 69-74.

Adler, S., N. Aranya and J. Amernic. 1981. Community size, socialization, and the work needs of professionals. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 504-511. (JSTOR link).

Ahrens, T. and M. Mollona. 2007. Organisational control as cultural practice - A shop floor ethnography of a Sheffield steel mill. Accounting, Organizations and Society 32(4-5): 305-331.

Aiken, M., S. B. Bacharach and J. L. French. 1980. Organizational structure, work process, and proposal making in administrative bureaucracies. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 631-652. (JSTOR link).

Aiken, M. E., L. A. Blackett and G. Isaacs. 1975. Modeling behavioral interdependencies for stewardship reporting. The Accounting Review (July): 544-562. (JSTOR link).

Ajiferuke, M. and J. Boddewyn. 1970. "Culture" and other explanatory variables in comparative management studies. The Academy of Management Journal 13(2): 153-163. (JSTOR link).

Akter, M., J. Y. Lee and Y. Monden. 1999. Motivational impacts of the type and tightness of target cost information: A laboratory experiment. Advances in Management Accounting (8): 159-171.

Albanese, R. 1972. Profiles of P.O.M.C. The Academy of Management Journal 15(3): 371-374. (JSTOR link). (Surveys of 50 students' and 50 managers' sentiments towards the terms planning, organization, motivation, and control).

Albaum, G. 1964. Horizontal information flow: An exploratory study. The Academy of Management Journal 7(1): 21-33. (JSTOR link).

Alcouffe, S., N. Berland and Y. Levant. 2008. Actor-networks and the diffusion of management accounting innovations: A comparative study. Management Accounting Research (March): 1-17.

Alderfer, C. P. 1977. A critique of Salancik and Pfeffer's examination of need-satisfaction theories. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(4): 658-669. (JSTOR link).

Alderfer, C. P. and K. K. Smith. 1982. Studying intergroup relations embedded in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(1): 35-65. (JSTOR link).

Alderfer, C. P. and R. A. Guzzo. 1979. Life experiences and adults' enduring strength of desires in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(3): 347-361. (JSTOR link).

Alderfer, C. P. and R. A. Guzzo. 1980. Errata: Life experiences and adults' enduring strength of desires in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(1): 147. (JSTOR link).

Alderfer, C. P., R. E. Kaplan and K. K. Smith. 1974. The effect of variations in relatedness need satisfaction on relatedness desires. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(4): 507-532. (JSTOR link).

Allan, H. T. 1966. An empirical test of choice and decision postulates in the Cyert-March behavioral theory of the firm. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(3): 405-413. (JSTOR link).

Allcorn, S., H. S. Gaum, M. A. Diamond and H. F. Stein. 1996. The Human Cost of a Management Failure. Quorum Books.

Allen, B. H. and W. R. LaFollette. 1977. Perceived organizational structure and alienation among management trainees. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 334-341. (JSTOR link).

Allen, L. E. 1958. Toward more clarity in business communications by modern logical methods. Management Science (October): 121-135. (JSTOR link).

Allen, N. J. and J. P. Meyer. 1990. Organizational socialization tactics: A longitudinal analysis of links to newcomers' commitment and role orientation. The Academy of Management Journal 33(4): 847-858. (JSTOR link).

Allen, R. F., C. Park and S. Pilnick. 1974. The shadow organization. Management Accounting (January): 11-14.

Allen, S. A. 1978. Organizational choices and general management influence networks in divisionalized companies. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 341-365. (JSTOR link).

Alles, M. and S. Datar. 2002. Control implications of worker identification with firm sales success. Management Accounting Research (June): 173-190.

Allport, C. D., J. A. Brozovsky and W. A. Kerler. 2010. How decision preference impacts the use of persuasive communication frames in accounting. Advances in Management Accounting (18): 111-148.

Alter, C. 1990. An exploratory study of conflict and coordination in interorganizational service delivery systems. The Academy of Management Journal 33(3): 478-502. (JSTOR link).

Altimus, C. A. Jr. and R. J. Tersine. 1973. Chronological age and job satisfaction: The young blue collar worker. The Academy of Management Journal 16(1): 53-66. (JSTOR link).

Altum, O. R. 1951. A group incentive plan for the office. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1033-1039.

Alutto, J. A. and F. Acito. 1974. Decisional participation and sources of job satisfaction: A study of manufacturing personnel. The Academy of Management Journal 17(1): 160-167. (JSTOR link).

Alves, W. M. and P. H. Rossi. 1978. Who should get what? Fairness judgments of the distribution of earnings. American Journal of Sociology (November): 541-564. 

Amabile, T. M. 1988. A model of creativity and innovation in organizations. Research in Organizational Behavior (10). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press: 123-167.

Amable, T. M. 1998. How to kill creativity: Keep doing what you're doing. Or, if you want to spark innovation, rethink how you motivate, reward, and assign work to people. Harvard Business Review (September-October): 77- 87. (Summary).

Amabile, T. M. and S. J. Kramer. 2007. Inner work life: Understanding the subtext of business performance. Harvard Business Review (May): 72-83. (Performance is driven by the workers' state of mind).

Amabile, T. M. and S. J. Kramer. 2011. The power of small wins. Harvard Business Review (May): 70-80. ("In a 1968 issue of HBR, Frederick Herzberg published a now-classic article titled "One More Time: How Do You Motivate Employees?" Our findings are consistent with his message: People are most satisfied with their jobs (and therefore most motivated) when those jobs give them the opportunity to experience achievement." See Herzberg, F. 2003. One more time: How do you motivate employees? Harvard Business Review (January): 87-96. (Summary)).

Amabile, T. M., S. G. Barsade, J. S. Mueller and B. M. Staw. 2005. Affect and creativity at work. Administrative Science Quarterly 50(3): 367-403. (JSTOR link).

Amaldoss, W. and S. Jain. 2005. Conspicuous consumption and sophisticated thinking. Management Science (October): 1449-1466. (JSTOR link).

Ameen, E., S. M. Bruns and C. Jackson. 2010. Communication skills and accounting: Do perceptions match reality? The CPA Journal (July): 63-65.

Ameen, E. C., C. Jackson, W. R. Pasewark and J. R. Strawser. 1995. An empirical investigation of the antecedents and consequences of job insecurity on the turnover intentions of academic accountants. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 65-82.

Amer, E. D., R. G. Brody and J. J. Masselli. 2005. A cross-cultural analysis of student perceptions of gender diversity, family status and hiring practices in Spain and the United States. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (2): 37-52.

Amer, T. S. and S. Ravindran. 2010. The effect of visual illusions on the graphical display of information. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 23-42.

Ancona, D. G., T. A. Kochan, J. V. Maanen, M. Sculley, D. E. Westney, D. M. Kolb, S. J. Ashford and J. E. Dutton. 2004. Managing for the Future: Organizational Behavior & Processes, 3e. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Anderson, B., J. Berger, B. P. Cohen and M. Zelditch, Jr. 1966. Status classes in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(2): 264-283. (JSTOR link).

Anderson, C. R. and F. T. Paine. 1975. Managerial perceptions and strategic behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 811-823. (JSTOR link).

Anderson, C. R., D. Hellriegel and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1977. Managerial response to environmentally induced stress. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 260-272. (JSTOR link).

Anderson, J. A. 1975. Information interactions and accounting information user reactions. The Accounting Review (July): 509-511. (JSTOR link).

Anderson, M. J. 1988. A comparative analysis of information search and evaluation behavior of professional and non-professional analysts. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(5): 431-446.

Anderson, M. J. and G. S. Potter. 1998. On the use of regression and verbal protocol analysis in modeling analysts' behavior in an unstructured task environment: A methodological note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(5-6): 435-450.

Ansari, S. L. 1976. Behavioral factors in variance control: Report on a laboratory experiment. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 189-211. (JSTOR link).

Anthony, R. N. 1990. The bad and good of experience. Management Accounting (January): 36-37.

Aquino, K., R. W. Griffeth, D. G. Allen and P. W. Hom. 1997. Integrating justice constructs into the turnover process: A test of a referent cognitions model. The Academy of Management Journal 40(5): 1208-1227. (JSTOR link).

Aquino, K., S. L. Grover, M. Bradfield and D. G. Allen. 1999. The effects of negative affectivity, hierarchical status, and self-determination on workplace victimization. The Academy of Management Journal 42(3): 260-272. (JSTOR link).

Aram, J. D., C. P. Morgan and E. S. Esbeck. 1971. Relation of collaborative interpersonal relationships to individual satisfaction and organizational performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(3): 289-297. (JSTOR link).

Aranya, N., R. Lachman and J. Amernic. 1982. Accountants' job satisfaction: A path analysis. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(3): 201-215. 

Archer, M. S. 1996. Culture and Agency: The Place of Culture in Social Theory. Cambridge University Press. 

Argyris, C. 1952. The Impact of Budgets on People. New York: Controllership Foundation.

Argyris, C. 1953. Human problems with budgets. The Harvard Business Review (January-February): 97-110.

Argyris, C. 1957. The individual and organization: Some problems of mutual adjustment. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(1): 1-24. (JSTOR link).

Argyris, C. 1959. The individual and organization: An empirical test. Administrative Science Quarterly 4(2): 145-167. (JSTOR link).

Argyris, C. 1958. Some problems in conceptualizing organizational climate: A case study of a bank. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(4): 501-520. (JSTOR link).

Argyris, C. 1970. Intervention Theory and Method. Reading, MA: Addison Wesley.

Argyris, C. 1973. Personality and organization theory revisited. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(2): 141-167. (JSTOR link).

Argyris C. 1977. Organizational learning and management information systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 2(2): 113-123.

Argyris, C. 1982. Reasoning, Learning, and Action. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Argyris, C. 1991. Teaching smart people how to learn. Harvard Business Review (May-June): 99-109.

Argyris, C. 1993. Knowledge for Action. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Argyris, C. 1993. Education for leading learning. Organizational Dynamics (Winter).

Argyris, C. and R. S. Kaplan. 1994. Implementing new knowledge: The case of activity-based costing. Accounting Horizons (September): 83-105. (Summary).

Ariely, D. 2009. The end of rational economics. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 78-84.

Ariely, D. 2010. The Upside of Irrationality: The unexpected Benefits of Defying Logic at Work and at Home. Harper.

Arkes, H. R. and C. Blumer. 1985. The psychology of sunk cost. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 35(1): 124-140. (The paper describes how past investments of time and effort affect decision making).

Armenakis, A. and L. Smith. 1978. A practical alternative to comparison group designs in OD evaluations: The abbreviated time series design. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 499-507. (JSTOR link).

Armstrong, M. B. 1987. Moral development and accounting education. Journal of Accounting Education 5(1): 27-43.

Arnaiz, O. G. and V. Salas-Fumás. 2008. Performance standards and optimal incentives. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 139-152.

Arnold, H. J. 1985. Task performance, perceived competence, and attributed causes of performance as determinants of intrinsic motivation. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 876-888. (JSTOR link).

Arnold, H. J. and D. C. Feldman. 1981. Social desirability response bias in self-report choice situations. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 377-385. (JSTOR link).

Arnold, H. J., D. C. Feldman and M. Purbhoo. 1985. The role of social-desirability response bias in turnover research. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 955-966. (JSTOR link).

Arnold, V. 2010. Advances in Accounting Behavioural Research (13). Emerald Group Publishing Limited.

Arnold, V. and S. G. Sutton. 1997. Behavioral Accounting Research: Foundations and Frontiers. American Accounting Association.

Aronoff, C. 1975. The rise of the behavioral perspective in selected general management textbooks: An empirical investigation through content analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 753-768. (JSTOR link).

Arrington, C. E. and J. R. Francis. 1993. Accounting as a human practice: The appeal of other voices. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(2-3): 105-106.

Arrington, C. E. and J. R. Francis. 1993. Giving economic accounts: Accounting as cultural practice. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(2-3): 107-124.

Arrow, K. J. 1963. Social Choice and Individual Values. 2nd edition. Yale University Press.

Arthur, J. B. and L. Aiman-Smith. 2001. Gainsharing and organizational learning: An analysis of employee suggestions over time. The Academy of Management Journal 44(4): 737-754. (JSTOR link).

Arvey, R. D., G. A. Davis, S. L. McGowen and R. L. Dipboye. 1982. Potential sources of bias in job analytic processes. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 618-629. (JSTOR link).

Arya, A. and B. Mittendorf. 2004. Benefits of a slanted view: A discussion of ‘disclosure bias’. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 251-262.

Arya, A. and B. Mittendorf. 2005. Using disclosure to influence herd behavior and alter competition. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 231-246.

Arya, A. and J. Glover. 1996. Verification of historical cost reports. The Accounting Review (April): 255-269. (JSTOR link).

Arya, A., J. Fellingham, and J. Glover. 1997. Teams, repeated tasks, and implicit incentives. Journal of Accounting and Economics (May): 7-30.

Asare, S. K. and L. S. McDaniel. 1996. The effects of familiarity with the preparer and task complexity on the effectiveness of the audit review process. The Accounting Review (April): 139-159. (JSTOR link).

Ashforth, B. E. and A. M. Saks. 1996. Socialization tactics: Longitudinal effects on newcomer adjustment. The Academy of Management Journal 39(1): 149-178. (JSTOR link).

Ashford, S. J. 1986. Feedback-seeking in individual adaptation: A resource perspective. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 465-487. (JSTOR link).

Ashford, S. J., C. Lee and P. Bobko. 1989. Content, causes, and consequences of job insecurity: A theory-based measure and substantive test. The Academy of Management Journal 32(4): 803-829. (JSTOR link).

Ashkanasy, N. M. and S. Holmes. 1995. Perceptions of organizational ideology following merger: A longitudinal study of merging accounting firms. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(1): 19-34.

Ashton, R. H. 1974. Behavioral implications of taxation: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 831-833. (JSTOR link).

Ashton, R. H. 1976. Cognitive changes induced by accounting changes: Experimental evidence on the functional fixation hypothesis. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Human Information Processing in Accounting): 1-17. (JSTOR link).

Ashton, R. H. 1979. Some implications of parameter sensitivity research for judgment modeling in accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 170-179. (JSTOR link).

Ashton, R. H. 1981. A descriptive study of information evaluation. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 42-61. (JSTOR link).

Ashton, R. H. 1982. Human Information Processing in Accounting. Studies in Accounting Research (17). American Accounting Association.

Ashton, R. H. 1987. Discussion comments. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 64-68. (Ashton's discussion follows papers by Hopwood and March.) (Summary).

Ashton, R. H. 1990. Pressure and performance in accounting decision settings: Paradoxical effects of incentives, feedback, and justification. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Judgment in Accounting and Auditing): 148-180. (JSTOR link).

Ashton, R. H. and S. S. Kramer. 1980. Students as surrogates in behavioral accounting research: Some evidence. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-15. (JSTOR link).

Assael, H. 1969. Constructive role of interorganizational conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(4): 573-582. (JSTOR link).

Asthana, S. 2001. The impact of regulatory and audit environment on managers' discretionary accounting choices: The case of SFAS No. 106. Accounting and the Public Interest (1): 73-96.

Athanassiades, J. C. 1973. The distortion of upward communication in hierarchical organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 207-226. (JSTOR link).

Atkinson, A. A. 1979. Information incentives in a standard-setting model of control. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-22. (JSTOR link).

Aucoin, S. A. 1988. 10 steps to winning approval of a new reporting system. Management Accounting (June): 50-52, 54.

Audia, P. G., E. A. Locke and K. G. Smith. 2000. The paradox of success: An archival and a laboratory study of strategic persistence following radical environmental change. The Academy of Management Journal 43(5): 837-853. (JSTOR link).

Austin, R. D. and R. L. Nolan. 2007. Bridging the gap between stewards and creators. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 29-36.

Autrey, R. L., S. S. Dikolli and D. P. Newman. 2010. Performance measure aggregation, career incentives, and explicit incentives. Journal of Management Accounting Research (22): 115-131.

Avolio, B. J., D. A. Waldman and M. A. McDaniel. 1990. Age and work performance in nonmanagerial jobs: The effects of experience and occupational type. The Academy of Management Journal 33(2): 407-422. (JSTOR link).  1990. Errata: Age and work performance in nonmanagerial jobs: The effects of experience and occupational type. The Academy of Management Journal 33(3): 652. (JSTOR link).

Avolio, B. J., J. M. Howell and J. J. Sosik. 1999. A funny thing happened on the way to the bottom line: Humor as a moderator of leadership style effects. The Academy of Management Journal 42(2): 219-227. (JSTOR link).

Awasthi, V. and J. Pratt. 1990. The effects of monetary incentives on effort and decision performance: The role of cognitive characteristics. The Accounting Review (October): 797-811. (JSTOR link).

Awasthi, V. N., C. W. Chow and A. Wu. 1997. Sensitizing accounting students to cultural diversity: Reporting on a teaching experiment. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 77-80.

Awasthi, V. N., C. W. Chow and A. Wu. 1998. Performance measure and resource expenditure choices in a teamwork environment: The effects of national culture. Management Accounting Research (June): 119-138.

Azim, A. N. and F. G. Boseman. 1975. An empirical assessment of Etzioni's topology of power and involvement within a university setting. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 680-689. (JSTOR link).

Bacharach, S. B. and M. Aiken. 1977. Communication in administrative bureaucracies. The Academy of Management Journal 20(3): 365-377. (JSTOR link).

Bacharach, S. B., P. A. Bamberger and D. Vashdi. 2005. Diversity and homophily at work: Supportive relations among white and African-American peers. The Academy of Management Journal 48(4): 619-644. (JSTOR link).

Bacharach, S. B., P. A. Bamberger and W. J. Sonnenstuhl. 2002. Driven to drink: Managerial control, work-related risk factors, and employee problem drinking. The Academy of Management Journal 45(4): 637-658. (JSTOR link).

Baehr, M. E. and R. Renck. 1958. The definition and measurement of employee morale. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(2): 157-184. (JSTOR link).

Bailey, A. D. Jr. 1995. The practicing professional's mental model: Are we creating the right mental models for new professionals? Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 191-195.

Bailey, C. D. and N. J. Fessler. 2011. The moderating effects of task complexity and task attractiveness on the impact of monetary incentives in repeated tasks. Journal of Management Accounting Research (23): 189-210.

Bailey, C. D., L. D. Brown and A. F. Cocco. 1998. The effects of monetary incentives on worker learning and performance in an assembly task. Journal of Management Accounting Research (10): 119-131. (Summary).

Bailey, C. D., T. J. Phillips, Jr. and S. B. Scofield. 2005. Does "political bias" in the DIT or DIT-2 threaten validity in studies of CPAs? Behavioral Research in Accounting (17): 23-42.

Baiman, S. and B. L. Lewis. 1989. An experiment testing the behavioral equivalence of strategically equivalent employment contracts. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-20. (JSTOR link).

Baiman, S. and M. V. Rajan. 1995. The informational advantages of discretionary bonus schemes. The Accounting Review (October): 557-579. (JSTOR link).

Baiman, S. and M. V. Rajan. 2002. Incentive issues in inter-firm relationships. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(3): 213-238.

Baird, K. M., G. L. Harrison and R. C. Reeve. 2004. Adoption of activity management practices: A note on the extent of adoption and the influence of organizational and cultural factors. Management Accounting Research (December): 383-399.

Baird, L. S. and W. C. Hamner. 1979. Individual versus systems rewards: Who's dissatisfied, why, and what is their likely response? The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 783-792. (JSTOR link).

Baker, C. R. 1976. An investigation of differences in values: Accounting majors vs. nonaccounting majors. The Accounting Review (October): 886-893. (JSTOR link).

Baker, H. K. and J. R. Nofsinger, Editors. 2010. Behavioral Finance: Investors, Corporations, and Markets. Wiley.

Baladouni, V. 1966. The accounting perspective re-examined. The Accounting Review (April): 215-225. (JSTOR link).  (The accounting universe is viewed as a behavioral process).

Balderston, F. E. 1958. Communication networks in intermediate markets. Management Science (January): 154-171. (JSTOR link).

Baldwin, B. A. and P. M. J. Reckers. 1984. Exploring the role of learning style research in accounting education policy. Journal of Accounting Education 2(2): 63-76.

Baldwin, W. 1982. This is the answer. Forbes (July 5): 50-52.

Balk, W. L. 1969. Status perceptions of management "peers". The Academy of Management Journal 12(4): 431-437. (JSTOR link).

Ball, G. A., L. K. Trevino and H. P. Sims, Jr. 1994. Just and unjust punishment: Influences on subordinate performance and citizenship. The Academy of Management Journal 37(2): 299-322. (JSTOR link).

Ballou, B., D. L. Heitger and T. D. Schultz. 2010. The actions-to-value framework: Linking managerial behavior to organizational value. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 1-9.

Ballou, B., N. H. Godwin and R. T. Shortridge. 2003. Firm value and employee attitudes on workplace quality. Accounting Horizons (December): 329-341.

Bamber, E. M. 1993. Opportunities in behavioral accounting research. Behavioral Research In Accounting (5): 1-29.

Bamber, E. M., D. Snowball and R. M. Tubbs. 1989. Audit structure and its relation to role conflict and role ambiguity: An empirical investigation. The Accounting Review (April): 285-299. (JSTOR link).

Bamber, E. M., R. J. Ramsay and R. M. Tubbs. 1997. An examination of the descriptive validity of the belief-adjustment model and alternative attitudes to evidence in auditing. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(3-4): 249-268.

Bandura, A. 1986. Social Foundations of Thought and Action. A Social Cognitive Theory. Prentice Hall.

Banker, R. D., G. Potter and R. G. Schroeder. 1993. Reporting manufacturing performance measures to workers: An empirical study. Journal of Management Accounting Research (5): 33-55. (Summary).

Banker, R. D., S. Lee and G. Potter. 1996. A field study of the impact of a performance-based incentive plan. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 195-226.

Banker, R. D., S. Lee, G. Potter and D. Srinivasan. 1996. Contextual analysis of performance impacts of outcome-based incentive compensation. The Academy of Management Journal 39(4): 920-948. (JSTOR link).

Banker, R. D., S. Lee, G. Potter and D. Srinivasan. 2000. An empirical analysis of continuing improvements following the implementation of a performance-based compensation plan. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 315-350.

Baril, C. P., B. M. Cunningham, D. R. Fordham, R. L. Gardner and S. K. Wolcott. 1998. Critical thinking in the public accounting profession: Aptitudes and attitudes. Journal of Accounting Education 16(3-4): 381-406.

Barley, S. R. 1983. Semiotics and the study of occupational and organizational cultures. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 393-413. (JSTOR link).

Barley, S. R. and G. Kunda. 1992. Design and devotion: Surges of rational and normative ideologies of control in managerial discourse. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(3): 363-399. (JSTOR link).

Barley, S. R., G. W. Meyer and D. C. Gash. 1988. Cultures of culture: Academics, practitioners and the pragmatics of normative control. Administrative Science Quarterly 33(1): 24-60. (JSTOR link).

Barr, S. H. and E. J. Conlon. 1994. Effects of distribution of feedback in work groups. The Academy of Management Journal 37(3): 641-655. (JSTOR link).

Barranger, J. J. 1947. A standard hour wage incentive plan. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 391-398.

Barrett, B. V., J. B. Forbes, E. J. O'Connor and R. A. Alexander. 1980. Ability-satisfaction relationships: Field and laboratory studies. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 550-555. (JSTOR link).

Barrett, M. E. 1971. Accounting for intercorporate investments: A behavior field experiment. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 50-65. (JSTOR link).

Barrett, M. E. 1971. [Discussion of accounting for intercorporate investments: A behavior field experiment]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 79-92. (JSTOR link).

Barsade, S. G. 2002. The ripple effect: Emotional contagion and its influence on group behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(4): 644-675. (JSTOR link).

Barsness, Z. I., K. A. Diekmann and M. L. Seidel. 2005. Motivation and opportunity: The role of remote work, demographic dissimilarity, and social network centrality in impression management. The Academy of Management Journal 48(3): 401-419. (JSTOR link).

Bartel, C. A. 2001. Social comparisons in boundary-spanning work: Effects of community outreach on members' organizational identity and identification. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(3): 379-413. (JSTOR link).

Bartel, C. A. and R. Saavedra. 2000. The collective construction of work group moods. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(2): 197-231. (JSTOR link).

Bartlett, C. A. and S. Ghoshal. 2002. Building competitive advantage through people. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 34-41.

Bartol, K. M. 1979. Professionalism as a predictor of organizational commitment, role stress, and turnover: A multidimensional approach. The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 815-821. (JSTOR link).

Bartolke, K., W. Eschweiler, D. Flechsenberger and A. S. Tannenbaum. 1982. Workers' participation and the distribution of control as perceived by members of ten German companies. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(3): 380-397. (JSTOR link).

Barton, R. F. 1969. An experimental study of the impact of competitive pressures on overhead allocation bids. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 116-122. (JSTOR link).

Barzun, J. 2000. From Dawn to Decadence: 1500 to the Present: 500 Years of Western Cultural Life. Harper Collins.

Baskerville, R. F. 2003. Hofstede never studied culture. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(1): 1-14.

Baskerville-Morley, R. F. 2005. A research note: the unfinished business of culture. Accounting, Organizations, and Society 30(4): 389-391.

Basoglu, K. A., M. A. Fuller and J. T. Sweeney. 2009. Investigating the effects of computer mediated interruptions: An analysis of task characteristics and interruption frequency on financial performance. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(4): 177-189.

Bass, A. W. 1933. Financial incentives for clerical service. N.A.C.A Bulletin (April 1): 1115-1127.

Bateman, T. S. and D. W. Organ. 1983. Job satisfaction and the good soldier: The relationship between affect and employee "citizenship". The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 587-595. (JSTOR link).

Bateman, T. S. and S. Strasser. 1984. A longitudinal analysis of the antecedents of organizational commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 95-112. (JSTOR link).

Baty, G. B., W. M. Evan and T. W. Rothermel. 1971. Personnel flows as interorganizational relations. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(4): 430-443. (JSTOR link).

Baydoun, N. and R. Willett. 1995. Cultural relevance of western accounting systems to developing countries. Abacus 31(1): 67-92.

Bazerman, M. H., G. Loewenstein and D. A. Moore. 2002. Why good accountants do bad audits. Harvard Business Review (November): 97-102. (Summary).

Beck, E. M. 1973. Comments on Greene and Organ's "Evaluation of models". Administrative Science Quarterly 18(3): 393-395. (JSTOR link).

Becker, B. E. and M. A. Huselid. 1992. The incentive effects of tournament compensation systems. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(2): 336-350. (JSTOR link).

Becker, B. E., M. A. Huselid and D. Ulrich. 2001. The HR Scorecard: Linking People, Strategy and Performance. Harvard Business School.

Becker, H. S. and B. Geer. 1960. Latent culture: A note on the theory of latent social roles. Administrative Science Quarterly 5(2): 304-313. (JSTOR link).

Becker, S. W. 1967. Discussion of the effect of frequency of feedback on attitudes and performance. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 225-228. (JSTOR link).

Becker, S. W. and D. Green. 1962. Budgeting and employee behavior. The Journal of Business (October): 392-402.

Becker, T. E. 1992. Foci and bases of commitment: Are they distinctions worth making? The Academy of Management Journal 35(1): 232-244. (JSTOR link).

Becker, T. E. and S. L. Martin. 1995. Trying to look bad at work: Methods and motives for managing poor impressions in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 174-199. (JSTOR link).

Becker, T. E., R. S. Billings, D. M. Eveleth and N. L. Gilbert. 1996. Foci and bases of employee commitment: Implications for job performance. The Academy of Management Journal 39(2): 464-482. (JSTOR link).

Beddingfield, R. 1969. Human behavior: The key to success in budgeting. Management Accounting (September): 54-56.

Bedeian, A. G. 1975. A comparison and analysis of German and United States managerial attitudes toward the legitimacy of organizational influence. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 897-904. (JSTOR link).

Bedeian, A. G. and A. A. Armenakis. 1981. A path-analytic study of the consequences of role conflict and ambiguity. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 417-424. (JSTOR link).

Bedford, N. M. 1957. Cost accounting as a motivation technique. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1250-1257.

Beehr, T. A. and D. C. Gilmore. 1982. Applicant attractiveness as a perceived job-relevant variable in selection of management trainees. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 607-617. (JSTOR link).

Beer, M. 1964. Organizational size and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 7(1): 34-44. (JSTOR link).

Beged-Dov, A. G. 1966. Why only few operations researchers manage. Management Science (August): B580-B593. (JSTOR link).

Begley, J. 1990. Debt covenants and accounting choice. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 125-139.

Begley, J. and G. A. Feltham. 1999. An empirical examination of the relation between debt contracts and management incentives. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 229-259.

Behling, O., C. Schriesheim and J. Tolliver. 1975. Alternatives to expectancy theories of work motivation. Decision Sciences 6(3): 449-461.

Behling, O., G. Labovitz and R. Kosmo. 1968. The Herzberg controversy: A critical reappraisal. The Academy of Management Journal 11(1): 99-108. (JSTOR link).

Belasco, J. A. and J. A. Alutto. 1969. Line staff conflicts: Some empirical insights. The Academy of Management Journal 12(4): 469-477. (JSTOR link).

Belcher, D. W. 1962. Toward a behavioral science theory of wages. The Journal of the Academy of Management 5(2): 102-116. (JSTOR link).

Belik, B. I. and G. R. Violette. 2010. Examining satisfaction in multiprofessional engagements. The CPA Journal (February): 65-67.

Belkaoui, A. 1975. Learning order and acceptance of accounting techniques. The Accounting Review (October): 897-899. (JSTOR link).

Belkaoui, A. 1980. The interprofessional linguistic communication of accounting concepts: An experiment in sociolinguistics. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 362-374. (JSTOR link).

Belkaoui, A. 1981. The relationship between self-disclosure style and attitudes to responsibility accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(4): 281-289.

Belkaoui, A. 1989. Behavioral Accounting: The Research and Practical Issues. Quorum Books.

Belkaoui, A. 1990. The effects of goal setting and task uncertainty on task outcomes. Management Accounting Research (June): 91-100.

Bell, A. L. 1968. College students attitudes toward business. Management Accounting (November): 60-62.

Bell, G. D. 1966. Predictability of work demands and professionalization as determinants of workers' discretion. The Academy of Management Journal 9(1): 20-28. (JSTOR link).

Bell, R. R. and G. F. Mascaro. 1972. Interpersonal attraction as a basis of informal organization: Comment and review. The Academy of Management Journal 15(2): 233-236. (JSTOR link).

Bell, T. B., W. R. Landsman and D. A. Shackelford. 2001. Auditors' perceived business risk and audit fees: Analysis and evidence. Journal of Accounting Research (June): 35-43. (JSTOR link).

Benjamin, B. A. and J. M. Podolny. 1999. Status, quality, and social order in the California wine industry. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(3): 563-589. (JSTOR link).

Benke, R. L. Jr. and J. G. Rhode. 1980. The job satisfaction of higher level employees in large certified public accounting firms. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(2): 187-201.

Benkler, Y. 2011. The unselfish gene. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 76-85. (The deep-rooted belief about human selfishness is beginning to change. This research indicates that companies should use systems that rely on engagement and a sense of common purpose to motivate people, rather than controls, carrots and sticks).

Bennis, W. G. 1963. A new role for the behavioral sciences: Effecting organizational change. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(2): 125-165. (JSTOR link).

Bennis, W. G., N. Berkowitz, M. Affinito and M. Malone. 1958. Reference groups and loyalties in the out-patient department. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(4): 481-500. (JSTOR link).

Benston, G. J. 1963. The role of the firm's accounting system for motivation. The Accounting Review (April): 347-354. (JSTOR link).

Bentham, J. 1948. An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation. Hafner.

Berger, P. K. and A. J. Grimes. 1973. Cosmopolitan-local: A factor analysis of the construct. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(2): 223-235. (JSTOR link).

Berger, P. K. and J. M. Ivancevich. 1973. Birth order and managerial achievement. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 515-519. (JSTOR link).

Berglas, S. 2004. Chronic time abuse. Harvard Business Review (June): 90-97.

Berkowitz, N. H. and W. G. Bennis. 1961. Interaction patterns in formal service-oriented organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 6(1): 25-50. (JSTOR link).

Berlew, D. E. and D. T. Hall. 1966. The socialization of managers: Effects of expectations on performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(2): 207-223. (JSTOR link).

Bernardin, H. J. 1987. Development and validation of a forced choice scale to measure job-related discomfort among customer service representatives. The Academy of Management Journal 30(1): 162-173. (JSTOR link).

Bernardin, H. J. and D. K. Cooke. 1993. Validity of an honesty test in predicting theft among convenience store employees. The Academy of Management Journal 36(5): 1097-1108. (JSTOR link).

Bernthal, W. F. 1960. Integrating the behavioral sciences and management. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(3): 161-166. (JSTOR link).

Bettenhausen, K. and J. K. Murnighan. 1985. The emergence of norms in competitive decision-making groups. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(3): 350-372. (JSTOR link).

Bettenhausen, K. L. and J. K. Murnighan. 1991. The development of an intragroup norm and the effects of interpersonal and structural challenges. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(1): 20-35. (JSTOR link).

Beyer, J. M. 1978. Reviewed works: New Directions in Organizational Behavior. by Barry M. Staw and Gerald R. Salancik. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(3): 488-495. (JSTOR link).

Beyer, J. M. 1987. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 30(1): 5-6. (JSTOR link).

Beyer, J. M. 1987. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 621-624. (JSTOR link).

Beyer, J. M. and H. M. Trice. 1984. A field study of the use and perceived effects of discipline in controlling work performance. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 743-764. (JSTOR link).

Beyer, J. M., P. Chattopadhyay, E. George, W. H. Glick, D. Ogilvie, D. Pugliese. 1997. The selective perception of managers revisited. The Academy of Management Journal 40(3): 716-737. (JSTOR link).

Beyer, J. M., R. G. Chanove and W. B. Fox. 1995. The review process and the fates of manuscripts submitted to AMJ. The Academy of Management Journal 38(5): 1219-1260. (JSTOR link).

Beynon, R. 1992. Change management as a platform for activity-based management. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 24-30. (The author discusses belief systems, Theory X and Theory Y and the idea that belief determines behavior).

Bhagat, R. S. 1982. Conditions under which stronger job performance-job satisfaction relationships may be observed: A closer look at two situational contingencies. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 772-789. (JSTOR link).

Bhagat, R. S. and S. J. McQuaid. 1983. Role of subjective culture in organizations: A review and directions for future research. Journal of Applied Psychology (68): 653-695.

Bhimani, A. 1994. Accounting and the emergence of "economic man". Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(8): 637-674.

Bhimani, A. and D. Pigott. 1992. Implementing ABC: A case study of organizational and behavioural consequences. Management Accounting Research (June): 119-132.

Biddle, G. C. 1987. Discussion comments. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 69-72.  (Biddle's discussion follows papers by Hopwood and March and discussion by Ashton). (Summary).

Bidwell, C. E. 1957. Some effects of administrative behavior: A study in role theory. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(2): 163-181. (JSTOR link).

Bies, R. J. and D. L. Shapiro. 1988. Voice and justification: Their influence on procedural fairness judgments. The Academy of Management Journal 31(3): 676-685. (JSTOR link).

Biggart, N. W. 2002. Readings in Economic Sociology (Blackwell Readers in Sociology). Blackwell Publishers. 

Biggart, N. W. and G. G. Hamilton. 1984. The power of obedience. Administrative Science Quarterly 29(4): 540-549. (JSTOR link).

Bigge, J. J. 1947. An incentive plan for supervisory personnel. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1325-1329.

Bigoness, W. J. and W. D. Perreault, Jr. 1981. A conceptual paradigm and approach for the study of innovators. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 68-82. (JSTOR link).

Billings, R. S., T. W. Milburn and M. L. Schaalman. 1980. A model of crisis perception: A theoretical and empirical analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(2): 300-316. (JSTOR link).

Binning, J. F., A. J. Zaba and J. C. Whattam. 1986. Explaining the biasing effects of performance cues in terms of cognitive categorization. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 521-535. (JSTOR link).

Bipboye, R. L., C. S. Smith, and W. C. Howell. 1994. Understanding Industrial And Organizational Psychology: An Integrated Approach. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace College Publishers.

Bird, M. M. 1973. Gains and losses from an open line program as perceived by by-passed managers: A case study. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 325-329. (JSTOR link).

Birnberg, J. and K. Sadhu. 1986. The contributions of psychological and cognitive research to management accounting. In A. Hopwood and M. Bromwich, eds. Research and Current Issues in Management Accounting. London: Pitman: 116-142.

Birnberg, J. and J. Shields. 1989. Three decades of behavioral accounting research: A search for order. Behavioral Research in Accounting (1): 23-74.

Birnberg, J. and C. Snodgrass. 1988. Culture and control. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(5): 447-464.

Birnberg, J. G. 1972. Discussion of the relationship between managers' budget-oriented behavior and selected attitude, position, size, and performance measures. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 210-214. (JSTOR link).

Birnberg, J. G. 2000. The role of behavioral research in management accounting education in the 21st century. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 713-728.

Birnberg, J. G. and J. F. Shields. 1989. Three decades of behavioral research: A search for order. Behavioral Research In Accounting (1): 23-74.

Birnberg, J. G. and M. D. Shields. 1984. The role of attention and memory in accounting decisions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(3-4): 365-382.

Birnberg, J. G. and R. Nath. 1967. Implications of behavioral science for managerial accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 468-479. (JSTOR link).

Birnberg, J. G., M. D. Shields; W. McGhee. 1980. The effects of personality on a subject's information processing: A reply. The Accounting Review (July): 507-510. (JSTOR link).

Bizjak, J. M., J. A. Brickley and J. L. Coles. 1993. Stock-based incentive compensation and investment behavior. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January-July): 349-372.

Blackburn, R. and L. L. Cummings. 1982. Cognitions of work unit structure. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 836-854. (JSTOR link). 

Blais, W. 1991. Training your boss. Management Accounting (September): 47-49.

Blais, W. 2000. Personality types of controllers. Strategic Finance (June): 88-92.

Blake, R. R. and J. S. Mouton. 1961. Reactions to intergroup competition under win-lose conditions. Management Science (July): 420-435. (JSTOR link).

 Blake, R. R. and J. S. Moulton. 1962. The managerial grid. Advanced Management Office Executive 1(9). (The Grid).

 Blake, R. R. and J. S. Moulton. 1964. The Managerial Grid. Gulf Publishing.

 Blakeney, R. N. W. E. Holland and M. T. Matteson. 1976. The auditor-auditee relationship: Some behavioral considerations and implications for auditing education. The Accounting Review (October): 899-906. (JSTOR link).

Blanchard, K. H. and S. Bowles. 1997. Gung Ho! Turn On the People in Any Organization. William Morrow & Co.

Blankenship, L. V. and R. E. Miles. 1968. Organizational structure and managerial decision behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(1): 106-120. (JSTOR link).

Blanthorne, C. and S. Kaplan. 2008. An egocentric model of the relations among the opportunity to underreport, social norms, ethical beliefs, and underreporting behavior. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(7-8): 684-703.

Blaskovich, J. L. 2008. Exploring the effect of distance: An experimental investigation of virtual collaboration, social loafing, and group decisions. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 27-46.

Blau, G. 1995. Influence of group lateness on individual lateness: A cross-level examination. The Academy of Management Journal 38(5): 1483-1496. (JSTOR link).

Blau, G. 1999. Early-career job factors influencing the professional commitment of medical technologists. The Academy of Management Journal 42(6): 687-695. (JSTOR link).

Blau, J. R. and R. D. Alba. 1982. Empowering nets of participation. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(3): 363-379. (JSTOR link).

Blau, P. M. 1960. Orientation toward clients in a public welfare agency. Administrative Science Quarterly 5(3): 341-361. (JSTOR link).

Bledsoe, J. C. 1971. Factors related to pupil observation and attitudes toward their teacher. Journal of Educational Research (November): 119-126.

Bline, D. M. and W. F. Meixner. 1995. Work commitment of management accountants: The development of an efficient and reliable measure. Advances in Management Accounting (4): 193-210.

Bloom, M. 1999. The performance effects of pay dispersion on individuals and organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 42(1): 25-40. (JSTOR link).

Bloom, M. and G. T. Milkovich. 1998. Relationships among risk, incentive pay, and organizational performance. The Academy of Management Journal 41(3): 283-297. (JSTOR link).

Bloom, P. 2010. How Pleasure Works: The New Science of Why We Like What We Like. W. W. Norton & Company.

Bloomfield, R., R. Libby and M. W. Nelson. 1999. Confidence and the welfare of less-informed investors. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(8): 623-647.

Blumberg, M. 1980. Job switching in autonomous work groups: An exploratory study in a Pennsylvania coal mine. The Academy of Management Journal 23(2): 287-306. (JSTOR link).

Blumenfeld, W. S. and G. A. Leveto. 1975. Gullibility's travels. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 370-374. (JSTOR link). (Discussion of an inappropriate validation strategy related to employee selection techniques - Faith validity, i.e., the extent to which one believes in a test).

Boatsman, J. R. and J. C. Robertson. 1974. Policy-capturing on selected materiality judgments. The Accounting Review (April): 342-352. (JSTOR link).

Bodnar, G. and E. J. Lusk. 1977. Motivational considerations in cost allocation systems: A conditioning theory approach. The Accounting Review (October): 857-868. (JSTOR link).

Bodnar, G. and E. Lusk. 1979. Operant conditioning: A discussion of its relevance regarding institutional control. The Accounting Review (January): 215-220. (JSTOR link). ("Conditioning theory holds that all behavior may be pragmatically explained in terms of the history of interactions between an organism and its environment. Conditioning theory maintains that purposive connotations, such as needs or drives, add nothing to scientific analysis of behavior." ... " The operant conditioning model view's environmental factors as the primary cause of behavior." pp.215-216).

Boeker, W. 1989. The development and institutionalization of subunit power in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(3): 388-410. (JSTOR link).

Boeker, W. 1992. Power and managerial dismissal: Scapegoating at the top. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(3): 400-421. (JSTOR link).

Boland, R. J. Jr. 1987. Discussion of "accounting and the construction of the governable person." Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(3): 267-272.

Boland, R. J. Jr. 1989. Beyond the objectivist and the subjectivist: Learning to read accounting as text. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(5-6): 591-604.

Boland, R. J. Jr. 1993. Accounting and the interpretive act. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(2-3): 125-146.

Bollom, W. J. 1973. Towards a theory of interim reporting for a seasonal business: A behavioral approach. The Accounting Review (January): 12-22 . (JSTOR link).

Bonabeau, E. 2004. The perils of the imitation age. Harvard Business Review (June): 45-47,49-54. (Summary).

Bonabeau, E. and C. Meyer. 2001. Swarm intelligence: A whole new way to think about business. Harvard Business Review (May): 107-114. (Summary).

Bonn, R. L. 1972. Arbitration: An alternative system for handling contract related disputes. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(2): 254-264. (JSTOR link).

Bonner, S. and P. Walker. 1994. The effects of instruction and experience on the acquisition of auditing knowledge. The Accounting Review (69): 157-178.

Bonner, S. E. 1994. A model of the effects of audit task complexity. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(3): 213-234.

Bonner, S. E. and G. B. Sprinkle. 2002. The effects of monetary incentives on effort and task performance: Theories, evidence, and a framework for research. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(4-5): 303-345. (Summary).

Bonner, S. E., R. Libby and M. W. Nelson. 1997. Audit category knowledge as a precondition to learning from experience. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(5): 387-410.

Booth, A. and G. Bisztray. 1970. Value orientations, member integration and participation in voluntary association activities. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(1): 39-45. (JSTOR link).

Borch, K. 1963. A note on utility and attitudes to risk. Management Science (July): 697-700. (JSTOR link).

Boswell, W. R., J. B. Olson-Buchanan and J. B. Olsen-Buchanan. 2004. Experiencing mistreatment at work: The role of grievance filing, nature of mistreatment, ad employee withdrawal. The Academy of Management Journal 47(1): 129-139. (JSTOR link).

Botosan, C. A. and M. S. Harris. 2000. Motivations for a change in disclosure frequency and its consequences: An examination of voluntary quarterly segment disclosures. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 329-353. (JSTOR link).

Bougon, M., K. Weick and D. Binkhorst. 1977. Cognition in organizations: An analysis of the Utrecht jazz orchestra. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(4): 606-639. (JSTOR link). 1977. Errata: Cognition in organizations: An analysis of the Utrecht jazz orchestra. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(4): 606. (JSTOR link). 1977. Errata: Cognition in organizations: An analysis of the Utrecht jazz orchestra. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(4): 613. (JSTOR link). 1978. Errata: Cognition in organizations: An analysis of the Utrecht jazz orchestra. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(1): 161-162. (JSTOR link).

Bourgeois, L. 1981. On the measurement of organizational slack. Academy of Management Review (6): 29-39.

Bouty, I. 2000. Interpersonal and interaction influences on informal resource exchanges between R&D researchers across organizational boundaries. The Academy of Management Journal 43(1): 50-65. (JSTOR link).

Bouwens, J. and L. Van Lent. 2006. Performance measure properties and the effect of incentive contracts. Journal of Management Accounting Research (18): 55-75.

Bouwman, M. J. 1984. Expert vs. novice decision making in accounting: A summary. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(3-4): 325-327.

Bowin, R. B. 1973. Attitude change toward a theory of managerial motivation. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 686-691. (JSTOR link).

Bowlin, W. F. 2001. Experiential learning: Benefits for academia and the local community. Management Accounting Quarterly (Spring): 20-27.

Boyacigiller, N. A. 2010. On the rocky road to strong global culture. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 20-22.

Boyd, A. W. 1959. Human relations in system changes. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 69-71.

Boyd, B. B. and J. M. Jensen. 1972. Perceptions of the first-line supervisor's authority: A study in superior-subordinate communication. The Academy of Management Journal 15(3): 331-342. (JSTOR link).

Boyett, J. H., and H. P. Conn. 1991. Workplace 2000: The Revolution Reshaping American Business. New York: Penguin Books USA Inc.

Boylan, S. J. 2008. A classroom exercise on unconscious bias in financial reporting and auditing. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 229-245.

Boze, K. M. 1994. Measuring learning costs. Management Accounting (August): 48-52. (Related to learning curves).

Brass, D. J. 1981. Structural relationships, job characteristics, and worker satisfaction and performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(3): 331-348. (JSTOR link).

Brass, D. J. 1984. Being in the right place: A structural analysis of individual influence in an organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 29(4): 518-539. (JSTOR link).

Brass, D. J. and M. E. Burkhardt. 1993. Potential power and power use: An investigation of structure and behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 36(3): 441-470. (JSTOR link).

Braun, R. L. 2000. The effect of time pressure on auditor attention to qualitative aspects of misstatements indicative of potential fraudulent financial reporting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(3): 243-259.

Braunstein, D. N. and R. W. Fortner. 1968. The design of behavioral research. The Accounting Review (April): 377-383. (JSTOR link).

Breaugh, J. A. 1981. Relationships between recruiting sources and employee performance, absenteeism, and work attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 142-147. (JSTOR link).

Brenner, M. H. and N. B. Sigband. 1973. Organizational communication - An analysis based on empirical data. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 323-325. (JSTOR link).

Brenner, O. C., J. Tomkiewicz and V. Ellen Schein. 1989. The relationship between sex role stereotypes and requisite management characteristics revisited. The Academy of Management Journal 32(3): 662-669. (JSTOR link).

Brenner, V. C., C. W. Carmack and M. G. Weinstein. 1971. An empirical test of the motivation-hygiene theory. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 359-366. (JSTOR link).

Bressler, R. B. and A. W. Lacy. 1980. An analysis of the relative job progression of the perceptibly physically handicapped. The Academy of Management Journal 23(1): 132-143. (JSTOR link).

Brett, J. F., W. L. Cron and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1995. Economic dependency on work: A moderator of the relationship between organizational commitment and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 261-271. (JSTOR link).

Brett, J. M. and T. Okumura. 1998. Inter- and intracultural negotiation: U.S. and Japanese negotiators. The Academy of Management Journal 41(5): 495-510. (JSTOR link).

Brett, J. M., D. L. Shapiro and A. L. Lytle. 1998. Breaking the bonds of reciprocity in negotiations. The Academy of Management Journal 41(4): 410-424. (JSTOR link).

Brewer, P.C. 1997. Managing transitional cost management systems. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 35-40. (Uses Hofstede's measures of culture).

Brewer, P. C. 1998. National culture and activity-based costing systems: A note. Management Accounting Research (June): 241-260.

Brewer, P. C. and F. A. Kennedy. 2006. Motivating lean behavior: The role of accounting. Cost Management (November/December): 22-29.

Bridges, E. M., W. J. Doyle and D. J. Mahan. 1968. Effects of hierarchical differentiation on group productivity, efficiency, and risk taking. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(2): 305-319. (JSTOR link).

Brief, A. P., E. E. Umphress, J. Dietz, J. W. Burrows, R. M. Butz and L. Scholten. 2005. Community matters: Realistic group conflict theory and the impact of diversity. The Academy of Management Journal 48(5): 830-844. (JSTOR link).

Brief, A. P., R. J. Aldag and T. I. Chacko. 1977. The Miner sentence completion scale: An appraisal. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 635-643. (JSTOR link).

Briers, M. and W. F. Chua. 2001. The role of actor-networks and boundary objects in management accounting change: A field study of an implementation of activity-based costing. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(3): 237-269.

Brinkerhoff, M. B. 1972. Hierarchical status, contingencies, and the administrative staff conference. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(3): 395-407. (JSTOR link).

Brivot, M. and Y. Gendron. 2011. Beyond panopticism: On the ramifications of surveillance in a contemporary professional setting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(3): 135-155.

Broadston, J. A. 1968. Learning curve wage incentives. Management Accounting (August): 15-23.

Brockner, J. and J. Guare. 1983. Improving the performance of low self-esteem individuals: An attributional approach. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 642-656. (JSTOR link).

Brockner, J. and T. Hess. 1986. Self-esteem and task performance in quality circles. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 617-623. (JSTOR link).

Brockner, J., G. Spreitzer, A. Mishra, W. Hochwarter, L. Pepper and J. Weinberg. 2004. Perceived control as an antidote to the negative effects of layoffs on survivors' organizational commitment and job performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 49(1): 76-100. (JSTOR link).

Brockner, J., J. Greenberg, A. Brockner, J. Bortz, J. Davy and C. Carter. 1986. Layoffs, equity theory, and work performance: Further evidence of the impact of survivor guilt. The Academy of Management Journal 29(2): 373-384. (JSTOR link).

Brockner, J., M. Konovsky, R. Cooper-Schneider, R. Folger, C. Martin and R. J. Bies. 1994. Interactive effects of procedural justice and outcome negativity on victims and survivors of job loss. The Academy of Management Journal 37(2): 397-409. (JSTOR link).

Brockner, J., P. A. Siegel, J. P. Daly, T. Tyler and C. Martin. 1997. When trust matters: The moderating effect of outcome favorability. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(3): 558-583. (JSTOR link).

Brockner, J., R. Houser, G. Birnbaum, K. Lloyd, J. Deitcher, S. Nathanson and J. Z. Rubin. 1986. Escalation of commitment to an ineffective course of action: The effect of feedback having negative implications for self-identity. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(1): 109-126. (JSTOR link).

Brockner, J., S. Grover, T. F. Reed and R. L. Dewitt. 1992. Layoffs, job insecurity, and survivors' work effort: Evidence of an inverted-U relationship. The Academy of Management Journal 35(2): 413-425. (JSTOR link).

Brockner, J., S. Grover, T. Reed, R. DeWitt and M. O'Malley. 1987. Survivors' reactions to layoffs: We get by with a little help for our friends. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(4): 526-541. (JSTOR link).

Brockner, J., T. R. Tyler and R. Cooper-Schneider. 1992. The influence of prior commitment to an institution on reactions to perceived unfairness: The higher they are, the harder they fall. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(2): 241-261. (JSTOR link).

Brockner, J., Y. Chen, E. A. Mannix, K. Leung and D. P. Skarlicki. 2000. Culture and procedural fairness: When the effects of what you do depend on how you do it. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(1): 138-159. (JSTOR link).

Brody, R. G., S. Lin and S. B. Salter. 2006. Merit pay, responsibility, and national values: A U.S.-Taiwan comparison. Journal of International Accounting Research 5(2): 63-79.

Bromley, T. 2004. Creating a culture of peak performance. Strategic Finance (September): 34-39.

Broms, H. and H. Gahmberg. 1983. Communication to self in organizations and cultures. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 482-495. (JSTOR link).

Brown, C. 1983. Effects of dynamic task environment on the learning of standard cost variance significance. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 413-431. (JSTOR link).

Brown, C. 1985. Causal reasoning in performance assessment: Effects of cause and effect temporal order and covariation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 10(3): 255-266.

Brown, D. S. 1964. Subordinates' views of ineffective executive behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 7(4): 288-299. (JSTOR link).

Brown, M. E. 1969. Identification and some conditions of organizational involvement. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 346-355. (JSTOR link).

Brown, N. 2005. Meta programmes for identifying thinking preferences and their impact on accounting students’ educational experience. Journal of Accounting Education 23(4): 232-247.

Brown, P., H. Y. Izan and A. L. Loh. 1992. Fixed asset revaluations and managerial incentives. Abacus 28(1): 36-57.

Brown, R. E. and R. R. Trumble. 1995. Accounting can improve labor-management negotiations. Management Accounting (June): 46-52.

Brown, W. B. 1966. Systems, boundaries, and information flow. The Academy of Management Journal 9(4): 318-327. (JSTOR link).

Brown, W. B. 1969. The impact of a dynamic task environment: A study of architectural-engineering firms. The Academy of Management Journal 12(2): 169-177. (JSTOR link).

Browne, P. J. and R. T. Golembiewski. 1974. The line-staff concept revisited: An empirical study of organizational images. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 406-417. (JSTOR link).

Brownell, P. 1981. Participation in budgeting, locus of control and organizational effectiveness. The Accounting Review (October): 844-860. (JSTOR link).

Brownell, P. 1983. The motivational impact of management-by-exception in a budgetary context. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 456-472. (JSTOR link).

Brownell, P. and A. S. Dunk. 1991. Task uncertainty and its interaction with budgetary participation and budget emphasis: Some methodological issues and empirical investigation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(8): 693-703.

Brownell, P. and M. Hirst. 1986. Reliance on accounting information, budgetary participation, and task uncertainty: Tests of a three-way interaction. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 241-249. (JSTOR link).

Brownell, P. and M. McInnes. 1986. Budgetary participation, motivation, and managerial performance. The Accounting Review (October): 587-600. (JSTOR link).

Browning, L. D., J. M. Beyer and J. C. Shetler. 1995. Building cooperation in a competitive industry: SEMATECH and the semiconductor industry. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 113-151. (JSTOR link).

Bruch, H. and J. I. Menges. 2010. The acceleration TRAP. Harvard Business Review (April): 80-86.

Bruch, H. and S. Ghoshal. 2003. Unleashing organizational energy. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 45-51.

Brüggen, A. 2011. Ability, career concerns, and financial incentives in a multi-task setting. Journal of Management Accounting Research (23): 211-229.

Bruggen, A. and F. Moers. 2007. The role of financial incentives and social incentives in multi-task settings. Journal of Management Accounting Research (19): 25-50.

Brumbaugh, R. B. 1971. Authenticity and theories of administrative behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(1): 108-112. (JSTOR link).

Brummet, R. L. 1971. Discussion of LIFO and the diffusion of innovation. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 225-227. (JSTOR link).

Bruning, N. S. and R. A. Snyder. 1983. Sex and position as predictors of organizational commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 485-491. (JSTOR link).

Bruns, W. J. Jr. 1968. Accounting information and decision-making: Some behavioral hypotheses. The Accounting Review (July): 469-480. (JSTOR link).

Bruns, W. J. Jr. 1972. Behavioral sciences in the accounting curriculum. The Accounting Review (July): 591-595. (JSTOR link).

Bruns, W. J. Jr. and D. T. DeCoster. 1969. Accounting and Its Behavioral Implications. McGraw-Hill. Review by J. J. Willingham. (JSTOR link).

Brunsson, N. 1990. Deciding for responsibility and legitimation: Alternative interpretations of organizational decision-making. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(1-2): 47-59.

Brunsson, N. 1993. Ideas and actions: Justification and hypocrisy as alternatives to control. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(6): 489-506.

Bruster, R. R. 1932. Reducing employee absenteeism and tardiness. N.A.C.A Bulletin (October 1): 168-181.

Buchanan B. II. 1974. Building organizational commitment: The socialization of managers in work organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(4): 533-546. (JSTOR link).

Buchanan, H. II. and B. R. Gaumnitz. 1987. Accounting and "insider" trading. Accounting Horizons (December): 7-11.

Buchenroth, K. J. 1969. Motivation: Financial and nonfinancial. Management Accounting (December): 15-16, 48.

Buchanan, L. 2004. Civics and civility. Harvard Business Review (October): 35-46. (Case study).

Buchman, T. A. and J. A. Tracy. 1982. Obtaining responses to sensitive questions: Conventional questionnaire versus randomized response technique. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 263-271. (JSTOR link).

Buckless, F. A. and R. L. Peace. 1993. The influence of the source of professional standards on juror decision making. The Accounting Review (January): 164-175. (JSTOR link).

Buckley, A. and E. McKenna. 1972. Budgetary control and business behavior. Accounting and Business Research (Spring): 137-150.

Bucklow, M. 1966. A new role for the work group. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(1): 59-78. (JSTOR link).

Bukszar, E. and T. Connolly. 1988. Hindsight bias and strategic choice: Some problems in learning from experience. The Academy of Management Journal 31(3): 628-641. (JSTOR link).

Burgstahler, D. and G. L. Sundem. 1989. The evolution of behavioral accounting research in the United States 1968-1987. Behavioral Research In Accounting (1): 75-108.

Burke, R. J. 1969. Effects of aging on engineer's satisfactions and mental health: Skill obsolescence. The Academy of Management Journal 12(4): 479-486. (JSTOR link).

Burke, R. J. and D. S. Wilcox. 1969. Effects of different patterns and degrees of openness in superior-subordinate communication on subordinate job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 12(3): 319-326. (JSTOR link).

Burke, R. J., T. Weir and G. Duncan. 1976. Informal helping relationships in work organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 370-377. (JSTOR link).

Burkert, M., F. M. Fischer and U. Schäffer. 2011. Application of the controllability principle and managerial performance: The role of role perceptions. Management Accounting Research (September): 143-159.

Burkhardt, M. E. 1994. Social interaction effects following a technological change: A longitudinal investigation. The Academy of Management Journal 37(4): 869-898. (JSTOR link).

Burns, J. H. 1975. Managing the profit of conflict. Management Accounting (December): 21-24.

Burrell, G. 1987. No accounting for sexuality. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(1): 89-101.

Burt, R. S. 1997. The contingent value of social capital. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(2): 339-365. (JSTOR link).

Burton, F. G. 2001. A user's willingness to adopt a new information system: The influence of the decision-making improvements and performance-monitoring dimensions of the system. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 61-79.

Busco, C., E. Giovannoni and R. W. Scapens. 2008. Managing the tensions in integrating global organisations: The role of performance management systems. Management Accounting Research (June): 103-125.

Bushman, R. M. and R. J. Indjejikian. 1995. Voluntary disclosures and the trading behavior of corporate insiders. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 293-316. (JSTOR link).

Butler, S. A. and M. W. Maher. 1986. Management Incentive Compensation Plans. Montvale, N. J.: National Association of Accountants.

Butler, T. and J. Waldroop. 2004. Understanding "people" people. Harvard Business Review (June): 78-86.

Butt, J. L. and T. L. Campbell. 1989. The effects of information order and hypothesis-testing strategies on auditors' judgments. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(5-6): 471-479.

Butterfield, K. D., L. K. Trevino and G. A. Ball. 1996. Punishment from the manager's perspective: A grounded investigation and inductive model. The Academy of Management Journal 39(6): 1479-1512. (JSTOR link).

Bylinski, J. H. and C. W. Chow. 1985. Human judgment biases and the teaching of management accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 3(1): 167-172.

Cable, D. M., L. Aiman-Smith, P. W. Mulvey and J. R. Edwards. 2000. The sources and accuracy of job applicants' beliefs about organizational culture. The Academy of Management Journal 43(6): 1076-1085. (JSTOR link).

Cafferata, G. L. 1979. Member and leader satisfaction with a professional association: An exchange perspective. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(3): 472-483. (JSTOR link).

Caldwell, D. F. and C. A. O'Reilly, III. 1982. Responses to failure: The effects of choice and responsibility on impression management. The Academy of Management Journal 25(1): 121-136. (JSTOR link).

Caldwell, D. F. and C. A. O'Reilly III. 1985. The impact of information on job choices and turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 934-943. (JSTOR link).

Callahan, D. 2004. The Cheating Culture: Why More Americans Are Doing Wrong to Get Ahead. Harcourt.

Callahan, D. 2004. Rational cheating: Everyone's doing it. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 577-580.

Callister, R. R., M. W. Kramer and D. B. Turban. 1999. Feedback seeking following career transitions. The Academy of Management Journal 42(4): 429-438. (JSTOR link).

Cameron, K. S. and R. E. Quinn. 1998. Diagnosing and Changing Organizational Culture: Based on the Competing Values Framework. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.

Cameron, K. S., J. E. Dutton and R. E. Quinn. 2003. Positive Organization Scholarship: Foundations of a New Discipline. Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Campbell, D. J. 1978. The effects of psychological closeness and type of exchange situation on perceived inequity. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 307-312. (JSTOR link).

Cannella, A. A. Jr. and M. Lubatkin. 1993. Succession as a sociopolitical process: Internal impediments to outsider selection. The Academy of Management Journal 36(4): 763-793. (JSTOR link).

Cao, L. T. and P. G. Buchanan. 1985. The integration of behavioral accounting in graduate accounting curricula. Journal of Accounting Education 3(2): 115-121. 

Caplan, E. H. 1966. Behavioral assumptions of management accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 496-509. (JSTOR link). (Summary).

Caplan, E. H. 1968. Behavioral assumptions of management accounting - Report of a field study. The Accounting Review (April): 342-362. (JSTOR link).

Caplan, E. H. 1969. Management accounting and the behavioral sciences. Management Accounting (June): 41-45.

Caplan, E. H. 1989. Behavioral accounting - A personal view. Behavioral Research In Accounting (1): 109-123.

Caplan, E. H. and J. E. Champoux. 1978. Cases in Management Accounting: Context and Behavior. National Association of Accountants.

Garcia, R., F. Bardhi and C. Friedrich. 2007. Overcoming consumer resistance to innovation. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 82-88.

Carey, R. G. 1972. Correlates of satisfaction in the priesthood. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(2): 185-195. (JSTOR link).

Carlson, G. M. and J. A. Collins. 1986. Motivating managers with positive reinforcement. Management Accounting (March): 48-51.

Carlson, J. R. and R. W. Zmud. 1999. Channel expansion theory and the experiential nature of media richness perceptions. The Academy of Management Journal 42(2): 153-170. (JSTOR link).

Carmichael, D. R. 1970. Behavioral hypotheses of internal control. The Accounting Review (April): 235-245. (JSTOR link).

Carnaghan, C. and A. Webb. 2007. Investigating the effects of group response systems on student satisfaction, learning, and engagement in accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 391-409.

Carnegie, D. et al. 1994. How to Win Friends and Influence People. Pocket Books.

Carpenter, B. W., M. W. Dirsmith and P. P. Gupta. 1994. Materiality judgments and audit firm culture: Social-behavioral and political perspectives. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(4-5): 355-380.

Carpenter, H. H. 1971. Formal organizational structural factors and perceived job satisfaction of classroom teachers. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(4): 460-466. (JSTOR link).

Carper, W. B. and R. J. Litschert. 1983. Strategic power relationships in contemporary profit and nonprofit hospitals. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 311-320. (JSTOR link).

Carr, N. 2010. The Shallows: What the Internet Is Doing to Our Brains. W. W. Norton & Company.

Carrell, M. R. and N. F. Elbert. 1974. Some personal and organizational determinants of job satisfaction of postal clerks. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 368-373. (JSTOR link).

Carroll, G. R. and A. C. Teo. 1996. On the social networks of managers. The Academy of Management Journal 39(2): 421-440. (JSTOR link).

Carroll, G. R. and J. R. Harrison. 1998. Organizational demography and culture: Insights from a formal model and simulation. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(3): 637-667. (JSTOR link).

Carroll, S. J. and A. N. Nash. 1970. Some personal and situational correlates of reactions to management development training. The Academy of Management Journal 13(2): 187-196. (JSTOR link).

Carroll, S. J. and A. N. Nash. 1970. Some personal and situational correlates of reactions to management development training: Reply. The Academy of Management Journal 13(4): 453-457. (JSTOR link).

Carroll, S. J. Jr. and H. L. Tosi. 1970. Goal characteristics and personality factors in a management-by-objectives program. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(3): 295-305. (JSTOR link).

Carruth, P. J. and T. O. McClendon. 1984. How supervisors react to 'meeting the budget' pressure. Management Accounting (November): 50-54.

Carruth, P. J., T. O. McClendon and M. R. Ballard. 1983. What supervisors don't like about budget evaluations. Management Accounting (February): 38-39, 42-45.

Carruthers, N. E. and C. C. Pinder. 1983. Urban geographic factors and location satisfaction following a personnel transfer. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 520-526. (JSTOR link).

Carslaw, C. A. P. N. 1988. Anomalies in income numbers: Evidence of goal oriented behavior. The Accounting Review (April): 321-327. (JSTOR link).

Carson, K. P., R. L. Cardy and G. H. Dobbins. 1991. Performance appraisal as effective management or deadly management disease. Group and Organizational Studies (June): 143-159. (Summary).

Carter, E. E. 1971. The behavioral theory of the firm and top-level corporate decisions. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(4): 413-429. (JSTOR link).

Carver, M. R. Jr., T. E. King. 1986. Attitudes of accounting practitioners towards accounting faculty and accounting education. Journal of Accounting Education 4(1): 31-43.

Carzo, R. Jr. 1960. Administrative science and the role of value judgments. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(3): 175-182. (JSTOR link).

Cascio, W. F., C. E. Young and J. R. Morris. 1997. Financial consequences of employment-change decisions in major U.S. corporations. The Academy of Management Journal 40(5): 1175-1189. (JSTOR link).

Casey, C. and T. I. Selling. 1986. The effect of task predictability and prior probability disclosure on judgment quality and confidence. The Accounting Review (April): 302-317. (JSTOR link).

Castellano, J. J. 1976. Rural and urban differences: One more time. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 495-502. (JSTOR link).

Catmull, E. 2008. How Pixar fosters collective creativity. Harvard Business Review (September): 64-62.

Catt, S. E., D. S. Miller and N. M. Hindi. 2005. Don't misconstrue communication cues. Strategic Finance (June): 50-55.

Cecil, E. A., L. L. Cummings, J. M. Chertkoff. 1973. Group composition and choice shift: Implications for administration. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 412-422. (JSTOR link).

Chabris, C. and D. Simons. 2010. The Invisible Gorilla: And Other Ways Our Intuitions Deceive Us. Crown. (Link).

Chacko, T. I. 1983. Job and life satisfactions: A causal analysis of their relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 26(1): 163-169. (JSTOR link).

Chacko, T. I. and J. C. McElroy. 1983. The cognitive component in Locke's theory of goal setting: Suggestive evidence for a causal attribution interpretation. The Academy of Management Journal 26(1): 104-118. (JSTOR link).

Chalos,  P. and M. Poon. 2001. Participative budgeting and performance: A state of the art review and re-analysis. Advances in Management Accounting (10): 171-201.

Champoux, J. E. 1980. A three sample test of some extensions to the job characteristics model of work motivation. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 466-478. (JSTOR link).

Chan, K. H., K. Z. Lin and P. L. L. Mo. 2003. An empirical study on the impact of culture on audit-detected accounting errors. Auditing: a Journal of Practice and Theory 22(2): 281-295.

Chan, W. S., R. Frankel and S. P. Kothari. 2004. Testing behavioral finance theories using trends and consistency in financial performance. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 3-50.

Chan, Y. L. and B. E. Lynn. 1991. Performance evaluation and the analytic hierarchy process. Journal of Management Accounting Research (3): 57-87. (Summary).

Chan, Y. L. and B. E. Lynn. 1993. Organizational effectiveness and competitive analysis: An analytic framework. Advances In Management Accounting (2): 85-108.

Chane, G. W. 1946. Current and future trends of wage incentives and wage payments. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 15): 271-279.

Chang, A., P. Bordia and J. Duck. 2003. Punctuated equilibrium and linear progression: Toward a new understanding of group development. The Academy of Management Journal 46(1): 106-117. (JSTOR link).

Chang, C. J., C. S. Ou and A. Wu. 2004. Compensation strategy and organizational performance: Evidence from the banking industry in an emerging economy. Advances in Management Accounting (12): 137-150.

Charan, R. 2006. Home Depot's blueprint for culture change. Harvard Business Review (April): 60-70.

Chastain, C. 1985. How management accountants coped with the recession. Management Accounting (January): 34-38.

Chatman, J. A. 1991. Matching people and organizations: Selection and socialization in public accounting firms. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(3): 459-484. (JSTOR link).

Chatman, J. A. and C. A. O'Reilly. 2004. Asymmetric reactions to work group sex diversity among men and women. The Academy of Management Journal 47(2): 193-208. (JSTOR link).

Chatman, J. A. and K. A. Jehn. 1994. Assessing the relationship between industry characteristics and organizational culture: How different can you be? The Academy of Management Journal 37(3): 522-553. (JSTOR link).

Chatman, J. A. and S. E. Spataro. 2005. Using self-categorization theory to understand relational demography-based variations in people's responsiveness to organizational culture. The Academy of Management Journal 48(2): 321-331. (JSTOR link).

Chatman, J. A. and S. G. Barsade. 1995. Personality, organizational culture, and cooperation: Evidence from a business simulation. Administrative Science Quarterly 40(3): 423-443. (JSTOR link).

Chatman, J. A., J. T. Polzer, S. G. Barsade and M. A. Neale. 1998. Being different yet feeling similar: The influence of demographic composition and organizational culture on work processes and outcomes. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(4): 749-780. (JSTOR link).

Chattopadhyay, P. 1999. Beyond direct and symmetrical effects: The influence of demographic dissimilarity on organizational citizenship behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 42(3): 273-287. (JSTOR link).

Chen, C. C. and K. T. Jones. 2004. Budgetary slack and performance in group participative budgeting: The effects of individual and group performance feedback and task interdependence. Advances in Management Accounting (13): 183-221.

Chen, F. 2005. Salesforce incentives, market information, and production/inventory planning. Management Science (January): 60-75. (JSTOR link).

Chen, M., J. Farh and I. C. MacMillan. 1993. An exploration of the expertness of outside informants. The Academy of Management Journal 36(6): 1614-1632. (JSTOR link).

Cheng, J. L. C. 1983. Interdependence and coordination in organizations: A role-system analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 26(1): 156-162. (JSTOR link).

Cheng, R. H. and G. Saemann. 1997. Comparative evidence about the verbal and analytical aptitude of accounting students. Journal of Accounting Education 15(4): 485-501.

Chenhall, R. and D. Morris. 1991. The effect of cognitive style and sponsorship bias on the treatment of opportunity costs in resource allocation decisions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(1): 27-46.

Chenhall, R. H. 1986. Authoritarianism and participative budgeting: A dyadic analysis. Accounting Review (April): 263-272.

Chenhall, R. H., J. Kallunki and H. Silvola. 2011. Exploring the relationship between strategy, innovation, and management control systems: The roles of social networking, organic innovative culture, and formal controls. Journal of Management Accounting Research (23): 99-128.

Chenhall, R. H. and K. Langfield-Smith. 2003. Performance measurement and reward systems, trust, and strategic change. Journal of Management Accounting Research (15): 117-143.

Chenhall, R. H. and P. Brownell. 1988. The effects of participative budgeting on job satisfaction and performance: Role ambiguity as an intervening variable. Accounting, Organizations, and Society  13(3): 225-233.

Cherns, A. B. 1978. Alienation and accountancy. Accounting, Organizations and Society 3(2): 105-114.

Cherrington, D. J., S. J. Condie and J. L. England. 1979. Age and work values. The Academy of Management Journal 22(3): 617-623. (JSTOR link).

Chesney, A. A. and E. A. Locke. 1991. Relationships among goal difficulty, business strategies, and performance on a complex management simulation task. The Academy of Management Journal 34(2): 400-424. (JSTOR link).

Chewning, E. G. Jr. and A. M. Harrell. 1990. The effect of information load on decision makers' cue utilization levels and decision quality in a financial distress decision task. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(6): 527-542.

Chiattello, M. L. and R. J. Waller. 1974. Relativism as a cultural influence on twentieth century decision making. Decision Sciences 5(2): 209-224.

Child, J. 1973. Strategies of control and organizational behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(1): 1-17. (JSTOR link).

Child, J. 1981. Culture, contingency and capitalism in the cross-national study of organizations. In L. L. Cummings and B. M. Staw. Research in Organizational Behavior (3): JAI Press: 303-356.

Chinese Culture Connection. 1987. Chinese values and the search for culture-free dimensions of culture. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology (18): 143-164.

Chisholm, R. F., S. V. Kasl and B. Eskenazi. 1983. The nature and predictors of job related tension in a crisis situation: Reactions of nuclear workers to the Three Mile Island accident. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 385-405. (JSTOR link).

Chiu, W. H. 2005. Skewness preference, risk aversion, and the precedence relations on stochastic changes. Management Science (December): 1816-1828. (JSTOR link).

Chmiel, N. Editor. 1999. Introduction to Work and Organizational Psychology: A European Perspective. Blackwell Publishing. 

Choi, F. D. S. and R. M. Levich. 1991. Behavioral effects of international accounting diversity. Accounting Horizons (June): 1-13.

Chong, V. K. 1996. Management accounting systems, task uncertainty and managerial performance: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(5): 415-421.

Chonko, L. B. 1982. The relationship of span of control to sales representatives' experienced role conflict and role ambiguity. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 452-456. (JSTOR link).

Choo, F. 1989. Cognitive scripts in auditing and accounting behavior. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(5-6): 481-493.

Chow, C. W. 1983. 1983 Competitive manuscript award: The effects of job standard tightness and compensation scheme on performance: An exploration of linkages. The Accounting Review (October): 667-685. (JSTOR link).

Chow, C. W., F. J. Deng and J. L. Ho. 2000. The openness of knowledge sharing within organizations: A comparative study of the United States and The People's Republic of China. Journal of Management Accounting Research (12): 65-95. (Summary).

Chow, C. W., G. L. Harrison, J. L. McKinnon and A. Wu. 1999. Cultural influences on informal information sharing in Chinese and Anglo-American organizations: An exploratory study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(7): 561-582.

Chow, C. W., G. L. Harrison, J. L. McKinnon and A. Wu. 2002. The organizational culture of public accounting firms: Evidence from Taiwanese local and US affiliated firms. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(4-5): 347-360.

Chow, C. W., J. C. Cooper and K. Haddad. 1991. The effects of pay schemes and ratchets on budgetary slack and performance: A multiperiod experiment. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(1): 47-60.

Chow, C. W., J. C. Cooper and W. S. Waller. 1988. Participative budgeting: Effects of truth-inducing pay scheme and information asymmetry on slack and performance. Accounting Review (January): 111-122. 

Chow, C. W., M. D. Shields and A. Wu. 1999. The importance of national culture in the design of and preference for management controls for multi-national operations. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(5-6): 441-461.

Chow, C. W., M. D. Shields and Y. K. Chan. 1991. The effects of management controls and national culture on manufacturing performance: An experimental investigation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(3): 209-226.

Chow, C. W., R. N. Hwang and W. Liao. 2000. Motivating truthful upward communication of private information: An experimental study of mechanisms from theory and practice. 36(2): 160-179.

Chow, C. W., Y. Kato and K. A. Merchant. 1996. The use of organizational controls and their effects on data manipulation and management myopia: A Japan vs. U.S. comparison. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(2-3): 175-192. (Summary).

Chow, C. W., Y. Kato and M. D. Shields. 1994. National culture and the preference for management controls: An exploratory study of the firm - Labor market interface. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(4-5): 381-400.

Chow, M. L., K. G. Chau and J. S. Gray. 1995. Accounting reforms in China: Cultural constraints on implementation and development. Accounting and Business Research 26(1): 29-49.

Chowdhury, J. 1993. The motivational impact of sales quotas on effort. Journal of Marketing Research (February): 28-41.

Christ, M. H., K. L. Sedatole, K. L. Towry and M. A. Thomas. 2008. When formal controls undermine trust and cooperation. Strategic Finance (January): 38-44.

Christensen, P. O., G. A. Feltham and F. Sabac. 2003. Dynamic incentives and responsibility accounting: A comment. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 423-436.

Christenson, C. 1987. Discussion comments. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 96-98. (Christenson's comments follow Demski's paper. Summary).

Chung, K. H. 1968. Developing a comprehensive model of motivation and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 11(1): 63-73. (JSTOR link).

Chung, K. H. 1969. A Markov chain model of human needs: An extension of Maslow's need theory. The Academy of Management Journal 12(2): 223-234. (JSTOR link).

Chung, K. H. and M. J. Ferris. 1971. An inquiry of the nominal group process. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 520-524. (JSTOR link).

Church, B. K., T. Libby and P. Zhang. 2008. Contracting frame and individual behavior: Experimental evidence. Journal of Management Accounting Research (20): 153-168.

Churchill, G., N. Ford and O. Walker. 1993. Sales Force Management. Chicago, IL: Irwin.

Churchman, C. W. 1971. On the facility, felicity, and morality of measuring social change. The Accounting Review (January): 30-35. (JSTOR link).

Cialdini, R. B., P. K. Petrova and N. Goldstein. 2004. The hidden cost of organizational dishonesty. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 67-73.

Clark, P. B. and J. Q. Wilson. 1961. Incentive systems: A theory of organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 6(2): 129-166. (JSTOR link).

Clark, C. E. and B. N. Schwartz. 1989. Accounting anxiety: An experiment to determine the effects of an intervention on anxiety levels and achievement of introductory accounting students. Journal of Accounting Education 7(2): 149-169.

Clark, R. W. 1969. People and computers. Management Accounting (October): 9-11, 15.

Clegg, S. R., C. Hardy and W. R. Nord. 1996. Handbook of Organization Studies. Sage Publications.

Clegg, S. R., W. R. Nord and C. Hardy, editors. 1999. Managing Organizations: Current Issues (Handbook of Organizational Studies, Vol. 2). Corwin Press.

Clements, L. H. 2005. Whistleblowing: Who, what, when, where, why & how? Journal of Forensic Accounting 6(2): 429-440.

Clifford, T. G., J. Barney, B. McGarvie and M. de Kuijper. 2010. Play it safe or take a stand? Harvard Business Review (November): 139-143.

Cloyd, C. B., J. Pratt and T. Stock. 1996. The use of financial accounting choice to support aggressive tax positions: Public and private firms. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 23-43. (JSTOR link).

Coates, J., T. Davis and R. Stacey. 1995. Performance measurement systems, incentive reward schemes and short-termism in multinational companies: A note. Management Accounting Research (June): 125-135.

Cobb, A. T. 1980. Informal influence in the formal organization: Perceived sources of power among work unit peers. The Academy of Management Journal 23(1): 155-161. (JSTOR link).

Cochran, D. S. and D. D. White. 1981. Intraorganizational conflict in the hospital purchasing decision making process. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 324-332. (JSTOR link).

Cogswell, B. E. 1968. Some structural properties influencing socialization. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(3): 417-440. (JSTOR link).

Cohen, A. 1993. Organizational commitment and turnover: A meta-analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 36(5): 1140-1157. (JSTOR link).

Cohen, A. M. 1962. Changing small-group communication networks. Administrative Science Quarterly 6(4): 443-462. (JSTOR link).

Cohen, A. M., E. L. Robinson and J. L. Edwards. 1969. Experiments in organizational embeddedness. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 208-221. (JSTOR link).

Cohen, D. and L. Prusak. 2001. In Good Company: How Social Capital Makes Organizations Work.  Harvard Business School Press.

Cohen, J. L. and T. J. Mock. 1976. Discussion of patterns, prototypes, and predictions: An exploratory study. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Human Information Processing in Accounting): 132-144. (JSTOR link).

Cohen, J. R., L. W. Pant and D. J. Sharp. 1993. Culture-based ethical conflicts confronting multinational accounting firms. Accounting Horizons (September): 1-13. (Note).

Cohen, S. L. and S. Leavengood. 1978. The utility of the WAMS: Shouldn't it relate to discriminatory behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 742-748. (JSTOR link).

Cohen, W. M. and D. A. Levinthal. 1990. Absorptive capacity: A new perspective on learning and innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(1): 128-152. (JSTOR link).

Cohn, W. M. and D. Levinthal. 1990. Absorptive capacity: A new perspective on learning and innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly (35): 128-152.

Colella, A. and A. Varma. 2001. The impact of subordinate disability on leader-member exchange relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 44(2): 304-315. (JSTOR link).

Coleman, L. S. Jr. 1962. Human relations and accounting. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 61.

Coletti, A. L., K. L. Sedatole and K. L. Towry. 2005. The effect of control systems on trust and cooperation in collaborative environments. The Accounting Review (April): 477-500. (JSTOR Link).

Collins, F. 1978. The interaction of budget characteristics and personality variables with budgetary response attitudes. The Accounting Review (April): 324-335. (JSTOR link).

Collins, F. 1979. Management accounting and motivation - The relationship. Management Accounting (March): 22-26.

Collins, F. 1982. Managerial accounting systems and organizational control: A role perspective. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(2): 107-122.

Collins, F., P. Munter and D. W. Finn. 1987. The budgeting games people play. The Accounting Review (January): 29-49. (JSTOR link).

Collins, J. H. and V. C. Milliron. 1987. A measure of professional accountants' learning style. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 193-206.

Collins, K. M. and L. N. Killough. 1992. An empirical examination of stress in public accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(6): 535-547.

Coltrin, S. and W. F. Glueck. 1977. The effect of leadership roles on the satisfaction and productivity of university research professors. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 101-116. (JSTOR link).

Colville, I. 1981. Reconstructing "behavioral accounting". Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(2): 119-132.

Committee on Behavioral Science Content of the Accounting Curriculum: Report. 1971. The Accounting Review (Supplement): 247-285. (JSTOR link).

Committee on the Relationship of Behavioral Science and Accounting: Report. 1974. The Accounting Review (Supplement): 127-139. (JSTOR link). Committee members are listed in the Front matter. (JSTOR link).

Conlon, D. E. 1993. Some tests of the self-interest and group-value models of procedural justice: Evidence from an organizational appeal procedure. The Academy of Management Journal 36(5): 1109-1124. (JSTOR link).

Conlon, D. E. and P. M. Fasolo. 1990. Influence of speed of third-party intervention and outcome on negotiator and constituent fairness judgments. The Academy of Management Journal 33(4): 833-846. (JSTOR link).

Conlon, D. E., L. Van Dyne, K. Y. Ng and M. R. Milner. 2004. The effects of physical and social context on evaluations of captive, intensive service relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 47(3): 433-445. (JSTOR link).

Conlon, E. J. 1980. Feedback about personal and organizational outcomes and its effect on persistence of planned behavioral changes. The Academy of Management Journal 23(2): 267-286. (JSTOR link).

Connell, A. F. and W. R. Nord. 1996. The bloodless coup: The infiltration of organization science by uncertainty and values. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science (December): 407-427.

Connolly, H. A. 1979. Planning a new cost system: The Unfreezing stage. Management Accounting (November): 19-24.

Connolly, T. and V. M. Miklausich. 1978. Some effects of feedback error in diagnostic decision tasks. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 301-307. (JSTOR link).

Connor, P. E. 1970. Some personal and situational correlates of reactions to management development training: Comment. The Academy of Management Journal 13(4): 451-453. (JSTOR link).

Connor, P. E. 1992. Decision-making participation patterns: The role of organizational context. The Academy of Management Journal 35(1): 218-231. (JSTOR link). 1992. Correction: Decision-making participation patterns: The role of organizational context. The Academy of Management Journal 35(2): 459. (JSTOR link).

Constas, H. 1961. The U.S.S.R. - From charismatic sect to bureaucratic society. Administrative Science Quarterly 6(3): 282-298. (JSTOR link).

Conway, J. A. 1976. Test of linearity between teachers' participation in decision making and their perceptions of their schools as organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(1): 130-139. (JSTOR link).

Cook, D. M. 1967. The effect of frequency of feedback on attitudes and performance. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 213-224. (JSTOR link).

Cook, D. M. 1968. The impact on managers of frequency of feedback. The Academy of Management Journal 11(3): 263-277. (JSTOR link).

Cook, D. M. 1968. The psychological impact of certain aspects of performance reports. Management Accounting (July): 26-34.

Cook, D. M. 1969. Comment: "The impact on managers of frequency of feedback" - By Doris M. Cook: Reply to Shenson's comments. The Academy of Management Journal 12(1): 121-122. (JSTOR link).

Cook, D. M. 1970. Comments on Shenson's comments. The Academy of Management Journal 13(1): 107-109. (JSTOR link).

Cook, G. L. and M. M. Eining. 1993. Will cross functional information systems work? Management Accounting (February): 53-57.

Cook, G. L., D. Bay, B. Visser, J. E. Myburgh and J. Njoroge. 2011. Emotional intelligence: The role of accounting education and work experience. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 367-386.

Cook, S. 2008. The contribution revolution: Letting volunteers build your business. Harvard Business Review (October): 60-69.

Cooper, C. L. 1980. Cumulative trauma and stress at work. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(3): 357-359.

Cooper, C. L. 2001. The New World of Work: Challenges and Opportunities (Manchester Business and Management). Blackwell Publishing. 

Cooper, C. L. and P. Dewe. 2004. Stress: A Brief History (Blackwell Brief Histories of Psychology, 1). Blackwell Publishing.

Cooper, C. L., B. Dyck and N. Frohlich. 1992. Improving the effectiveness of gainsharing: The role of fairness and participation. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(3): 471-490. (JSTOR link).

Cooper, D. and S. Essex. 1977. Accounting information and employee decision making. Accounting, Organizations and Society 2(3): 201-217.

Cooper, J. C. and F. H. Selto. 1993. Is risk preference induction a reliable method of controlling risk preferences? Journal of Management Accounting Research (5): 109-123.

Cooper, R. 2000. Cost management: From Frederick Taylor to the present. Journal of Cost Management (September/October): 4-9. (Summary).

Copeland, R. M. and J. K. Shank. 1971. LIFO and the diffusion of innovation. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 196-224. (JSTOR link).

Copeland, R. M., A. J. Francia and R. H. Strawser. 1973. Students as subjects in behavioral business research. The Accounting Review (April): 365-372. (JSTOR link).

Copeland, R. M., A. J. Francia and R. H. Strawser. 1974. Further comments on students as subjects in behavioral business research. The Accounting Review (July): 534-537. (JSTOR link).

Cordery, J. L., W. S. Mueller and L. M. Smith. 1991. Attitudinal and behavioral effects of autonomous group working: A longitudinal field study. The Academy of Management Journal 34(2): 464-476. (JSTOR link).

Corley, K. G. and D. A. Gioia. 2004. Identity ambiguity and change in the wake of a corporate spin-off. Administrative Science Quarterly 49(2): 173-208. (JSTOR link).

Cornog, G. Y. 1963. Resignation: What do we really know about it? Management Science (July): 678-689. (JSTOR link).

Corwin, R. G. 1969. Patterns of organizational conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(4): 507-520. (JSTOR link).

Cosier, R. A. and T. L. Ruble. 1981. Research on conflict-handling behavior: An experimental approach. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 816-831. (JSTOR link).

Costello, T. W., J. F. Kubis and C. L. Shaffer. 1963. An analysis of attitudes toward a planned merger. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(2): 235-249. (JSTOR link).

Cote, J. and C. K. Latham. 2010. Examining both sides of stakeholder engagement: Behavioral implications in interorganizational alliances. Advances in Management Accounting (18): 175-201.

Cote, J. M. and D. L. Sanders. 1997. Herding behavior: Explanations and implications. Behavioral Research In Accounting (9): 20-45.

Côté, S. and C. T. H. Miners. 2006. Emotional intelligence, cognitive intelligence, and job performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 51(1): 1-28. (JSTOR link).

Cotton, C. C. 1976. Measurement of power-balancing styles and some of their correlates. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(2): 307-319. (JSTOR link).

Courtright, J. A., G. T. Fairhurst and L. E. Rogers. 1989. Interaction patterns in organic and mechanistic systems. The Academy of Management Journal 32(4): 773-802. (JSTOR link).

Coutu, D. 2006. Leveraging the psychology of the salesperson. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 42-47.

Coutu, D. L. 2002. How resilience works: Confronted with life's hardships, some people snap, and others snap back. Harvard Business Review (May): 46-51. ("More than education, more than experience, more than training, a person's level of resilience will determine who succeeds and who fails. That's true in the cancer ward, it's true in the Olympics, and it's true in the boardroom.").

Coutu, D. L. 2002. Managing emotional fallout. Harvard Business Review (February): 55-60.

Coutu, D. L. 2002. The anxiety of learning. Harvard Business Review (March): 100-107. (Summary).

Coutu, D. L. 2003. I was greedy, too. Harvard Business Review (February): 38-44.

Coutu, D. L. 2003. Sense and reliability: A conversation with celebrated psychologist Karl E. Weick. Harvard Business Review (April): 84-90.

Coutu, D. L. 2004. Losing it. Your star performer is flying off the rails, and colleagues and clients can't seem to stop the crash. What now? Harvard Business Review (April): 37-47.

Covaleski, M. A., M. W. Dirsmith, J. B. Heian and S. Samuel. 1998. The calculated and the avowed: Techniques of discipline and struggles over identity in big six public accounting firms. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(2): 293-327. (JSTOR link).

Cox, C. T., K. M. Boze and L. Schwendig. 1987. Academic accountants: A study of faculty characteristics and career activities. Journal of Accounting Education 5(1): 59-76.

Cox, T. H., S. A. Lobel and P. L. McLeod. 1991. Effects of ethnic group cultural differences on cooperative and competitive behavior on a group task. The Academy of Management Journal 34(4): 827-847. (JSTOR link).

Cressey, D. R. 1959. Contradictory directives in complex organizations: The case of the prison. Administrative Science Quarterly 4(1): 1-19. (JSTOR link).

Crew, J. C. 1984. Age stereotypes as a function of race. The Academy of Management Journal 27(2): 431-435. (JSTOR link).

Crompton, R. 1987. Gender and accountancy: A response to Tinker and Neimark. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(1): 103-110.

Cropsey, D. V. 1955. Experiences with indirect labor incentives. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 966-974.

Cross, R. and L. Prusak. 2002. The people who make organizations go - or stop. Harvard Business Review (June): 104-111. (Managing networks of personal contracts by focusing on the employees who play four critical linking roles: The central connector, the boundary spanner, the information broker, and the peripheral specialist).

Cross, R., J. Liedtka and L. Weiss. 2005. A practical guide to social networks. Harvard Business Review (March): 124-132. (Three types of social networks: Customized response, modular response, and routine response).

Cross, R., P. Gray, S. Cunningham, M. Showers and R. J. Thomas. 2010. The collaborative organization: How to make employee networks really work. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 83-90.

Cross, R., T. H. Davenport and S. Cantrell. 2003. The social side of performance. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 20-22.

Crumbley, D. L. 1973. Behavioral implications of taxation. The Accounting Review (October): 759-763. (JSTOR link).

Crumbley, D. L. 1974. Behavioral implications of taxation: A reply. The Accounting Review (October): 834-837. (JSTOR link).

Cuccia, A. D. and G. A. Mc Gill. 2000. The role of decision strategies in understanding professionals' susceptibility to judgment biases. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 419-435. (JSTOR link).

Cummings, L. 1965. Organizational climates for creativity. The Academy of Management Journal 8(3): 220-227. (JSTOR link).

Cummings, L. L. and A. M. ElSalmi. 1970. The impact of role diversity, job level, and organizational size on managerial satisfaction. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(1): 1-10. (JSTOR link).

Cummings, L. L., B. L. Hinton and B. C. Gobdel. 1975. Creative behavior as a function of task environment: Impact of objectives, procedures, and controls. The Academy of Management Journal 18(3): 489-499. (JSTOR link).

Cummings, L. L., D. L. Harnett and O. J. Stevens. 1971. Risk, fate, conciliation and trust: An international study of attitudinal differences among executives. The Academy of Management Journal 14(3): 285-304. (JSTOR link).

Cummings, L. L., G. P. Huber and E. Arendt. 1974. Effects of size and spatial arrangements on group decision making. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 460-475. (JSTOR link).

Curry, J. P., D. S. Wakefield, J. L. Price and C. W. Mueller. 1986. On the causal ordering of job satisfaction and organizational commitment. Academy of Management Journal 29(4): 847-858. (JSTOR link).

Cyert, R. and J. March. 1963. Behavioral Theory of the Firm. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. See Devine, C. T. 1964. A behavioral theory of the firm: A review article. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 197-220. (JSTOR link).

Cyrol, E. A. 1947. Does your incentive wage payment plan measure up? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 1): 1210-1229.

Czajka, J. M. and A. S. DeNisi. 1988. Effects of emotional disability and clear performance standards on performance ratings. The Academy of Management Journal 31(2): 394-404. (JSTOR link).

Czepiel, J. A. 1975. Patterns of interorganizational communications and the diffusion of a major technological innovation in a competitive industrial community. The Academy of Management Journal 18(1): 6-24. (JSTOR link).

Dachler, H. P. and B. Wilpert. 1978. Conceptual dimensions and boundaries of participation in organizations: A critical evaluation. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(1): 1-39. (JSTOR link).

Dacin, M. T. 1997. Isomorphism in context: The power and prescription of institutional norms. The Academy of Management Journal 40(1): 46-81. (JSTOR link).

Daft, R. L. and N. B. Macintosh. 1981. A tentative exploration into the amount and equivocality of information processing in organizational work units. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(2): 207-224. (JSTOR link).

Dalton, D. R. and D. J. Mesch. 1990. The impact of flexible scheduling on employee attendance and turnover. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(2): 370-387. (JSTOR link).

Dalton, D. R. and J. L. Perry. 1981. Absenteeism and the collective bargaining agreement: An empirical test. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 425-431. (JSTOR link).

Dalton, D. R. and W. D. Todor. 1982. Antecedents of grievance filing behavior: Attitude/behavioral consistency and the union steward. The Academy of Management Journal 25(1): 158-169. (JSTOR link).

Dalton, D. R. and W. D. Todor. 1985. Composition of dyads as a factor in the outcomes of workplace justice: Two field assessments. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 704-712. (JSTOR link).

Daly, B. A. and T. C. Omer. 1990. A comment on "A behavioral study of the meaning and influence of tax complexity". Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 193-197. (JSTOR link).

Daniel, K. 2004. Discussion of: “Testing behavioral finance theories using trends and sequences in financial performance,” (by Wesley Chan, Richard Frankel, and S. P. Kothari). Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 51-64.

Darkenwald, G. G. Jr. 1971. Organizational conflict in colleges and universities. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(4): 407-412. (JSTOR link).

Darling, M., C. Parry and J. Moore. 2005. Learning in the thick of it. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 84-92. (The U.S. Army's standing enemy brigade, where soldiers learn and improve in the midst of battle).

Das, S. and H. Zhang. 2003. Rounding-up in reported EPS, behavioral thresholds, and earnings management. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 31-50.

Datar, S., and M. Rajan. 1995. Optimal incentive schemes in bottleneck-constrained production environments. Journal of Accounting Research (33): 33-57.

Datar, S. M. and M. V. Rajan. 1995. Optimal incentive schemes in bottleneck-constrained production environments. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 33-57. (JSTOR link).

D'Aveni, R. A. and I. C. MacMillan. 1990. Crisis and the content of managerial communications: A study of the focus of attention of top managers in surviving and failing firms. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(4): 634-657. (JSTOR link).

Davenport, T. H. and J. C. Beck. 2002. The Attention Economy: Understanding the New Currency of Business. Harvard Business School Press.

Davenport, T. H. and J. G. Harris. 2009. What people want (and how to predict it). MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 23-31.

Davidson, M. and R. A. Friedman. 1998. When excuses don't work: The persistent injustice effect among black managers. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(1): 154-183. (JSTOR link).

Davidson, R. A. and L. D. Etherington. 1995. Personalities of accounting students and public accountants: Implications for accounting educators and the profession. Journal of Accounting Education 13(4): 425-444.

Davis, H. Z., S. Appel and J. Y. Lee. 2007. The application of perceptual bias to negative compensation situations in management accounting research. Advances in Management Accounting (16): 205-215.

Davis, J. S. 1995. Behavioral Tax Research: Prospects and Judgment Calls. American Accounting Association.

Davis, J. S., G. Hecht and J. D. Perkins. 2003. Social behaviors, enforcement, and tax compliance dynamics. The Accounting Review (January): 39-69. (JSTOR link).

Davis, K. 1968. Attitudes toward the legitimacy of management efforts to influence employees. The Academy of Management Journal 11(2): 153-162. (JSTOR link).

Davis, K. 1968. Evolving models of organizational behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 11(1): 27-38. (JSTOR link). 

Davis, K. 1968. Success of chain-of-command oral communication in a manufacturing management group. The Academy of Management Journal 11(4): 379-387. (JSTOR link).

Davis, K. L. 1956. The human problems of the senior accountant. The Accounting Review (January): 56-57. (JSTOR link).

Davis, L. R. 1989. Report format and the decision maker's task: An experimental investigation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(5-6): 495-508.

Davis, L. R., L. M. Lovata and K. L. Philipich. 1991. The effect of debt defeasance on the decisions of loan officers. Accounting Horizons (June): 64-70.

Davis, S. and J. M. Kohlmeyer III. 2005. The impact of employee rank on the relationship between attitudes, motivation, and performance. Advances in Management Accounting (14): 233-252.

Davis-Blake, A., J. P. Broschak and E. George. 2003. Happy together? How using nonstandard workers affects exit, voice, and loyalty among standard employees. The Academy of Management Journal 46(4): 475-485. (JSTOR link).

Davy, J. A. and F. Shipper. 1993. Voter behavior in union certification elections: A longitudinal study. The Academy of Management Journal 36(1): 187-199. (JSTOR link).

De Waal, A. A. 2002. Quest for Balance: The Human Element in Performance Management Systems. John Wiley & Sons.

Dean, R. A., K. R. Ferris and C. Konstans. 1988. Occupational reality shock and organizational commitment: Evidence from the accounting profession. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(3): 235-250.

Deci, E. L. and R. M. Ryan. 1985. Intrinsic Motivation and Self-Determination in Human Behavior. New York: Plenum Press.

DeCoster, D. J. and J. P. Fertakis. 1968. Budget-induced pressure and its relationship to supervisory behavior. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 237-246. (JSTOR link).

DeCoster, D. T. and J. G. Rhode. 1971. The accountant's stereotype: Real or imagined, deserved or unwarranted. The Accounting Review (October): 651-664. (JSTOR link).

Delbecq, A. L. and E. S. Elfner. 1970. Local-cosmopolitan orientations and career strategies for specialists. The Academy of Management Journal 13(4): 373-387. (JSTOR link).

DeLong, T. J. and V. Vijayaraghavan. 2003. Let's hear it for B players. Harvard Business Review (June): 96-102. (Four misperceptions about employees. Everybody is the same. Everybody wants the same thing out of work. Everybody wants to be promoted. Everybody wants to be a manager).

Delong, T. J., J. J. Gabarro and R. J. Lees. 2008. Why mentoring matters in a hypercompetitive world. Harvard Business Review (January): 115-121.

Deming, W. E. 1993. The New Economics for Industry For Industry, Government & Education. Cambridge: Massachusetts Institute of Technology Center for Advanced Engineering Study. (Summary).

Demski, J. S. 1987. (Theoretical) research in (managerial) accounting. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 88-95. (Summary).

Demski, J. S. and G. A. Feltham. 1978. Economic incentives in budgetary control systems. The Accounting Review (April): 336-359. (JSTOR link).

Demski, J. S. and R. J. Swieringa. 1981. Discussion of behavioral decision theory: Processes of judgment and choice. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 32-41. (JSTOR link).

Denhardt, R. B. 1968. Bureaucratic socialization and organizational accommodation. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(3): 441-450. (JSTOR link).

DeNisi, A. S., W. A. Randolph and A. G. Blencoe. 1983. Potential problems with peer ratings. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 457-464. (JSTOR link).

Dent, J. F. 1991. Accounting and organizations cultures: A field study of the emergence of a new organizational reality. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(8): 705-732.

Denton, C. F. 1969. Bureaucracy in an immobilist society: The case of Costa Rica. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 418-425. (JSTOR link).

Dermer, J. 1975. The interrelationship of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. The Academy of Management Journal 18(1): 125-129. (JSTOR link).

Dermer, J. and J. P. Siegel. 1974. The role of behavioral measures in accounting for human resources. The Accounting Review (January): 88-97. (JSTOR link).

Dermer, J. D. 1973. Cognitive characteristics and the perceived importance of information. The Accounting Review (July): 511-519. (JSTOR link).

Dery, D. 1982. Erring and learning: An organizational analysis. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(3): 217-223.

DeSalvia, D. N. and G. R. Gemmill. 1971. An exploratory study of the personal value systems of college students and managers. The Academy of Management Journal 14(2): 227-238. (JSTOR link).

DeSanctis, G. and S. L. Jarvenpaa. 1989. Graphical presentation of accounting data for financial forecasting: An experimental investigation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(5-6): 509-525.

Deshpandé, R. and A. Raina. 2011. The ordinary heroes of the Taj: How an Indian hotel chain's organizational culture nurtured employees who were willing to risk their lives to save their guests. Harvard Business Review (December): 119-123.

Dessler, G. and E. R. Valenzi. 1977. Initiation of structure and subordinate satisfaction: A path analysis test of path-goal theory. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 251-259. (JSTOR link).

 Deutsch, M. 1949. A theory of co-operation and competition. Human Relations (2): 129-152.

 Deutsch, M. 1962. An experimental study of the effects of cooperation and competition upon group process. Human Relations (56): 159-170.

 Deutsch, M. 1962. Cooperation and trust: Some theoretical notes. In Jones, M. Editor. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation (10). University of Nebraska Press.

 Devine, C. T. 1964. A behavioral theory of the firm: A review article. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 197-220. (JSTOR link).

Dewar, R. and J. Werbel. 1979. Universalistic and contingency predictions of employee satisfaction and conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(3): 426-448. (JSTOR link).

Dewar, R. D., D. A. Whetten and D. Boje. 1980. An examination of the reliability and validity of the Aiken and Hage scales of centralization, formalization, and task routineness. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(1): 120-128. (JSTOR link). 

Dewhirst, H. D. 1971. Influence of perceived information-sharing norms on communication channel utilization. The Academy of Management Journal 14(3): 305-315. (JSTOR link).

Dezalay, Y. 1995. "Turf battles" or "class struggles": The internationalization of the market for expertise in the "professional society". Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(5): 331-344.

DeZoort, T., P. Harrison and M. Taylor. 2006. Accountability and auditors’ materiality judgments: The effects of differential pressure strength on conservatism, variability, and effort. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(4-5): 373-390.

Dharan, B. G. 1984. Expectation models and potential information content of oil and gas reserve value disclosures. The Accounting Review (April): 199-217. (JSTOR link).

Di Marco, N. J. 1974. Supervisor-subordinate life style and interpersonal need compatibilities as determinants of subordinate's attitudes toward the supervisor. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 575-578. (JSTOR link).

Diamond, J. 2004. Collapse: How Societies Choose to Fail or Succeed. Viking Adult.

Dickhaut, J., S. Basu, K. McCabe and G. Waymire. 2010. Neuroaccounting: Consilience between the biologically evolved brain and culturally evolved accounting principles. Accounting Horizons (June): 221-255.

Dickhaut, J. W. 1976. Discussion of experiments in the heuristics of human information processing. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Human Information Processing in Accounting): 188-195. (JSTOR link).

Dickhaut, J. W. and I. R. C. Eggleton. 1975. An examination of the processes underlying comparative judgments of numerical stimuli. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 38-72. (JSTOR link).

Dickson, B. H. 1963. Bettering the emotional climate of management improvement programs. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 13-20.

Dickson, J. W. 1982. Participatory forums and influence. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 915-920. (JSTOR link).

Dickson, J. W. and D. P. Slevin. 1975. The use of semantic differential scales in studying the innovation boundary. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 381-388. (JSTOR link).

Dickson, P. H. and K. M. Weaver. 1997. Environmental determinants and individual-level moderators of alliance use. The Academy of Management Journal 40(2): 404-425. (JSTOR link).

Dietz, J., S. L. Robinson, R. Folger, R. A. Baron and M. Schulz. 2003. The impact of community violence and an organization's procedural justice climate on workplace aggression. The Academy of Management Journal 46(3): 317-326. (JSTOR link).

Dikolli, S. S., C. Hofmann and S. L. Kulp. 2009. Interrelated performance measures, interactive effort, and incentive weight. Journal of Management Accounting Research (21): 125-149.

Dilla, W. N. 1989. Test of information evaluation behavior in a competitive environment. Abstract. Journal of Management Accounting Research (1): 136-143.

Dillard, J. F. and K. R. Ferris. 1979. Sources of professional staff turnover in public accounting firms: Some further evidence. Accounting, Organizations and Society 4(3): 179-186.

Dillard, J. F., N. L. Kauffman and E. E. Spires. 1991. Evidence order and belief revision in management accounting decisions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(7): 619-633.

Dillman, E. G. 1967. A behavioral science approach to personnel selection. The Academy of Management Journal 10(2): 185-198. (JSTOR link).

Dimarco, N. 1975. Life style, work group structure, compatibility, and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 313-322. (JSTOR link). 

Dimnik, T. and S. Felton. 2006. Accountant stereotypes in movies distributed in North America in the twentieth century. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(2): 129-155.

Ding, M., J. Eliashberg, J. Huber and R. Saini. 2005. Emotional bidders: An analytical and experimental examination of consumers' behavior in a priceline-like reverse auction. Management Science (March): 352-364. (JSTOR link).

Dinius, S. H. and R. B. Rogow. 1988. Application of the Delphi method in identifying characteristics big eight firms seek in entry-level accountants. Journal of Accounting Education 6(1): 83-101.

Dipboye, R. L., C. S. Stramler and G. A. Fontenelle. 1984. The effects of the application on recall of information from the interview. The Academy of Management Journal 27(3): 561-575. (JSTOR link).

DiPrete, T. A. 1987. Horizontal and vertical mobility in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(3): 422-444. (JSTOR link).

Dirsmith, M. W. 1983. ‘Obedience’ in the classroom. Journal of Accounting Education 1(2): 41-50.

Dirsmith, M. W. 1986. Discussion of "social environments and organizational accounting". Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(4-5): 357-367.

Dirsmith, M. W., J. B. Heian and M. A. Covaleski. 1997. Structure and agency in an institutionalized setting: The application and social transformation of control in the big six. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(1): 1-27.

Doby, V. J. and R. D. Caplan. 1995. Organizational stress as threat to reputation: Effects on anxiety at work and at home. The Academy of Management Journal 38(4): 1105-1123. (JSTOR link).

Dodd, D. and K. Favaro. 206. Managing the right tension. Harvard Business Review (December): 62-74.

Doherty, E. M., W. R. Nord and J. L. McAdams. 1989. Gainsharing and organization development: A productive synergy. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 25(3): 209-229.

Donegan, J. J. and M. W. Ganon. 2008. Strain, differential association, and coercion: Insights from the criminology literature on causes of accountant's misconduct. Accounting and the Public Interest (8): 1-20.

Donnellon, A., B. Gray and M. G. Bougon. 1986. Communication, meaning, and organized action. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(1): 43-55. (JSTOR link).

Dopuch, N. 1976. Editor's preface. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Human Information Processing in Accounting): Unnumbered. (JSTOR link).

Dossett, D. L. and C. I. Greenberg. 1981. Goal setting and performance evaluation: An attributional analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 767-779. (JSTOR link).

Dorsey, J. T. Jr. 1957. A communication model for administration. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(3): 307-324. (JSTOR link).

Douglas, P. C., R. A. Davidson and B. N. Schwartz. 2001. The effect of organization culture and ethical orientation on accountants' ethical judgments. Journal of Business Ethics 34(2): 101-121.

Doupnik, T. S. 2008. Influence of culture on earnings management: A note. Abacus 44(3): 317-340.

Doupnik, T. S. and M. Richter. 2004. The impact of culture on the interpretation of "in context" verbal probability expressions. Journal of International Accounting Research 3(1): 1-20.

Dowling, J. B. and N. V. Schaefer. 1982. Institutional and anti-institutional conflict among business, government, and the public. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 683-689. (JSTOR link).

Downey, H. K., D. Hellriegel and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1975. Congruence between individual needs, organizational climate, job satisfaction and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 18(1): 149-155. (JSTOR link).

Downey, H. K., J. E. Sheridan and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1975. Analysis of relationships among leader behavior, subordinate job performance and satisfaction: A path-goal approach. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 253-262. (JSTOR link).

Dozier, J. B. and M. P. Miceli. 1985. Potential predictors of whistle-blowing: A prosocial behavior perspective. Academy of Management Review (10): 823-836.

Drake, A., S. Haka and S. Ravenscroft. 1998. Incentive effects on innovation, interaction and productivity in group environments. Advances in Management Accounting (6): 93-112.

Drake, B. and T. Mitchell. 1977. The effects of vertical and horizontal power on individual motivation and satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 573-591. (JSTOR link).

Dreher, G. F. 1982. The role of performance in the turnover process. The Academy of Management Journal 25(1): 137-147. (JSTOR link).

Dreher, G. F. and T. W. Dougherty. 1980. Turnover and competition for expected job openings: An exploratory analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 766-772. (JSTOR link).

Driscoll, J. W. 1978. Trust and participation in organizational decision making as predictors of satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 44-56. (JSTOR link).

Driver, M. J. and S. Streufert. 1969. Integrative complexity: An approach to individuals and groups as information-processing systems. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 272-285. (JSTOR link).

Drymiotes, G. C. 2011. Information precision and manipulation incentives. Journal of Management Accounting Research (23): 231-258.

Duarte, N. T., J. R. Goodson and N. R. Klich. 1994. Effects of dyadic quality and duration on performance appraisal. The Academy of Management Journal 37(3): 499-521. (JSTOR link).

Dubin, R., J. E. Champoux and L. W. Porter. 1975. Central life interests and organizational commitment of blue-collar and clerical workers. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(3): 411-421. (JSTOR link).

Dubno, P. 1985. Attitudes toward women executives: A longitudinal approach. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 235-239. (JSTOR link).

Duff, A. 2004. The role of cognitive learning styles in accounting education: Developing learning competencies. Journal of Accounting Education 22(1): 29-52.

Duffy, M. K., D. C. Ganster and M. Pagon. 2002. Social undermining in the workplace. The Academy of Management Journal 45(2): 331-351. (JSTOR link).

Duffy, M. K., J. D. Shaw and E. M. Stark. 2000. Performance and satisfaction in conflicted interdependent groups: When and how does self-esteem make a difference? The Academy of Management Journal 43(4): 772-782. (JSTOR link).

Dugan, J. R. 1968. Motivational psychology and the management accountant. Management Accounting (July): 22-25.

Dugan, K. W. 1989. Ability and effort attributions: Do they affect how managers communicate performance feedback information? The Academy of Management Journal 32(1): 87-114. (JSTOR link).

Dugoni, B. L. and D. R. Ilgen. 1981. Realistic job previews and the adjustment of new employees. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 579-591. (JSTOR link).

Dulebohn, J. H. and G. R. Ferris. 1999. The role of influence tactics in perceptions of performance evaluations' fairness. The Academy of Management Journal 42(3): 288-303. (JSTOR link).

Dunbar, R. L. M. 1975. Manager's influence on subordinates' thinking about safety. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 364-369. (JSTOR link).

Duncan, R. B. 1972. Characteristics of organizational environments and perceived environmental uncertainty. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(3): 313-327. (JSTOR link).

Dunham, R. B. 1977. Reactions to job characteristics: Moderating effects of the organization. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 42-65. (JSTOR link).

Dunham, R. B. and D. L. Hawk. 1977. The four-day/forty-hour week: Who wants it? The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 644-655. (JSTOR link). 

Dunham, R. B. and J. L. Pierce. 1986. Attitudes toward work schedules: Construct definition, instrument development, and validation. The Academy of Management Journal 29(1): 170-182. (JSTOR link).

Dunham, R. B., F. J. Smith and R. S. Blackburn. 1977. Validation of the index of organizational reactions with the JDI, the MSQ, and faces scales. The Academy of Management Journal 20(3): 420-432. (JSTOR link).

Dunham, R. B., R. J. Aldag and A. P. Brief. 1977. Dimensionality of task design as measured by the job diagnostic survey. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 209-223. (JSTOR link).

Dunk, A. S. 1993. The effects of job-related tension on managerial performance in participative budgeting settings. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(7-8): 575-585.

Dunk, A. S. and Mohan Lal. 1999. Participative budgeting, process automation, product standardization, and managerial slack propensities. Advances in Management Accounting (8): 139-157.

Dunn, C. L. and B. S. Soomer. 2005. How customers think: Essential insights into the mind of the market/why we buy: The science of shopping. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 155-157.

Dunn, C. L. and S. V. Grabski. 2000. Perceived semantic expressiveness of accounting systems and task accuracy. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 1(2): 79-87.

Dunn, P. 2006. The role of culture and accounting education in resolving ethical business dilemmas by Chinese and Canadians. Accounting and the Public Interest (6): 116-134.

Dunne, E. J. Jr., M. J. Stahl and L. J. Melhart, Jr. 1978. Influence sources of project and functional managers in matrix organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 135-140. (JSTOR link).

Dupree, J. M., A. H. Hartgraves and W. H. Thralls. 1987. How management accountants can communicate better. Management Accounting (February): 40-43.

Durand, D. E. and W. R. Nord. 1976. Perceived leader behavior as a function of personality characteristics of supervisors and subordinates. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 427-438. (JSTOR link).

Durante, L. J. 1956. The why, what, and how of our incentive system. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 721-727.

During, S. 1999. The Cultural Studies Reader. Routledge.

Dutton, J. E., J. M. Dukerich and C. V. Harquail. 1994. Organizational images and member identification. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(2): 239-263. (JSTOR link).

Dutton, J. E., M. C. Worline, P. J. Frost and J. Lilius. 2006. Explaining compassion organizing. Administrative Science Quarterly 51(1): 59-96. (JSTOR link).

Dutton, R. E. 1971. On Alex Carey's radical criticism of the Hawthorne studies: Comment. The Academy of Management Journal 14(3): 394-396. (JSTOR link).

Dwyer, D. J. and M. L. Fox. 2000. The moderating role of hostility in the relationship between enriched jobs and health. The Academy of Management Journal 43(6): 1086-1096. (JSTOR link).

Dyckman, T. R. 1967. Management implementation of scientific research: An attitudinal study. Management Science (June): B612-B620. (JSTOR link).

Dyckman, T. R. and R. Salomon. 1972. Empirical utility functions and random devices: An experiment. Decision Sciences 3(2): 1-13.

Dyne, L. V., J. W. Graham and R. M. Dienesch. 1994. Organizational citizenship behavior: Construct redefinition, measurement, and validation. The Academy of Management Journal 37(4): 765-802. (JSTOR link).

Earley, P. C. 1987. Intercultural training for managers: A comparison of documentary and interpersonal methods. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 685-698. (JSTOR link).

Earley, P. C. 1989. Social loafing and collectivism: A comparison of the United States and the People's Republic of China. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(4): 565-581. (JSTOR link).

Earley, P. C. 1993. East meets west meets mideast: Further explorations of collectivistic and individualistic work groups. The Academy of Management Journal 36(2): 319-348. (JSTOR link).

Earley, P. C. 1994. Self or group? Cultural effects of training on self-efficacy and performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(1): 89-117. (JSTOR link).

Earley, P. C. and E. Mosakowski. 2004. Cultural intelligence. Harvard Business Review (October): 139-146.

Earley, P. C. and H. Singh. 1995. International and intercultural management research: What's next? The Academy of Management Journal 38(2): 327-340. (JSTOR link).

Earley, P. C., G. B. Northcraft, C. Lee and T. R. Lituchy. 1990. Impact of process and outcome feedback on the relation of goal setting to task performance. The Academy of Management Journal 33(1): 87-105. (JSTOR link).

Earnest, K. R. 1979. Applying motivational theory in management accounting. Management Accounting (December): 41-44.

Easterby-Smith, M. and D. Malina. 1999. Cross-cultural collaborative research: Toward reflexivity. The Academy of Management Journal 42(1): 76-86. (JSTOR link).

Eastman, K. K. 1994. In the eyes of the beholder: An attributional approach to ingratiation and organizational citizenship behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 37(5): 1379-1391. (JSTOR link).

Easton, D. 1957. Traditional and behavioral research in American political science. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(1): 110-115. (JSTOR link).

Eaton, T. V. and W. T. Weber. 2008. Whistleblowing: A review of previous research and suggestions for best practices. Journal of Forensic Accounting 9(1): 21-36.

Eberhardt, B. J. and A. B. Shani. 1984. The effects of full-time versus part-time employment status on attitudes toward specific organizational characteristics and overall job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 893-900. (JSTOR link).

Edersheim, E. H., and B. Vanderbosch. 1991. How to make accounting count: Causal-based accounting. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 5-17.

Edmondson, A. 1999. Psychological safety and learning behavior in work teams. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(2): 350-383. (JSTOR link).

Edwards, J. B. 1973. The management accountant and creativity. Management Accounting (September): 27-32.

Edwards, J. B. 1975. People problems and human solutions. Management Accounting (February): 32-34.

Edwards, J. R. 1996. An examination of competing versions of the person-environment fit approach to stress. The Academy of Management Journal 39(2): 292-339. (JSTOR link).

Edwards, P. Editor. 2003. Industrial Relations: Theory and Practice. Blackwell Publishing.

Efferin, S. and T. Hopper. 2007. Management control, culture and ethnicity in a Chinese Indonesian company. Accounting, Organizations and Society 32(3): 223-262.

Eger, C. and J. Dickhaut. 1982. An examination of the conservative information processing bias in an accounting framework. Journal of Accounting Research (Part II, Autumn): 711-723. (JSTOR link).

Eggleton, I. R. C. 1976. [Discussion of patterns, prototypes, and predictions: An exploratory study]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Human Information Processing in Accounting): 145-158. (JSTOR link).

Eggleton, I. R. C. 1976. Patterns, prototypes, and predictions: An exploratory study. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Human Information Processing in Accounting): 68-131. (JSTOR link).

Eide, B. J., M. A. Geiger and B. N. Schwartz. 2001. The Canfield Learning Style Inventory: An assessment of its usefulness in accounting education research. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 341-365.

Eilon, S. 1968. Taxonomy of communications. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(2): 266-288. (JSTOR link).

Einhorn, H. J. 1976. A synthesis: Accounting and behavioral science. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Human Information Processing in Accounting): 196-206. (JSTOR link).

Einhorn, H. J. and R. M. Hogarth. 1981. Behavioral decision theory: Processes of judgment and choice. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-31. (JSTOR link).

Eisenhardt, K. M. and L. J. Bourgeois III. 1988. Politics of strategic decision making in high-velocity environments: Toward a midrange theory. The Academy of Management Journal 31(4): 737-770. (JSTOR link).

Elbannan, M. and W. McKinley. 2006. A theory of the corporate decision to resist FASB standards: An organization theory perspective. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(7): 601-622.

Eldenburg, L. and R. Krishnan. 2003. Public versus private governance: A study of incentives and operational performance. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 377-404.

Eldenburg, L., N. Soderstrom, V. Willis and A. Wu. 2010. Behavioral changes following the collaborative development of an accounting information system. Accounting, Organizations and Society 35(2): 222-237.

Elias, N. 1976. Behavioral impact of human resource accounting. Management Accounting (February): 43-45, 48.

Elias, N. and W. W. Notz. 2007. The effects of organizational culture on budgetary conflict: Integrative versus distributive conflict resolution. Advances in Management Accounting (16): 107-140.

Eliason, A. L. 1972. A study of the effects of quantitative training. The Academy of Management Journal 15(2): 147-158. (JSTOR link).

Elizur, D. and L. Guttman. 1976. The structure of attitudes toward work and technological change within an organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(4): 611-622. (JSTOR link).

Elliott, J. A. and W. H. Shaw. 1988. Write-offs as accounting procedures to manage perceptions. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Management's Ability and Incentives to Affect the Timing and Magnitude of Accounting Accruals): 91-119. (JSTOR link).

Elsbach, K. D. 2003. Relating physical environment to self-categorizations: Identity threat and affirmation in a non-territorial office space. Administrative Science Quarterly 48(4): 622-654. (JSTOR link).

Elsbach, K. D. and G. Elofson. 2000. How the packaging of decision explanations affects perceptions of trustworthiness. The Academy of Management Journal 43(1): 80-89. (JSTOR link).

Ely, R. J. 1994. The effects of organizational demographics and social identity on relationships among professional women. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(2): 203-238. (JSTOR link).

Ely, R. J. and D. A. Thomas. 2001. Cultural diversity at work: The effects of diversity perspectives on work group processes and outcomes. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(2): 229-273. (JSTOR link).

Emerson, M. L. 1930. The use of sales incentives to control sales and profits. N.A.C.A Bulletin (September 15): 97-108.

Emmanuel, C., H. Gernon and S. J. Gray. 1998. An approach to teaching international management accounting and control: Integrating corporate strategy, organizational structure and culture. Journal of Accounting Education 16(1): 65-84.

Engel, G. V. 1970. Professional autonomy and bureaucratic organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(1): 12-21. (JSTOR link).

Engels, J. J. 2007. Delivering difficult messages. Journal of Accountancy (July): 50-52.

England, G. W. 1967. Organizational goals and expected behavior of American managers. The Academy of Management Journal 10(2): 107-117. (JSTOR link).

England, G. W. 1967. Personal value systems of American managers. The Academy of Management Journal 10(1): 53-68. (JSTOR link).

England, G. W. and R. Lee. 1971. Organizational goals and expected behavior among American, Japanese and Korean managers - A comparative study. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 425-438. (JSTOR link).

Enis, C. R. 1988. The impact of current-value data on the predictive judgments of investors. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(2): 123-145.

Ensign, P. C. and L. Hebert. 2010. How reputation affects knowledge sharing among colleagues. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 79-81.

Erez, M. and A. Somech. 1996. Is group productivity loss the rule or the exception? Effects of culture and group-based motivation. The Academy of Management Journal 39(6): 1513-1537. (JSTOR link).

Erez, M., P. C. Earley and C. L. Hulin. 1985. The impact of participation on goal acceptance and performance: A two-step model. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 50-66. (JSTOR link).

Erickson, T. J. 2009. Gen Y in the workforce. Harvard Business Review (February): 43-49.

Ericson, R. F. 1962. Rationality and executive motivation. The Journal of the Academy of Management 5(1): 7-23. (JSTOR link).

Ericsson, K. A., M. J. Prietula and E. T. Cokely. 2007. The making of an expert. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 114-121.

Ertel, D. 2004. Getting past yes: Negotiating as if implementation mattered. Harvard Business Review (November): 60-68.

Esmond-Kiger, C., M. L. Tucker and C. A. Yost. 2006. Emotional intelligence: From the classroom to the workplace. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 35-42.

Etemadi, H., Z. D. Dialami, M. S. Bazaz and R. Parameswaran. 2009. Culture, management accounting and managerial performance: Focus Iran. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(2): 216-225.

Evan, W. M. 1965. Superior-subordinate conflict in research organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(1): 52-64. (JSTOR link).

Evan, W. M. and R. G. Simmons. 1969. Organizational effects of inequitable rewards: Two experiments in status inconsistency. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 224-237. (JSTOR link).

Evans, J. H. III, R. L. Hannan, R. Krishnan and D. V. Moser. 2001. Honesty in managerial reporting. The Accounting Review (October): 537-559. (JSTOR link).

Fagerberg, D. Jr. 1974. Unmeasured costs: A checklist. Management Accounting (February): 29-32.

Fairhurst, G. T. and B. K. Snavely. 1983. A test of the social isolation of male tokens. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 353-361. (JSTOR link).

Falbe, C. M. and G. Yukl. 1992. Consequences for managers of using single influence tactics and combinations of tactics. The Academy of Management Journal 35(3): 638-652. (JSTOR link).

Farber, D. B. 2005. Restoring trust after fraud: Does corporate governance matter? The Accounting Review (April): 539-561. (JSTOR Link).

Farh, J. and P. C. Earley, S. Lin. 1997. Impetus for action: A cultural analysis of justice and organizational citizenship behavior in Chinese society. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(3): 421-444. (JSTOR link).

Farmer, R. N. 1966. Organizational transfer and class structure. The Academy of Management Journal 9(3): 204-216. (JSTOR link).

Farmer, W. A. 1968. Multiple incentive contracts: An analytical technique. Management Accounting (May): 18-24.

Farrell, B. R. and P. Healy. 2000. White collar crime: A profile of the perpetrator and an evaluation of the responsibilities for its prevention and detection. Journal of Forensic Accounting (1): 17-34.

Farrell, D. 1983. Exit, voice, loyalty, and neglect as responses to job dissatisfaction: A multidimensional scaling study. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 596-607. (JSTOR link). 

Feild, H. S. and W. H. Holley. 1982. The relationship of performance appraisal system characteristics to verdicts in selected employment discrimination cases. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 392-406. (JSTOR link).

Feldman, D. C. and J. M. Brett. 1983. Coping with new jobs: A comparative study of new hires and job changers. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 258-272. (JSTOR link).

Fels, A. 2004. Do women lack ambition? Harvard Business Review (April): 50-54, 56, 58-60.

Feltham, G., R. Indjejikian and D. Nanda. 2006. Dynamic incentives and dual-purpose accounting. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 417-437.

Felton, S., T. Dimnik and M. Northey. 1995. A theory of reasoned action model of the Chartered Accountant career choice. Journal of Accounting Education 13(1): 1-19. 

Ferguson, D. H. and F. Berger. 1986. Human side of budgeting. Cornell Hotel & Restaurant Administration Quarterly (August): 86-90.

Ferratt, T. W., R. B. Dunham and J. L. Pierce. 1981. Self-report measures of job characteristics and affective responses: An examination of discriminant validity. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 780-794. (JSTOR link).

Ferris, K. R. 1977. Perceived uncertainty and job satisfaction in the accounting environment. Accounting, Organizations and Society 2(1): 23-28.

Ferris, K. R. 1982. Perceived environmental uncertainty, organizational adaptation, and employee performance: A longitudinal study in professional accounting firms. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(1): 13-25.

Ferris, K. R. 1982. Educational predictors of professional pay and performance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(3): 225-230.

Fertakis, J. P. 1969. On communication, understanding, and relevance in accounting reporting. The Accounting Review (October): 680-691. (JSTOR link).

Fessler, N. J. 2003. Experimental evidence on the links among monetary incentives, task attractiveness, and task performance. Journal of Management Accounting Research (15): 161-176.

Fields, M. W. and J. W. Thacker. 1992. Influence of quality of work life on company and union commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 35(2): 439-450. (JSTOR link).

Finch, G. L. 1987. Improving the bottom line with budget incentive programs. Management Accounting (October): 42-43, 46-47.

Fine, G. A. 1996. Justifying work: Occupational rhetorics as resources in restaurant kitchens. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(1): 90-115. (JSTOR link).

Fiol, C. M. 1995. Corporate communications: Comparing executives' private and public statements. The Academy of Management Journal 38(2): 522-536. (JSTOR link).

Fisher, C. 1996. The impact of perceived environmental uncertainty and individual differences on management requirements: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(4): 361-369.

Fisher, C. D., D. R. Ilgen and W. D. Hoyer. 1979. Source credibility, information favorability, and job offer acceptance. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 94-103. (JSTOR link).

Fisher, J. and V. Govindarajan. 1993. Incentive compensation design, strategic business unit mission, and competitive strategy. Journal of Management Accounting Research (5): 129-144.

Fisher, J. G., S. A. Peffer and G. B. Sprinkle. 2003. Budget-based contracts, budget levels, and group performance. Journal of Management Accounting Research (15): 51-74.

Fisher, L. O. 1913. Office efficiency as it affects the men. Journal of Accountancy (July): 11-21.

Fisher, R. and W. Ury. 1991. Getting to Yes: Negotiating Agreement Without Giving In. Penguin USA.

Fitzgerald, G. M. 1946. Sensible wage incentives. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 135-143.

Flamholtz, E. G. 1980. The process of measurement in managerial accounting: A psycho-technical systems perspective. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(1): 31-42.

Flamholtz, E. G. 1992. Relevance regained: Management accounting - Past, present and future. Advances in Management Accounting (1): 21-34. (Summary).

Flatters, P. and M. Willmott. 2009. Understanding the postrecession consumer. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 106-112.

Fleming, A. S. and R. Barkhi. 2007. An experiment of group association, firm performance, and decision dissemination influences on compensation. Advances in Management Accounting (16): 287-309.

Fleming, D. M., R. N. Romanus and S. M. Lightner. 2009. The effect of professional context on accounting students' moral reasoning. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 13-30.

Fleming, W. G. 1966. Authority, efficiency, and role stress: Problems in the development of East African bureaucracies. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(3): 386-404. (JSTOR link).

Flynn, F. J., J. A. Chatman and S. E. Spataro. 2001. Getting to know you: The influence of personality on impressions and performance of demographically different people in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(3): 414-442. (JSTOR link).

Fogarty, T. J. 1992. Organizational socialization in accounting firms: A theoretical framework and agenda for future research. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(2): 129-149.

Folger, R. and M. A. Konovsky. 1989. Effects of procedural and distributive justice on reactions to pay raise decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 32(1): 115-130. (JSTOR link).

Foran, M. F. and A. F. McGann. 1973. The annual report. Management Accounting (November): 48-51. (Criticized from the perspective of behavioral theory).

Foran, M. F. and D. T. DeCoster. 1974. An experimental study of the effects of participation, authoritarianism, and feedback on cognitive dissonance in a standard setting situation. The Accounting Review (October): 751-763. (JSTOR link).

Forbes, J. B. 1987. Early intraorganizational mobility: Patterns and influences. The Academy of Management Journal 30(1): 110-125. (JSTOR link).

Ford, J. D. and W. H. Hegarty. 1984. Decision makers' beliefs about the causes and effects of structure: An exploratory study. The Academy of Management Journal 27(2): 271-291. (JSTOR link).

Forsgren, R. 1971. An analysis of control, bases of control, and satisfaction in an organizational setting: Comment. The Academy of Management Journal 14(2): 268-269. (JSTOR link).

Fossum, J. A. 1979. The effects of positively and negatively contingent rewards and individual differences on performance, satisfaction, and expectations. The Academy of Management Journal 22(3): 577-589. (JSTOR link).

Fottler, M. D. 1977. Employee acceptance of a four-day workweek. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 656-668. (JSTOR link).

Fottler, M. D. and T. Bain. 1980. Sex differences in occupational aspirations. The Academy of Management Journal 23(1): 144-149. (JSTOR link).

Foucault, M. 1970. The Order of Things: An Archaeology of the Human Sciences. New York, NY: Pantheon.

Foucault, M. 1973. The Birth of the Clinic: An archaeology of Medical Perception. New York, NY: Pantheon. 

Foucault, M. 1977. Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. New York, NY: Pantheon. 

Foucault, M. 1977. Nietzsche, genealogy, history. In Language, Counter Memory, and Practice: Selected Essays and Interviews, by M. Foucault, 139-164. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. 

Foucault, M. 1977. The intellectuals and power. In Language, Counter-Memory, and Practice: Selected Essays and Interviews, by M. Foucault, 205-217. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. 

Foucault, M. 1980. Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings 1972-1977. C. Gordon Editor. Harvester Press.

Fox, F. V. and B. M. Staw. 1979. The trapped administrator: Effects of job insecurity and policy resistance upon commitment to a course of action. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(3): 449-471. (JSTOR link).

Fox, G. H. and C. A. Joiner. 1964. Perceptions of the Vietnamese public administration system. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(4): 443-481. (JSTOR link).

Fox, M. L., D. J. Dwyer and D. C. Ganster. 1993. Effects of stressful job demands and control on physiological and attitudinal outcomes in a hospital setting. The Academy of Management Journal 36(2): 289-318. (JSTOR link).

Fox, R. 1963. Communication. The Academy of Management Journal 6(4): 333-335. (JSTOR link).

Foy, N. F. 2000. Sexual harassment can threaten your bottom line. Strategic Finance (August): 56-61.

Francia, A. J., S. D. Grossman and R. H. Strawser. 1978. The attitudes of management accountants. Management Accounting (November): 35-40.

Francis-Gladney, L., H. T. Little, N. R. Magner and R. B. Welker. 2004. Does organization-mandated budgetary involvement enhance managers' budgetary communication with their supervisor? Advances in Management Accounting (13): 167-182.

Frank, W. G. 1972. Evaluation of wage incentives: Fixed costs, revisited. The Accounting Review (January): 155-160. (JSTOR link).

Franke, R. H., G. Hofstede and M. H. Bond. 1991. Cultural roots of economic performance: A research note. Strategic Management Journal (12): 165-173.

Franklin, J. L. 1975. Down the organization: Influence processes across levels of hierarchy. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(2): 153-164. (JSTOR link).

Franklin, J. L. 1975. Relations among four social-psychological aspects of organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(3): 422-433. (JSTOR link).

Frederick, M. L. 1938. The personality factor in accounting success. The Accounting Review (December): 400-404. (JSTOR link).

Frederickson, J. R., S. A. Peffer and J. Pratt. 1999. Performance evaluation judgments: Effects of prior experience under different performance evaluation schemes and feedback frequencies. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 151-165. (JSTOR link).

Free, C. and N. Macintosh. 2008. A research note on control practice and culture at Enron. Advances in Management Accounting (17): 347-382.

Freedman, R. D. and S. A. Stumpf. 1978. What can one learn from the learning style inventory? The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 275-282. (JSTOR link).

Freeman, J. 1999. Efficiency and rationality in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(1): 163-175. (JSTOR link).

Freidson, E. and B. Rhea. 1965. Knowledge and judgment in professional evaluations. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(1): 107-124. (JSTOR link).

French, E. B. 1966. Perspective: The motivation of scientists and engineers. The Academy of Management Journal 9(2): 152-156. (JSTOR link).

French, J. L. and J. Rosenstein. 1984. Employee ownership, work attitudes, and power relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 861-869. (JSTOR link).

French, M. 1985. Beyond Power On Women Men and Morals. New York: Summit Books.

French, W. and D. Henning. 1966. The authority-influence role of the functional specialist in management. The Academy of Management Journal 9(3): 187-203. (JSTOR link).

Frew, D. R. 1974. Transcendental meditation and productivity. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 362-368. (JSTOR link).

Friedkin, N. E. and M. J. Simpson. 1985. Effects of competition on members' identification with their subunits. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(3): 377-394. (JSTOR link).

Friedlander, F. and E. Walton. 1964. Positive and negative motivations toward work. Administrative Science Quarterly 9(2): 194-207. (JSTOR link).

Friedman, R. A. and J. Podolny. 1992. Differentiation of boundary spanning roles: Labor negotiations and implications for role conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(1): 28-47. (JSTOR link). 

Friedmann, J. 1967. A conceptual model for the analysis of planning behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(2): 225-252. (JSTOR link).

Fritzsche, D. J. and H. Becker. 1984. Linking management behavior to ethical philosophy - An empirical investigation. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 166-175. (JSTOR link).

Fromkin, H. L. 1969. The behavioral science laboratories at Purdue's Krannert School. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 171-177. (JSTOR link).

Frow, N., D. Marginson and S. Ogden. 2005. Encouraging strategic behaviour while maintaining management control: Multi-functional project teams, budgets, and the negotiation of shared accountabilities in contemporary enterprises. Management Accounting Research (September): 269-292.

Fryxell, G. E. and M. E. Gordon. 1989. Workplace justice and job satisfaction as predictors of satisfaction with union and management. The Academy of Management Journal 32(4): 851-866. (JSTOR link).

Fulk, J. 1993. Social construction of communication technology. The Academy of Management Journal 36(5): 921-950. (JSTOR link).

Fullerton, R. R. and C. S. McWatters. 2002. The role of performance measures and incentive systems in relation to the degree of JIT implementation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(8): 711-735. (Summary).

Funari, M. R. 1968. Salesmen's incentives - For profit's sake. Management Accounting (March): 59-62.

Futrell, C. M. 1978. Effects of pay disclosure on satisfaction for sales managers: A longitudinal study. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 140-144. (JSTOR link).

Gabriel, S. L. and M. L. Hirsch Jr. 1992. Critical thinking and communication skills: Integration and implementation issues. Journal of Accounting Education 10(2): 243-270.

Gaines, J. and J. M. Jermier. 1983. Emotional exhaustion in a high stress organization. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 567-586. (JSTOR link).

Galbraith, J. R. 1970. Path-goal models as a basis for the design of organization reward systems. Decision Sciences 1(1-2): 54-72.

Galford, R. and A. S. Drapeau. 2003. The enemies of trust. Harvard Business Review (February): 88-95. (Inconsistent messages, inconsistent standards, misplaced benevolence, false feedback, failure to trust others, elephants in the parlor, rumors in a vacuum, and consistent corporate underperformance).

Gallagher, K. E. Rose, B. McClelland, J. Reynolds and S. Tombs. 1997. People in Organisations: An Active Learning Approach (Babs). Blackwell Publishing. 

Gallupe, R. B., A. R. Dennis, W. H. Cooper, J. S. Valacich, L. M. Bastianutti and J. F. Nunamaker, Jr. 1992. Electronic brainstorming and group size. The Academy of Management Journal 35(2): 350-369. (JSTOR link).

Gambling, T. 1977. Magic, accounting and morale. Accounting, Organizations and Society 2(2): 141-151.

Gandz, J. and V. V. Murray. 1980. The experience of workplace politics. The Academy of Management Journal 23(2): 237-251. (JSTOR link).

Gannon, M. J. and K. L. Newman. 2001. The Blackwell Handbook of Cross-Cultural Management (Handbooks in Management). Blackwell Publishing.

Gannon, M. J., C. Foreman and K. Pugh. 1973. The influence of a reduction in force on the attitudes of engineers. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 330-334. (JSTOR link).

Ganzach, Y. 1998. Intelligence and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 41(5): 526-539. (JSTOR link).

Garceau, A. A. and L. R. Garceau. 1992. Managing your job search. Management Accounting (June): 40-42, 44-45.

Gardner, W. L. and M. J. Martinko. 1988. Impression management: An observational study linking audience characteristics with verbal self-presentations. The Academy of Management Journal 31(1): 42-65. (JSTOR link).

Gargiulo, M. 1993. Two-step leverage: Managing constraint in organizational politics. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(1): 1-19. (JSTOR link).

Gary, L., B. Elliot, L. E. Taylor, R. K. Andrews and S. Goliaszewski. 2008. When Steve becomes Stephanie. Harvard Business Review (December): 35-42. (Case study).

Gatewood, R. D., M. A. Gowan and G. J. Lautenschlager. 1993. Corporate image, recruitment image, and initial job choice decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 36(2): 414-427. (JSTOR link).

Gavetti, G. and D. Levinthal. 2000. Looking forward and looking backward: Cognitive and experiential search. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(1): 113-137. (JSTOR link).

Gavin, T. A. and P. Dileepan. 2002. Stress!! Analyzing the culprits and prescribing a cure. Strategic Finance (November): 50-55.

Gebler, D. 2006. Creating an ethical culture. Strategic Finance (May): 28-34.

Geen, R. G., E. Donnerstein and E. I. Donnerstein. 1998. Human Aggression: Theory, Research, and Implications for Social Policy. Academic Press.

Geiger, M. and J. van der Laan Smith. 2010. The effect of institutional and cultural factors on the perceptions of earnings management. Journal of International Accounting Research 9(2): 21-43.

Gemmill, G. 1969. Comments on "Effects of different patterns and degrees of openness in superior-subordinate communication on subordinate job satisfaction" by R. Burke and D. Wilcox - September 1969. The Academy of Management Journal 12(4): 506-507. (JSTOR link).

Gemmill, G. R. and W. J. Heisler. 1972. Machiavellianism as a factor in managerial job strain, job satisfaction, and upward mobility. The Academy of Management Journal 15(1): 51-62. (JSTOR link).

Gendron, Y. 2002. On the role of the organization in auditors' client-acceptance decisions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(7): 659-684.

Gentile, M. C. 2010. Keeping your colleagues honest. Harvard Business Review (March): 114-117.

George, J. M. 1992. Extrinsic and intrinsic origins of perceived social loafing in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 35(1): 191-202. (JSTOR link).

George, J. M., T. F. Reed, K. A. Ballard, J. Colin and J. Fielding. 1993. Contact with AIDS patients as a source of work-related distress: Effects of organizational and social support. The Academy of Management Journal 36(1): 157-171. (JSTOR link).

Gersick, C. J. G., J. M. Bartunek and J. E. Dutton. 2000. Learning from academia: The importance of relationships in professional life. The Academy of Management Journal 43(6): 1026-1044. (JSTOR link).

Ghose, A. and S. P. Han. 2011. An empirical analysis of user content generation and usage behavior on the mobile internet. Management Science (September): 1671-1691.

Ghoshal, S. and H. Bruch. 2003. Going beyond motivation to the power of volition. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 51-57.

Giacomino, D. E. and M. D. Akers. 1998. An examination of the differences between personal values and value types of female and male accounting and nonaccounting majors. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 565-584.

Gibbons, D. E. 2004. Friendship and advice networks in the context of changing professional values. Administrative Science Quarterly 49(2): 238-262. (JSTOR link).

Gibbins, M. 1982. Regression and other statistical implications for research on judgment using intercorrelated data sources. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 121-138. (JSTOR link).

Gibbins, M. 1984. Propositions about the psychology of professional judgment in public accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 103-125. (JSTOR link).

Gibbs, M. 1995. Incentive compensation in a corporate hierarchy. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March-May): 247-277.

Gibbs, M., K. A. Merchant, W. A. Van der Stede and M. E. Vargus. 2004. Determinants and effects of subjectivity in incentives. The Accounting Review (April): 409-436. (JSTOR link).

Gibson, C. and F. Vermeulen. 2003. A healthy divide: Subgroups as a stimulus for team learning behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 48(2): 202-239. (JSTOR link).

Gibson, C. B. 1999. Do they do what they believe they can? Group efficacy and group effectiveness across tasks and cultures. The Academy of Management Journal 42(2): 138-152. (JSTOR link).

Gibson, C. B. and M. E. Zellmer-Bruhn. 2001. Metaphors and meaning: An intercultural analysis of the concept of teamwork. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(2): 274-303. (JSTOR link). 001. Erratum: Metaphors and meaning: An intercultural analysis of the concept of teamwork. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(3): 594. (JSTOR link).

Gibson, J. L. 1966. Organization theory and the nature of man. The Academy of Management Journal 9(3): 233-245. (JSTOR link).

Gibson, J. L. and S. M. Klein. 1970. Employee attitudes as a function of age and length of service: A reconceptualization. The Academy of Management Journal 13(4): 411-425. (JSTOR link).

Gibson, R. O. 1966. Toward a conceptualization of absence behavior of personnel in organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(1): 107-133. (JSTOR link).

Giesler, C. 1980. Compensating sales reps. Management Accounting (April): 34-36.

Gifford, W. E., H. R. Bobbitt and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1979. Message characteristics and perceptions of uncertainty by organizational decision makers. The Academy of Management Journal 22(3): 458-481. (JSTOR link).

Giles, W. F. and H. S. Feild. 1978. The relationship of satisfaction level and content of job satisfaction questionnaire items to item sensitivity. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 295-301. (JSTOR link).

Giles, W. F. and W. H. Holley, Jr. 1978. Job enrichment versus traditional issues at the bargaining table: What union members want. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 725-730. (JSTOR link).

Giles, W. F. and H. S. Feild. 1982. Accuracy of interviewers' perceptions of the importance of intrinsic and extrinsic job characteristics to male and female applicants. The Academy of Management Journal 25(1): 148-157. (JSTOR link).

Giovinazzo, V. J. 1982. Accounting problems that nobody talks about. Management Accounting (October): 14-19, 36.

Gladstein, D. L. 1984. Groups in context: A model of task group effectiveness. Administrative Science Quarterly 29(4): 499-517. (JSTOR link).

Gladwell, M. 2002. The Tipping Point: How Little Things Can Make a Big Difference. Back Bay Books. (Summary).

Gladwell, M. 2005. Blink: The Power of Thinking Without Thinking. Little Brown.

Glaser, B. G. 1963. Attraction, autonomy, and reciprocity in the scientist-supervisor relationship. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(3): 379-398. (JSTOR link).

Glaser, B. G. 1965. "Differential association" and the institutional motivation of scientists. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(1): 82-97. (JSTOR link).

Glick, W. H., G. D. Jenkins, Jr. and N. Gupta. 1986. Method versus substance: How strong are underlying relationships between job characteristics and attitudinal outcomes? The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 441-464. (JSTOR link).

Glisson, C. and M. Durick. 1988. Predictors of job satisfaction and organizational commitment in human service organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 33(1): 61-81. (JSTOR link).

Glomb, T. M. and H. Liao. 2003. Interpersonal aggression in work groups: Social influence, reciprocal, and individual effects. The Academy of Management Journal 46(4): 486-496. (JSTOR link).

Glover, S. M. 1997. The influence of time pressure and accountability on auditors' processing of nondiagnostic information. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 213-226. (JSTOR link).

Gneezy, U., T. Ho and J. List. 2011. Editorial statement: Behavioral economics. Management Science (July): iv.

Godwyn, M. E. and J. H. Gittell. 2011. Sociology of Organizations: Structures and Relationships. Pine Forge Press.

Goetz, B. E. 1960. Ways of learning. Industrial Management Review (April): 9-15.

Goggin, Z. 1986. Two sides of gain sharing. Management Accounting (October): 47-51.

Golden, T. W. 1993. Employee crime can cost you millions. Management Accounting (August): 39-45.

Goldman, M., J. W. Stockbauer and T. G. McAuliffe. 1977. Intergroup and intragroup competition and cooperation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology (13): 81-88.

Golembiewski, R. T. 1961. Management science and group behavior: Work-unit cohesiveness. The Journal of the Academy of Management 4(2): 87-99. (JSTOR link).

Golembiewski, R. T. 1963. A behavioral approach to wage administration: Work flow and structural design. The Academy of Management Journal 6(4): 267-277. (JSTOR link).

Golembiewski, R. T. 1964. Authority as a problem in overlays: A concept for action and analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly 9(1): 23-49. (JSTOR link).

Golembiewski, R. T. 1966. Personality and organization structure: Staff models and behavioral patterns. The Academy of Management Journal 9(3): 217-232. (JSTOR link).

Golembiewski, R. T. 1970. Organizational properties and managerial learning: Testing alternative models of attitudinal change. The Academy of Management Journal 13(1): 13-31. (JSTOR link).

Golembiewski, R. T. and A. Blumberg. 1969. Persistence of attitudinal changes induced by a confrontation design: A research note. The Academy of Management Journal 12(3): 309-317. (JSTOR link).

Golembiewski, R. T. and R. Munzenrider. 1973. Persistence and change: A note on the long-term effects of an organization development program. The Academy of Management Journal 16(1): 149-153. (JSTOR link).

Golembiewski, R. T. and S. Yeager. 1978. Testing the applicability of the JDI to various demographic groupings. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 514-519. (JSTOR link).

Golembiewski, R. T., R. Munzenrider, A. Blumberg, S. B. Carrigan and W. R. Mead. 1971. Changing climate in a complex organization: Interactions between a learning design and an environment. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 465-481. (JSTOR link).

Golembiewski, R. T., S. Yeager and R. Hilles. 1975. Factor analysis of some flexitime effects: Attitudinal and behavioral consequences of a structural intervention. The Academy of Management Journal 18(3): 500-509. (JSTOR link).

Gomaa, M. I., J. E. Hunton, E. H. J. Vaassen and M. A. Carree. 2011. Decision aid reliance: Modeling the effects of decision aid reliability and pressures to perform on reliance behavior. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 12(3): 206-224.

Gomberg, W. 1957. The use of psychology in industry: A trade union point of view. Management Science (July): 348-370. (JSTOR link).

Gómez, C., B. L. Kirkman and D. L. Shapiro. 2000. The impact of collectivism and in-group/out-group membership on the evaluation generosity of team members. The Academy of Management Journal 43(6): 1097-1106. (JSTOR link).

Gomez-Mejia, L. R. 1984. Effect of occupation on task related, contextual, and job involvement orientation: A cross-cultural perspective. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 706-720. (JSTOR link).

Gonik, J. 1978. Tie salesmen's bonuses to their forecasts. Harvard Business Review (May-June): 116-123.

Gooderham, P. N. and O. Nordhaug. 2003. International Management: Cross-Boundary Challenges (Management, Organizations, and Business Series). Blackwell Publishing.

Goodman, P. S. and A. Friedman. 1971. An examination of Adams' theory of inequity. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(3): 271-288. (JSTOR link).

Goodsell, C. T. 1976. Cross-cultural comparison of behavior of postal clerks towards clients. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(1): 140-150. (JSTOR link).

Gordon, F. E., J. G. Rhode and K. A. Merchant. 1977. The effects of salary and human resource accounting disclosures on small group relations and performance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 2(4): 295-305.

Gordon, L. A. and V. K. Naraynan. 1984. Management accounting systems, perceived environmental uncertainty and organization structure: An empirical investigation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(1): 33-47.

Gordon, M. E. and R. D. Arvey. 1975. The relationship between education and satisfaction with job content. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 888-892. (JSTOR link).

Goronzy, F. 1968. Developing a comprehensive model of motivation and performance: A methodological comment. The Academy of Management Journal 11(3): 341-342. (JSTOR link).

Gosling, J. and H. Mintzberg. 2003. The five minds of a manager. Harvard Business Review (November): 54-63.

Gould, S. 1979. Characteristics of career planners in upwardly mobile occupations. The Academy of Management Journal 22(3): 539-550. (JSTOR link).

Gould, S. and B. L. Hawkins. 1978. Organizational career stage as a moderator of the satisfaction-performance relationship. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 434-450. (JSTOR link).

Gould, S. and L. E. Penley. 1985. A study of the correlates of the willingness to relocate. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 472-478. (JSTOR link).

Gouldner, A. W. 1957. Cosmopolitans and locals: Toward an analysis of latent social roles I. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(3): 281-306. (JSTOR link).

Gouldner, A. W. 1958. Cosmopolitans and locals: Toward an analysis of latent social roles II. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(4): 444-480. (JSTOR link).

Gouldner, H. P. 1960. Dimensions of organizational commitment. Administrative Science Quarterly 4(4): 468-490. (JSTOR link).

Gourville, J. and D. Soman. 2002. Pricing and the psychology of consumption. Harvard Business Review (September): 90-96.

Grady, P. 1948. The increasing emphasis on accounting as a social force. The Accounting Review (July):  266-275. (JSTOR link).

Graen, G., J. F. Cashman, S. Ginsburg and W. Schiemann. 1977. Effects of linking-pin quality on the quality of working life of lower participants. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(3): 491-504. (JSTOR link).

Graham, G. H. 1971. Interpersonal attraction as a basis of informal organization. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 483-495. (JSTOR link).

Graham, G. L. 2002. If you want honesty, break some rules. Harvard Business Review (April): 42-47. (How to create a culture where people aren't afraid to speak the truth).

Graham, J. L. and N. M. Lam. 2003. The Chinese negotiation. Harvard Business Review (October): 82-91. (How to deal with China. Understand the cultural context of Chinese business style). (Summary).

Grams, R. and D. P. Schwab. 1985. An investigation of systematic gender-related error in job evaluation. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 279-290. (JSTOR link).

Grandey, A. A. 2003. When "The show must go on": Surface acting and deep acting as determinants of emotional exhaustion and peer-rated service delivery. The Academy of Management Journal 46(1): 86-96. (JSTOR link).

Granlund, M. and K. Lukka. 1998. It's a small world of management accounting practices. Journal of Management Accounting Research (10): 153-179.

Granlund, M. and K. Lukka. 1998. Towards increasing business orientation: Finnish management accountants in a changing cultural context. Management Accounting Research (June): 185-211.

Gray, S. J. 1988. Towards a theory of cultural influence on the development of accounting systems internationally. Abacus 24(1): 1-15.

Green, S. G., D. M. Nebeker and M. A. Boni. 1976. Personality and situational effects on leader behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 19(2): 184-194. (JSTOR link).

Green, T. B. 1973. Some unconventional thoughts on understanding behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 525-526. (JSTOR link).

Green, T. B. 1975. An empirical analysis of nominal and interacting groups. The Academy of Management Journal 18(1): 63-73. (JSTOR link).

Green, T. B. 1992. Performance and Motivation Strategies for Today's Workforce: A Guide to Expectancy Theory Applications. Greenwood Publishing Group.

Green, T. B. 1995. Manage to the Individual: If You Want to Know How, ASK! Mass Market Paperback.

Green, T. B. 2000. Motivation Management. Quorum Books.

Green, T. B. Publication date unknown. The Belief System: The Secret to Motivation and Improved Performance: Unleash the Power of Motivation by Triggering Three Very Special Beliefs. Quorum Books.

Green, T. B. and J. T. Knippen. 1999. Breaking the Barrier to Upward Communication: Strategies and Skills for Employees, Managers, and HR Specialists. Quorum Books.

Green, T. B. and R. T. Butkus. 1999. Motivation, Beliefs, and Organizational Transformation. Quorum Books.

Greenbaum, H. H. 1974. The audit of organizational communication. The Academy of Management Journal 17(4): 739-754. (JSTOR link).

Greenberg, J. 1989. Cognitive reevaluation of outcomes in response to underpayment inequity. The Academy of Management Journal 32(1): 174-184. (JSTOR link).

Greenberg, P. S. 1988. Human resources in an advanced manufacturing environment. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 52-54.

Greenberger, D. B., S. Strasser and S. Lee. 1988. Personal control as a mediator between perceptions of supervisory behaviors and employee reactions. The Academy of Management Journal 31(2): 405-417. (JSTOR link).

Greene, C. N. 1972. Relationships among role accuracy, compliance, performance evaluation, and satisfaction within managerial dyads. The Academy of Management Journal 15(2): 205-215. (JSTOR link).

Greene, C. N. 1978. Identification modes of professionals: Relationship with formalization, role strain, and alienation. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 486-492. (JSTOR link).

Greene, C. N. and D. W. Organ. 1973. An evaluation of causal models linking the received role with job satisfaction. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(1): 95-103. (JSTOR link).

Greene, C. N. and P. M. Podsakoff. 1981. Effects of withdrawal of a performance-contingent reward on supervisory influence and power. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 527-542. (JSTOR link).

Greenfield, G. and F. Rohde. 2009. Technology acceptance: Not all organisations or workers may be the same. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(4): 263-272.

Greenhalgh, L., S. A. Neslin and R. W. Gilkey. 1985. The effects of negotiator preferences, situational power, and negotiator personality on outcomes of business negotiations. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 9-33. (JSTOR link).

Greenhaus, J. H., S. Parasuraman and W. M. Wormley. 1990. Effects of race on organizational experiences, job performance evaluations, and career outcomes. The Academy of Management Journal 33(1): 64-86. (JSTOR link).

Greenlaw, P. S. 1963. Designing parametric equations for business games. The Academy of Management Journal 6(2): 150-159. (JSTOR link).

Greenwald, H. P. 1972. Patterns of authority in two herding societies: An ecological approach. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(2): 207-217. (JSTOR link).

Greer, W. R. Jr. 1972. Better motivation for time-constrained sequential production processes. Management Accounting (August): 15-19.

Greer, W. R. Jr. 1974. Sales compensation: Conflict and harmony. Management Accounting (March): 37-41. 

Gregory, K. L. 1983. Native-view paradigms: Multiple cultures and culture conflicts in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 359-376. (JSTOR link).

Greller, M. M. 1978. The nature of subordinate participation in the appraisal interview. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 646-658. (JSTOR link).

Gresov, C. and C. Stephens. 1993. The context of interunit influence attempts. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(2): 252-276. (JSTOR link).

Greve, H. R. 2003. A behavioral theory of R&D expenditures and innovations: Evidence from shipbuilding. The Academy of Management Journal 46(6): 685-702. (JSTOR link).

Griffin, L. 1996. The effects of participatory budgeting on both the attractiveness of budgetary compliance and motivation. Advances in Management Accounting (5): 169-187.

Griffin, L. J. 1977. Causal modeling of psychological success in work organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 6-33. (JSTOR link).

Griffin, M. A., P. E. Tesluk and R. R. Jacobs. 1995. Bargaining cycles and work-related attitudes: Evidence for threat-rigidity effects. The Academy of Management Journal 38(6): 1709-1725. (JSTOR link).

Griffin, R. W. 1980. Relationships among individual, task design, and leader behavior variables. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 665-683. (JSTOR link).

Griffin, R. W. 1981. A longitudinal investigation of task characteristics relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 99-113. (JSTOR link).

Griffin, R. W. 1983. Objective and social sources of information in task redesign: A field experiment. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(2): 184-200. (JSTOR link).

Griffin, R. W. 1991. Effects of work redesign on employee perceptions, attitudes, and behaviors: A long-term investigation. The Academy of Management Journal 34(2): 425-435. (JSTOR link).

Griffin, R. W., T. S. Bateman, S. J. Wayne and T. C. Head. 1987. Objective and social factors as determinants of task perceptions and responses: An integrated perspective and empirical investigation. The Academy of Management Journal 30(3): 501-523. (JSTOR link).

Grossman, M. 2011. HSN's CEO on fixing the Shopping Network's culture. Harvard Business Review (December): 43-46.

Grossman, S. D. and R. H. Strawser. 1978. Accounting and behavioral concepts: A classroom approach. The Accounting Review (April): 495-500. (JSTOR link).

Grove, H. D. and R. S. Savich. 1979. Attitude research in accounting: A model for reliability and validity considerations. The Accounting Review (July): 522-537. (JSTOR link).

Groysberg, B., L. Sant and R. Abrahams. 2008. When 'stars' migrate, do they still perform like stars? MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 41-46.

Grusky, O. 1959. Role conflict in organization: A study of prison camp officials. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(4): 452-472. (JSTOR link).

Grusky, O. 1966. Career mobility and organizational commitment. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(4): 488-503. (JSTOR link).

Guba, E. G. 1958. Morale and satisfaction: A study in past-future time perspective. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(2): 195-209. (JSTOR link).

Guck, H. H. 1974. The psychology of management audits. Management Accounting (September): 41-44.

Guetzkow, H. 1959. Conversion barriers in using the social sciences. Administrative Science Quarterly 4(1): 68-81. (JSTOR link).

Guetzkow, H. and H. A. Simon. 1955. The impact of certain communication nets upon organization and performance in task-oriented groups. Management Science (April-July): 233-250. (JSTOR link).

Guilding, C. and L. McManus. 2002. The incidence, perceived merit and antecedents of customer accounting: An exploratory note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(1-2): 45-59.

Gul, F. A. 1984. The joint and moderating role of personality and cognitive style on decision making. The Accounting Review (April): 264-277. (JSTOR link).

Gul, F. A. 1986. Adaption-innovation as a factor in Australian accounting undergraduates' subject interests and career preferences. Journal of Accounting Education 4(1): 203-209.

Gulati, R. 1995. Does familiarity breed trust? The implications of repeated ties for contractual choice in alliances. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 85-112. (JSTOR link).

Gulati, R. 1995. Social structure and alliance formation patterns: A longitudinal analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly 40(4): 619-652. (JSTOR link).

Gulati, R. and H. Singh. 1998. The architecture of cooperation: Managing coordination costs and appropriation concerns in strategic alliances. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(4): 781-814. (JSTOR link).

Gunn, B., M. E. Brenner and A. Mjosund. 1968. The dynamic synthesis theory of motivation. Management Science (June):. (JSTOR link).

Gunnell, R. L. 1947. Group bonus plan raises production, wages, and profits. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 604-607.

Gurganus, R. H. 1963. Perspective on accounting machines and people. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 58-59.

Guymon, R. N., R. Balakrishnan and R. M. Tubbs. 2008. The effect of task interdependence and type of incentive contract on group performance. Journal of Management Accounting Research 20 (Special Issue): 1-18.

Gynther, R. S. 1967. Accounting concepts and behavioral hypotheses. The Accounting Review (April): 274-290. (JSTOR link).

Hackman, J. R. and R. E. Kaplan. 1974. Interventions into group process: An approach to improving the effectiveness of groups. Decision Sciences 5(3): 459-480.

Hadjicharalambous, C. and M. Preis. 2004. Antecedents of opportunism in channels of distribution: The mediating roles of conflict, satisfaction, and performance. Journal of Business Industry and Economics (4): 33-47.

Hage, J. and M. Aiken. 1969. Routine technology, social structure, and organization goals. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 366-376. (JSTOR link).

Haka, S., L. Friedman and V. Jones. 1986. Functional fixation and interference theory: A theoretical and empirical investigation. The Accounting Review (July): 455-474. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T. 1972. A model of coping with role conflict: The role behavior of college educated women. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(4): 471-486. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T. and B. Schneider. 1972. Correlates of organizational identification as a function of career pattern and organizational type. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(3): 340-350. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T. and E. E. Lawler. 1970. Job characteristics and pressures and the organizational integration of professionals. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(3): 271-281. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T. and L. W. Foster. 1977. A psychological success cycle and goal setting: Goals, performance, and attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 282-290. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T. and R. Mansfield. 1971. Organizational and individual response to external stress. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(4): 533-547. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T., B. Schneider and H. T. Nygren. 1970. Personal factors in organizational identification. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(2): 176-190. (JSTOR link).

Hall, F. S. and D. T. Hall. 1976. Effects of job incumbents' race and sex on evaluations of managerial performance. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 476-481. (JSTOR link).

Hall, M. 2008. The effect of comprehensive performance measurement systems on role clarity, psychological empowerment and managerial performance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(2-3): 141-163.

Hall, M. 2011. Do comprehensive performance measurement systems help or hinder managers’ mental model development? Management Accounting Research (June): 68-83.

Hall, R. H. 1967. Some organizational considerations in the professional-organizational relationship. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(3): 461-478. (JSTOR link).

Hallowell, E. M. 2005. Overloaded circuits: Why smart people underperform. Harvard Business Review (January): 54-62.

Halpern, R. S. 1961. Employee unionization and foremen's attitudes. Administrative Science Quarterly 6(1): 73-88. (JSTOR link).

Hamid, S., R. Craig and F. Clarke. 1993. Religion: A confounding cultural element in the international harmonization of accounting? Abacus 29(2): 131-148.

Hammer, M. 1971. The application of behavioral conditioning procedures to the problems of quality control: Comment. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 529-532. (JSTOR link).

Hammer, T. H. 1978. Relationships between local union characteristics and worker behavior and attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 560-577. (JSTOR link).

Hammond, T. and A. Preston. 1992. Culture, gender and corporate control: Japan as "other". Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(8): 795-808.

Hammond, T., B. M. Clayton and P. J. Arnold. 2009. South Africa’s transition from apartheid: The role of professional closure in the experiences of black chartered accountants. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(6-7): 705-721.

Hand, H. H. and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1970. Human relations training for middle management: A field experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 13(4): 403-410. (JSTOR link).

Hand, H. H. and J. W. Slocum. Jr. 1971. Human relations training for middle management: Reply. The Academy of Management Journal 14(2): 273-274. (JSTOR link).

Hand, H. H., M. D. Richards and J. W. Slocum Jr. 1973. Organizational climate and the effectiveness of a human relations training program. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 185-195. (JSTOR link).

Haney, W. V. 1964. A comparative study of unilateral and bilateral communication. The Academy of Management Journal 7(2): 128-136. (JSTOR link).

Haniffa, R. M. and T. E. Cooke. 2002. Culture, corporate governance and disclosure in Malaysian corporations. Abacus 38(3): 317-349.

Hansen, M. T. 2009. When internal collaboration is bad for your company. Harvard Business Review (April): 82-88.

Hard, N. J. and M. T. Vanecek. 1991. The implications of tasks and format on the use of financial information. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 35-49.

Harder, J. W. 1992. Play for pay: Effects of inequity in a pay-for-performance context. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(2): 321-335. (JSTOR link).

Harding, A. O. 1947. A simple incentive method that pays. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1484-1486.

Harding, N. and J. Mckinnon. 1997. User involvement in the standard-setting process: A research note on the congruence of accountant and user perceptions of decision usefulness. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(1): 55-67.

Hardy, J. W., B. B. Orton and J. W. Moffit. 1986. Bonus systems do motivate. Management Accounting (November): 58-61.

Harper, R. M. Jr., W. G. Mister and J. R. Strawser. 1991. The effect of recognition versus disclosure of unfunded postretirement benefits on lenders' perceptions of debt. Accounting Horizons (September): 50-56.

Harrell, A. and P. Harrison. 1994. An incentive to shirk, privately held information, and manager's project evaluation decisions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(7): 569-577.

Harrell, A. M. and M. J. Stahl. 1984. McClelland's trichotomy of needs theory and the job satisfaction and work performance of CPA firm professionals. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(3-4): 241-252.

Harrison, D. A., K. H. Price and M. P. Bell. 1998. Beyond relational demography: Time and the effects of surface- and deep-level diversity on work group cohesion. The Academy of Management Journal 41(1): 96-107. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, G. and J. McKinnon. 1998. Editorial: Culture and management accounting. Management Accounting Research (June): 113-118.

Harrison, G. L. 1992. The cross-cultural generalizability of the relation between participation, budget emphasis and job related attitudes. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(1): 1-15.

Harrison, G. L. 1993. Reliance on accounting performance measures in superior evaluative style - The influence of national culture and personality. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(4): 319-339.

Harrison, G. L. and J. L. McKinnon. 1986. Culture and accounting change: A new perspective on corporate reporting regulation and accounting policy formulation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(3): 233-252.

Harrison, G. L. and J. L. McKinnon. 1999. Cross-cultural research in management control systems design: A review of the current state. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(5-6): 483-506.

Harrison, J. F. Jr. and S. M. Baggett. 1974. Processing new ideas. Management Accounting (April): 25-30.

Harrison, J. R. and G. R. Carroll. 1991. Keeping the faith: A model of cultural transmission in formal organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(4): 552-582. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, L. E. 2006. The Central Liberal Truth: How Politics Can Change a Culture and Save It from Itself . Oxford University Press.

Harsanyi, J. C. 1955. Cardinal welfare, individualistic ethics, and interpersonal comparisons of utility. The Journal of Political Economy (August): 309-321.

Harsanyi, J. C. 1975. Can the maximin principle serve as a basis for morality? A critiques of John Rawls' theory. The American Political Science Review (June): 594-606.

Harsanyi, J. C. 1982. Morality and the theory of rational behavior. In Sen, A. and B. Williams. Editors. Utilitarianism and Beyond. Cambridge University Press.

Hartmann, F. 2005. The effects of tolerance for ambiguity and uncertainty on the appropriateness of accounting performance measures. Abacus 41(3): 241-264.

Hartmann, F. and S. Slapničar. 2009. How formal performance evaluation affects trust between superior and subordinate managers. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(6-7): 722-737.

Harvard Business Review. 2002. Negotiating without a net: A conversation with the NYPD's Dominick J. Misino. Harvard Business Review (October): 49-54.

Harvard Business Review. 2003. In praise of boundaries: A conversation with Miss Manners. Harvard Business Review (December): 41-45.

Harvard Business Review. 2003. Technology and human vulnerability. Harvard Business Review (September): 43-50.

Haskins, M. E., A. J. Baglioni Jr. and C. L. Cooper. 1990. An investigation of the sources, moderators, and psychological symptoms of stress among audit seniors. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 361-385.

Hasson, R., S. R. Hardis, H. Shear, M. Rowe and J. W. Robinson. 2007. Why didn't we know. Harvard Business Review (April): 33-43. (Whistle-blower's lawsuit triggers study of a company's system of uncovering misconduct).

Hatfield, J. D. and R. C. Huseman. 1982. Perceptual congruence about communication as related to satisfaction: Moderating effects of individual characteristics. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 349-358. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, D. C. 1980. An organizational perspective on a psycho-technical system perspective. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(1): 43-47.

Hayes, R. B. and W. R. Cron. 1988. Changes in task uncertainty induced by zero-base budgeting: Using the Thompson and Hirst models to predict dysfunctional behaviour. Abacus 24(2): 145-161.

Hayes, S. P. Jr. 1955. Behavioral management science. Management Science (January): 177-179. (JSTOR link).

Haynes, R. S., R. C. Pine and H. G. Fitch. 1982. Reducing accident rates with organizational behavior modification. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 407-416. (JSTOR link). 

Heaton, H. 1978. Organizing for people. Management Accounting (February): 55-58, 62.

Hedberg, B. and S. Jonsson. 1978. Designing semi-confusing information systems for organizations in changing environments. Accounting, Organizations and Society 3(1): 47-64.

Heide, J. B. and A. S. Miner. 1992. The shadow of the future: Effects of anticipated interaction and frequency of contact on buyer-seller cooperation. The Academy of Management Journal 35(2): 265-291. (JSTOR link).

Heiman, V. 1990. Discussion of pressure and performance in accounting decision settings: Paradoxical effects of incentives, feedback, and justification. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Judgment in Accounting and Auditing): 181-186. (JSTOR link).

Heisler, W. J. and G. R. Gemmill. 1978. Executive and MBA student views of corporate promotion practices: A structural comparison. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 731-737. (JSTOR link).

Hellriegel, D. 1971. The moral nature of man in organizations: A comparative analysis: Comment. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 533-537. (JSTOR link).

Helmer, O. and N. Rescher. 1959. On the epistemology of the inexact sciences. Management Science (October): 25-52. (JSTOR link).

Hemmer, T. 1993. Risk-free incentive contracts: Eliminating agency cost using option-based compensation schemes. Journal of Accounting and Economics (October): 447-473.

Hemmer, T. 1995. On the interrelation between production technology, job design, and incentives. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March-May): 209-245.

Hemmer, T. 1998. Performance measurement systems, incentives, and the optimal allocation of responsibilities. Journal of Accounting and Economics (30 June): 321-347.

Hemmer, T., O. Kim and R. E. Verrecchia. 1999. Introducing convexity into optimal compensation contracts. Journal of Accounting and Economics 28(3)(December): 307-327.

Hemmer, T., S. Matsunaga and T. Shevlin. 1996. The influence of risk diversification on the early exercise of employee stock options by executive officers. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 45-68.

Heneman, R. L. and K. N. Wexley. 1983. The effects of time delay in rating and amount of information observed on performance rating accuracy. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 677-686. (JSTOR link).

Heneman, R. L., D. B. Greenberger and C. Anonyuo. 1989. Attributions and exchanges: The effects of interpersonal factors on the diagnosis of employee performance. The Academy of Management Journal 32(2): 466-476. (JSTOR link).

Henning, K. L. and F. W. Lindahl. 1995. Implementing activity costing: The link between individual motivation and system design. Advances in Management Accounting (4): 45-62.

Henri, J. F. 2006. Organizational culture and performance measurement systems. Accounting, Organizations, and Society 31(1): 77-103.

Herda, D. N. and J. J. Lavelle. 2011. The effects of organizational fairness and commitment on the extent of benefits big four alumni provide their former firm. Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(3): 156-166.

Herold, D. M. 1977. Two-way influence processes in leader-follower dyads. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 224-237. (JSTOR link). 

Herold, D. M. and M. M. Greller. 1977. Feedback: The definition of a construct. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 142-147. (JSTOR link).

Herzberg, F. 2003. One more time: How do you motivate employees? Harvard Business Review (January): 87-96. (Summary).

Hewlett, S. A. and C. B. Luce. 2006. Extreme jobs: The dangerous allure of the 70-hour week. Harvard Business Review (December): 49-59.

Hewlett, S. A., L. Sherbin and K. Sumberg. 2009. How Gen Y and boomers will reshape your agenda. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 71-76.

Hicks, C. J. 1924. What can the employer do to encourage saving and wise investment by industrial employees? Harvard Business Review (January): 194-200.

Hicks, W. D. and R. J. Klimoski. 1981. The impact of flexitime on employee attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 333-341. (JSTOR link).

Higson, A. 2004. Why is management reticent to report fraud? An exploratory study in the UK. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 365-392.

Hill, G. W. 1982. Group versus individual performance: Are n + 1 heads better than one? Psychological Bulletin 91(3): 517-539.

Hill, R. E. and E. L. Miller. 1981. Job change and the middle seasons of a man's life. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 114-127. (JSTOR link).

Hill, W. A. 1966. The impact of EDP systems on office employees: Some empirical conclusions. The Academy of Management Journal 9(1): 9-19. (JSTOR link).

Hill, W. A. and J. A. Ruhe. 1974. Attitudes and behaviors of black and white supervisors in problem solving groups. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 563-569. (JSTOR link).

Hill, W. H. and W. M. Fox. 1973. Black and white Marine squad leaders' perceptions of racially mixed squads. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 680-686. (JSTOR link).

Hill, W. W. and W. L. French. 1967. Perceptions of the power of department chairmen by professors. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(4): 548-574. (JSTOR link).

Hilton, R. W. 1980. Integrating normative and descriptive theories of information processing. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 477-505. (JSTOR link).

Hines, G. H. 1974. Sociocultural influences on employee expectancy and participative management. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 334-339. (JSTOR link).

Hinomoto, H. 1971. Optimum strategies for management information processing and control. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 253-267. (JSTOR link).

Hirschhorn, L. and T. Gilmore. 1980. The application of family therapy concepts to influencing organizational behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(1): 18-37. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, M., P. F. Luckett and K. T. Trotman. 1999. Effects of feedback and task predictability on task learning and judgment accuracy. Abacus 35(3): 286-301.

Hirst, M. K. 1981. Accounting information and the evaluation of subordinate performance: A situational approach. The Accounting Review (October): 771-784. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, M. K. 1983. Reliance on accounting performance measures, task uncertainty, and dysfunctional behavior: Some extensions. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 596-605. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, M. K. and P. W. Yetton. 1999. The effects of budget goals and task interdependence on the level of and variance in performance: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(3): 205-216.

Ho, T. and K. Weigelt. 2005. Trust building among strangers. Management Science (April): 519-530. (JSTOR link).

Hochner, A. and C. S. Granrose. 1985. Sources of motivation to choose employee ownership as an alternative to job loss. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 860-875. (JSTOR link).

Hodge, F., P. E. Hopkins and J. Pratt. 2006. Management reporting incentives and classification credibility: The effects of reporting discretion and reputation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(7): 623-634.

Hofmann, D. A. and A. Stetzer. 1998. The role of safety climate and communication in accident interpretation: Implications for learning from negative events. The Academy of Management Journal 41(6): 644-657. (JSTOR link).

Hofstede, G. 1980. Cultures Consequences: International Differences in Work-Related Values. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Hofstede, G. 1980. Motivation, leadership, and organizations: Do American theories apply abroad? Organizational Dynamics (Summer): 42-63.

Hofstede, G. 1987. The cultural context of accounting. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 1-11. (Summary).

Hofstede, G. 2003. What is culture? A reply to Baskerville. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(7-8): 811-813.

Hofstede, G. and H. Schreuder. 1987. A joint reply to Montagna. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 29-30. (Summary).

Hofstede, G. and M. H. Bond. 1988. The Confucius connection: From cultural roots to economic growth. Organizational Dynamics (Spring): 5-21.

Hofstede, G., B. Neuijen, D. D. Ohayv and G. Sanders. 1990. Measuring organizational cultures: A qualitative and quantitative study across twenty cases. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(2): 286-316. (JSTOR link).

Hofstede, G. H. 1967. The Game of Budget Control. Royal VanGorcum Ltd. Review by D. Green Jr. (JSTOR link).

Hofstedt, T. R. 1972. Some behavioral parameters of financial analysis. The Accounting Review (October): 679-692. (JSTOR link).

Hofstedt, T. R. 1976. Behavioral accounting research: Pathologies, paradigms and prescriptions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(1): 43-58.

Hofstedt, T. R. and J. C. Kinard. 1970. A strategy for behavioral accounting research. The Accounting Review (January): 38-54. (JSTOR link).

Hogan, E. A. 1987. Effects of prior expectations on performance ratings: A longitudinal study. The Academy of Management Journal 30(2): 354-368. (JSTOR link).

Hoggatt, A. C., J. Esherick and J. T. Wheeler. 1969. A laboratory to facilitate computer-controlled behavioral experiments. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 202-207. (JSTOR link).

Holbrook, M. B. and M. J. Ryan. 1982. Modeling decision-specific stress: Some methodological considerations. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(2): 243-258. (JSTOR link).

Hollmann, R. W. 1976. Supportive organizational climate and managerial assessment of MBO effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 560-576. (JSTOR link).

Holloman, C. R. 1973. Characteristics of interpersonal relations in municipal government. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 691-695. (JSTOR link).

Holloman, C. R. and H. W. Hendrick. 1972. Effects of status and individual ability on group problem solving. Decision Sciences 3(4): 55-63.

Hollon, C. J. and R. J. Chesser. 1976. The relationship of personal influence dissonance to job tension, satisfaction and involvement. The Academy of Management Journal 19(2): 308-314. (JSTOR link).

Holmes, S. and S. Marsden. 1996. An exploration of the espoused organizational cultures of public accounting firms. Accounting Horizons (September): 26-53.

Holstrum, G. L. 1971. The effect of budget adaptiveness and tightness on managerial decision behavior. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 268-277. (JSTOR link).

Holt, H. and R. C. Ferber. 1964. The psychological transition from management scientist to manager. Management Science (April): 409-420. (JSTOR link).

Holthausen, R. W. 1990. Accounting method choice : Opportunistic behavior, efficient contracting, and information perspectives. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 207-218.

Hom, P. W. 1979. Effects of job peripherality and personal characteristics on the job satisfaction of part time workers. The Academy of Management Journal 22(3): 551-565. (JSTOR link).

Hom, P. W. and A. J. Kinicki. 2001. Toward a greater understanding of how dissatisfaction drives employee turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 44(5): 975-987. (JSTOR link).

Hood, J. N. and C. S. Koberg. 1991. Accounting firm cultures and creativity among accountants. Accounting Horizons (September): 12-19.

Hopper, T. M. 1980. Role conflicts of management accountants and their position with organizational structures. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(4): 401-411.

Hopwood, A. 1987. Accounting and Organisational Action. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 50-63. (Summary).

Hopwood, A. G. 1974. Accounting and Human Behavior. London, U.K.: Haymarket. 

Hopwood, A. G. 1987. Accounting and gender: An introduction. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(1): 65-69.

Hopwood, A. G. 1996. Looking across rather than up and down: On the need to explore the lateral processing of information. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(6): 589-590.

Horngren, C. T. 1967. Motivation and coordination in management control systems. Management Accounting (May): 3-7.

Horvath, W. J. 1966. Stochastic models of behavior. Management Science (August): B513-B518. (JSTOR link).

Hosford, W. F. 1931. Wage incentive applications in the Western Clock Company. N.A.C.A Bulletin (July 1): 1759-1775.

Hoskin, R. E. 1983. Opportunity cost and behavior. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 78-95. (JSTOR link).

Houghton, K. A. 1987. True and fair view: An empirical study of connotative meaning. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(2): 143-152.

House, R. J. 1968. Leadership training: Some dysfunctional consequences. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(4): 556-571. (JSTOR link).

House, R. J. and J. B. Miner. 1969. Merging management and behavioral theory: The interaction between span of control and group size. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 451-464. (JSTOR link).

Housley, C. 1989. Building a communication network. Management Accounting (May): 50-53.

Howard, T. P. 1981. Attitude measurement: Some further considerations. The Accounting Review (July): 613-621. (JSTOR link).

Howe, K. R. and B. A. Baldwin. 1983. The effects of evaluative sequencing on performance, behavior, and attitudes. The Accounting Review (January): 135-142. (JSTOR link).

Howton, F. W. 1963. Work assignment and interpersonal relations in a research organization: Some participant observations. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(4): 502-520. (JSTOR link). 

Hrebiniak, L. G. 1974. Effects of job level and participation on employee attitudes and perceptions of influence. The Academy of Management Journal 17(4): 649-662. (JSTOR link).

Hrebiniak, L. G. 1976. Size and staff professionalization. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 662-669. (JSTOR link).

Hrebiniak, L. G. and J. A. Alutto. 1972. Personal and role-related factors in the development of organizational commitment. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(4): 555-573. (JSTOR link).

Hronsky, J. J. and K. A. Houghton. 2001. The meaning of a defined accounting concept: Regulatory changes and the effect on auditor decision making. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(2): 123-139.

Hsieh, T. 2010. Delivering Happiness: A Path to Profits, Passion, and Purpose. Business Plus.

Hu, P., J. R. Kale, M. Pagani and A. Subramanian. 2011. Fund flows, performance, managerial career concerns, and risk taking. Management Science (April): 628-646.

Huband, E. A. 1992. Developing effective management skills. Management Accounting (July): 44-46.

Huber, G. P. 1967. The application of behavioral science theory to professional development. The Academy of Management Journal 10(3): 275-286. (JSTOR link).

Huber, G. P. 1985. Temporal stability and response-order biases in participant descriptions of organizational decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 943-950. (JSTOR link).

Huber, G. P., M. J. O'Connell and L. L. Cummings. 1975. Perceived environmental uncertainty: Effects of information and structure. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 725-740. (JSTOR link).

Hughes J. and J. Weiss. 2007. Simple rules for making alliances work. Harvard Business Review (November): 122-126, 128, 130-131.

Hughes, S. B., C. B. Caldwell and K. A. Pauson Gjerde. 2006. Promoting investments in intangible organizational assets through aligned incentive compensation plans. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 1-8.

Hult, G. T. M., D. J. Ketchen Jr. and E. L. Nichols Jr. 2002. An examination of cultural competitiveness and order fulfillment cycle time within supply chains. The Academy of Management Journal 45(3): 577-586. (JSTOR link).

Humpherys, J. and H. Langford. 2008. Managing a corporate culture 'slide'. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 25-27.

Hunger, J. D. and L. W. Stern. 1976. An assessment of the functionality of the superordinate goal in reducing conflict. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 591-605. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, J. W. and P. N. Saul. 1975. The relationship of age, tenure, and job satisfaction in males and females. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 690-702. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, S. D. and R. M. Morgan. 1994. Organizational commitment: One of many commitments or key mediating construct? The Academy of Management Journal 37(6): 1568-1587. (JSTOR link).

Hunton, J. E. 2001. Mitigating the common informational sampling bias inherent in small group discussion. Behavioral Research in Accounting (13): 171-194.

Hunton, J. E. 2005. Behavioral self-regulation of telework locations: Interrupting interruptions! Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 111-140.

Hunton, J. E. and C. S. Norman. 2010. The impact of alternative telework arrangements on organizational commitment: Insights from a longitudinal field experiment. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 67-90.

Hunton, J. E. and D. Gibson. 1999. Soliciting user-input during the development of an accounting information system: Investigating the efficacy of group discussion. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(7): 597-618.

Hunton, J. E. and J. M. Rose. 2008. Can directors’ self-interests influence accounting choices? Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(7-8): 783-800.

Hunton, J. E. and R. A. McEwen. 1997. An assessment of the relation between analysts' earnings forecast accuracy, motivational incentives and cognitive information search strategy. The Accounting Review (October): 497-515. (JSTOR link).

Hunton, J. E., A. M. Wright and S. Wright. 2004. Are financial auditors overconfident in their ability to assess risks associated with enterprise resource planning systems? Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 7-28.

Hunton, J. E., A. M. Wright and S. Wright. 2004. Continuous reporting and continuous assurance: Opportunities for behavioral accounting research. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (1): 91-102.

Hunton, J. E., V. Arnold and D. Gibson. 2001. Collective user participation: A catalyst for group cohesion and perceived respect. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 2(1): 1-17.

Hurtt, R. K. 2010. Development of a scale to measure professional skepticism. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 29(1): 149-171.

Hutchinson, M. and F. A. Gul. 1997. The interactive effects of extroversion/introversion traits and collectivism/individualism cultural beliefs on student group learning preferences. Journal of Accounting Education 15(1): 95-107.

Huy, Q. N. 2002. Emotional balancing of organizational continuity and radical change: The contribution of middle managers. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(1): 31-69. (JSTOR link).

Hyatt, T. A. and M. H. Taylor. 2008. The effects of incomplete personal capability knowledge and overconfidence on employment contract selection. Behavioral Research In Accounting 20(2): 37-53.

Ibarra, H. 1992. Homophily and differential returns: Sex differences in network structure and access in an advertising firm. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(3): 422-447. (JSTOR link).

Ibarra, H. 1999. Provisional selves: Experimenting with image and identity in professional adaptation. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(4): 764-791. (JSTOR link).

Ibarra, H. and S. B. Andrews. 1993. Power, social influence, and sense making: Effects of network centrality and proximity on employee perceptions. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(2): 277-303. (JSTOR link).

Ijiri, Y. 1967. The Foundations of Accounting Measurement: A Mathematical, Economic, and Behavioral Inquiry. Prentice-Hall, Inc. Review by T. R. Dyckman. (JSTOR link).

Imberman, W. 1995. Is gainsharing the wave of the future? Management Accounting (November): 35-39. (Summary).

Ingram, P. and M. W. Morris. 2007. Do people mix at mixers? Structure, homophily, and the "life of the party". Administrative Science Quarterly 52(4): 558-585. (JSTOR link).

Ingram, P. and T. Simons. 1995. Institutional and resource dependence determinants of responsiveness to work-family issues. The Academy of Management Journal 38(5): 1466-1482. (JSTOR link).

Ingram, R. W. and R. M. Copeland. 1981. Municipal accounting information and voting behavior. The Accounting Review (October): 830-843. (JSTOR link).

Indjejikian, R. and D. Nanda. 1999. Dynamic incentives and responsibility accounting. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 177-201.

Indjejikian, R. and D. Nanda. 2003. Reply to: Dynamic incentives and responsibility accounting: A comment. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 437-441.

Ismail, T. and N. Sobhy. 2009. Determinants of auditors perceptions of the work needed in the audit of internet-based financial reports in Egypt. Journal of Applied Accounting Research 10(2): 132-150.

Ismail, Z. and K. T. Trotman. 1995. The impact of the review process in hypothesis generation tasks. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(5): 345-357.

Itami, H. 1977. Adaptive Behavior: Management Control and Information Analysis. Studies in Accounting Research (15). American Accounting Association.

Ivancevich, J. M. 1977. Different goal setting treatments and their effects on performance and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 20(3): 406-419. (JSTOR link).

Ivancevich, J. M. 1979. High and low task stimulation jobs: A causal analysis of performance-satisfaction relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 206-222. (JSTOR link).

Ivancevich, J. M. 1985. Predicting absenteeism from prior absence and work attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 219-228. (JSTOR link).

Ivancevich, J. M. and J. C. Baker. 1970. A comparative study of the satisfaction of domestic United States managers and overseas United States managers. The Academy of Management Journal 13(1): 69-77. (JSTOR link).

Ivancevich, J. M. and J. H. Donnelly, Jr. 1974. A study of role clarity and need for clarity for three occupational groups. The Academy of Management Journal 17(1): 28-36. (JSTOR link).

Ivancevich, J. M. and J. H. Donnelly, Jr. 1975. Relation of organizational structure to job satisfaction, anxiety-stress, and performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(2): 272-280. (JSTOR link).

Ivancevich, J. M. and J. T. McMahon. 1976. Group development, trainer style and carry-over job satisfaction and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 395-412. (JSTOR link).

Ivancevich, J. M. and J. T. McMahon. 1977. A study of task-goal attributes, higher order need strength, and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 552-563. (JSTOR link).

Ivancevich, J. M. and J. T. McMahon. 1982. The effects of goal setting, external feedback, and self-generated feedback on outcome variables: A field experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 359-372. (JSTOR link).

Ivancevich, J. M. and R. H. Strawser. 1969. A Comparative analysis of the job satisfaction of industrial managers and certified public accountants. The Academy of Management Journal 12(2): 193-203. (JSTOR link).

Ivancevich, J. M., M. T. Matteson and C. Preston. 1982. Occupational stress, type A behavior, and physical well being. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 373-391. (JSTOR link).

Jablonsky, S. F. and M. W. Dirsmith. 1979. Is financial reporting influencing internal decision making? Management Accounting (July): 40-44.

Jackson, C. N. and D. C. King. 1983. The effects of representatives' power within their own organizations on the outcome of a negotiation. The Academy of Management Journal 26(1): 178-185. (JSTOR link).

Jackson, J. H. 1923. Success through vocational guidance. Journal of Accountancy (June): 474-475.

Jackson, S. E., S. Zedeck and E. Summers. 1985. Family life disruptions: Effects of job-induced structural and emotional interference. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 574-586. (JSTOR link).

Jacobs, R. and S. W. J. Kozlowski. 1985. A closer look at halo error in performance ratings. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 201-212. (JSTOR link).

Jacobsen, L. E. 1962. Allocation and attitudes. The Accounting Review (July): 472-474. (JSTOR link).

Jaggi, B. 1979. A comment on motivational considerations in cost allocation systems: A conditioning theory approach. The Accounting Review (January): 209-214. (JSTOR link).

Jago, A. G. and V. H. Vroom. 1978. Predicting leader behavior from a measure of behavioral intent. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 715-721. (JSTOR link).

Jagodzinski, J. editor. 2002. Pedagogical Desire: Authority, Seduction, Transference, and the Question of Ethics. Bergin & Garvey.

Jain, T. N. 1973. Alternative methods of accounting and decision making: A psycho-linguistical analysis. The Accounting Review (January): 95-104. (JSTOR link).

James, K., C. Lovato and G. Khoo. 1994. Social identity correlates of minority workers' health. The Academy of Management Journal 37(2): 383-396. (JSTOR link).

James, K. L. and C. Hill. 2009. Race and the development of career interest in accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 27(4): 210-222.

Jamieson, B. D. 1973. Behavioral problems with management by objectives. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 496-505. (JSTOR link).

Janssen, O. 2001. Fairness perceptions as a moderator in the curvilinear relationships between job demands, and job performance and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 44(5): 1039-1050. (JSTOR link).

Janssen, O. and N. W. Van Yperen. 2004. Employees' goal orientations, the quality of leader-member exchange, and the outcomes of job performance and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 47(3): 368-384. (JSTOR link).

Jauch, L. R., R. N. Osborn and W. D. Terpening. 1980. Goal congruence and employee orientations: The substitution effect. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 544-550. (JSTOR link).

Jauch, L. R., W. F. Glueck and R. N. Osborn. 1978. Organizational loyalty, professional commitment, and academic research productivity. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 84-92. (JSTOR link).

Jaworski, B. J. and S. M. Young. 1992. Dysfunctional behavior and management control: An empirical study of marketing managers. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(1): 17-35.

Jedel, M. J. and D. Kujawa. 1976. Racial dichotomies in employment perceptions: An empirical study of workers in selected Atlanta-based firms. The Academy of Management Journal 19(2): 277-290. (JSTOR link).

Jehn, K. A. 1995. A multimethod examination of the benefits and detriments of intragroup conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 40(2): 256-282. (JSTOR link).

Jehn, K. A. 1997. A qualitative analysis of conflict types and dimensions in organizational groups. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(3): 530-557. (JSTOR link).

Jehn, K. A. and E. A. Mannix. 2001. The dynamic nature of conflict: A longitudinal study of intragroup conflict and group performance. The Academy of Management Journal 44(2): 238-251. (JSTOR link).

Jehn, K. A., G. B. Northcraft and M. A. Neale. 1999. Why differences make a difference: A field study of diversity, conflict, and performance in workgroups. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(4): 741-763. (JSTOR link).

Jelinek, M., L. Smircich and P. Hirsch. 1983. Introduction: A code of many colors. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 331-338. (JSTOR link). (Introduction to the 28(3) issue on culture).

Jennings, E. E. 1959. The authoritarian cultural lag in business. The Journal of the Academy of Management 2(2): 111-126. (JSTOR link).

Jensen, M. 2006. Should we stay or should we go? Accountability, status anxiety, and client defections. Administrative Science Quarterly 51(1): 97-128. (JSTOR link). (This study focuses on what affected client defections from Arthur Andersen during its collapse in 2002).

Jensen, R. E. 1966. An experimental design for study of effects of accounting variations in decision making. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 224-238. (JSTOR link).

Jensen, R. E. 1967. Discussion of the effect of frequency of feedback on attitudes and performance. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 229-234. (JSTOR link).

Jensen, R. E. 1967. [Observations on Jensen's experimental design for study of effects of accounting variations in decision making]: A rejoinder. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 230-251. (JSTOR link).

Jensen, R. E. 1970. Empirical evidence from the behavioral sciences: Fish out of water. The Accounting Review (July): 502-508. (JSTOR link).

Jermias, J. 2001. Cognitive dissonance and resistance to change: The influence of commitment confirmation and feedback on judgment usefulness of accounting systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(2): 141-160.

Jermier, J. M., D. Knights and W. R. Nord. 1995. Resistance and Power in Organizations: Agency, Subjectivity, and the Labour Process (Critical Perspectives on Work and Organizations). Routledge.

Jiambalvo, J. 1979. Performance evaluation and directed job effort: Model development and analysis in a CPA firm setting. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 436-455. (JSTOR link).

Johannes, J. 1948. Operating and procedural advantages of departmental group incentives. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 69-76.

Johnson, D. A. and K. Pany. 1981. Expose or cover-up: Will an employee blow the whistle? Management Accounting (July): 32-36.

Johnson, E. N., D. J. Lowe and P. M. J. Reckers. 2008. Alternative work arrangements and perceived career success: Current evidence from the big four firms in the US. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(1): 48-72.

Johnson, F. Editor. 1973. Alienation: Concept, Term and Meaning. Seminar Press.

Johnson, H. T. 1986. Accounting, organizations and rules: Towards a sociology of price - A comment on Zald. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(4-5): 341-343.

Johnson, O. and S. Gunn. 1974. Conflict resolution: The market and/or accounting? The Accounting Review (October): 649-663. (JSTOR link).

Johnson, S. and K. H. Blanchard. 1993. The One Minute Manager. Berkley Pub Group.

Johnson, S. D., L. N. Killough and R. Schulman. 1999. The impact of organizational and professional differences on the effectiveness of management accounting communication. Advances in Management Accounting (8): 71-93.

Johnson, W. B. 1982. The impact of confidence interval information on probability judgments. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(4): 349-367.

Johnston, H. R. 1976. A new conceptualization of source of organizational climate. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(1): 95-103. (JSTOR link).

Johnston, H. R. 1976. Reply to Schneider. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(3): 505-506. (JSTOR link).

Johnstone, K. M. and S. F. Biggs. 1998. Problem-based learning: Introduction, analysis, and accounting curricula implications. Journal of Accounting Education 16(3-4): 407-427.

Jones, C. S. 1992. The attitudes of owner-managers towards accounting control systems following management buyout. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(2): 151-168.

Jones, G. 2008. How the best of the best get better and better. Harvard Business Review (June): 123-127.

Jones, G. M. 1962. Accounting innovation and the psychology of change. The Accounting Review (April): 244-250. (JSTOR link).

Jones, G. R. 1983. Transaction costs, property rights, and organizational culture: An exchange perspective. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 454-467. (JSTOR link).

Jones, G. R. 1986. Socialization tactics, self-efficacy, and newcomers' adjustments to organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 29(2): 262-279. (JSTOR link).

Jones, R. P. 1956. Developing a machine operation incentive. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 619-625.

Joni, S. A. 2004. The geography of trust. Harvard Business Review (March): 82-88.

Jonsson, S. 1982. Budgetary behaviour in local government - A case study over 3 years. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(3): 287-304.

Jordan, P. C. 1986. Effects of an extrinsic reward on intrinsic motivation: A field experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 29(2): 405-412. (JSTOR link). 1987. Errata: Effects of an extrinsic reward on intrinsic motivation: A field experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 30(2): 315. (JSTOR link).

Joyce, W. F. 1986. Matrix organization: A social experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 536-561. (JSTOR link).

Joyce, W. F. and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1984. Collective climate: Agreement as a basis for defining aggregate climates in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 721-742. (JSTOR link).

Judge, T. A. and G. R. Ferris. 1993. Social context of performance evaluation decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 36(1): 80-105. (JSTOR link).

Judiesch, M. K. and K. S. Lyness. 1999. Left behind? The impact of leaves of absence on managers' career success. The Academy of Management Journal 42(6): 641-651. (JSTOR link).

Jung, D. I. and B. J. Avolio. 1999. Effects of leadership style and followers' cultural orientation on performance in group and individual task conditions. The Academy of Management Journal 42(2): 208-218. (JSTOR link).

Kadushin, C. 1958. Individual decisions to undertake psychotherapy. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(3): 379-411. (JSTOR link).

Kagan, D. M. 1992. The social implications of higher level thinking skills. Journal of Accounting Education 10(2): 285-295.

Kahn, W. A. 1990. Psychological conditions of personal engagement and disengagement at work. The Academy of Management Journal 33(4): 692-724. (JSTOR link).

Kahn, W. A. 1993. Caring for the caregivers: Patterns of organizational caregiving. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(4): 539-563. (JSTOR link).

Kaiser, K. and A. Srinivasan. 1982. User-analyst differences: An empirical investigation of attitudes related to systems development. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 630-646. (JSTOR link).

Kakar, S. 1971. Authority patterns and subordinate behavior in Indian organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(3): 298-307. (JSTOR link).

Kalagnanam, S. S. and R. M. Lindsay. 1998. The use of organic models of control in JIT firms: Generalising Woodward's findings to modern manufacturing practices. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(1): 1-30. (Summary).

Kampas, P. J. 2003. Shifting cultural gears in technology-driven industries. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 41-48.

Kane, J. S., H. J. Bernardin, P. Villanova and J. Peyrefitte. 1995. Stability of rater leniency: Three studies. The Academy of Management Journal 38(4): 1036-1051. (JSTOR link).

Kanodia, C. 1993. Participative budgets as coordination and motivational devices. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 172-189. (JSTOR link).

Kanodia, C., R. Bushman and J. Dickhaut. 1989. Escalation errors and the sunk cost effect: An explanation based on reputation and information asymmetries. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 59-77. (JSTOR link).

Kant, I. 1969. Foundations of the Metaphysics of Morals. Beck, L. W. (trans.) with R. P. Wolff. Editor. Critical Essays. Bobbs-Merrill.

Kaplan, B. H. 1968. A commentary on organizations and social development. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(3): 484-490. (JSTOR link).

Kaplan, R. S.  1987. Research cultures in managerial accounting: Empirical research. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 78-87. (Summary).

Kaplan, S. E. 1988. An examination of the effect of presentation format on auditors' expected value judgments. Accounting Horizons (September): 90-95.

Kaplan, S. E. and S. M. Whitecotton. 2001. An examination of auditor's reporting intentions when another auditor is offered client employment. Auditing: A Journal of Practice and Theory (March): 

Kaplan, S. E., H. R. Reneau and S. M. Whitecotton. 2001. The effects of predictive ability information, locus of control, and decision maker involvement on decision aid reliance. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making (14): 35-50.

Karambayya, R. and J. M. Brett. 1989. Managers handling disputes: Third-party roles and perceptions of fairness. The Academy of Management Journal 32(4): 687-704. (JSTOR link).

Karambayya, R., J. M. Brett and A. Lytle. 1992. Effects of formal authority and experience on third-party roles, outcomes, and perceptions of fairness. The Academy of Management Journal 35(2): 426-438. (JSTOR link).

Karasek, R. A. Jr. 1979. Job demands, job decision latitude, and mental strain: Implications for job redesign. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(2): 285-308. (JSTOR link).

Karuna, C. 2007. Industry product market competition and managerial incentives. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 275-297. 

Kassem, M. S. and M. A. Moursi. 1971. Review: Managerial effectiveness. Reviewed work(s): Managerial Behavior, Performance, and Effectiveness by C. Aitken; The Effective Executive by P. Drucker; and Managerial Effectiveness by W. J. Reddin. The Academy of Management Journal 14(3): 381-388. (JSTOR link).

Kasznik, R. 2003. Discussion of “Information distribution within firms: Evidence from stock option exercises”. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 33-41.

Katerberg, R. and G. J. Blau. 1983. An examination of level and direction of effort and job performance. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 249-257. (JSTOR link).

Katok, E. and E. Siemsen. 2011. Why genius leads to adversity: Experimental evidence on the reputational effects of task difficulty choices. Management Science (June): 1042-1054.

Katz, D. and R. L. Kahn. 1966. The Social Psychology of Organizations. New York: Wiley.

Katz, H. C., T. A. Kochan and M. R. Weber. 1985. Assessing the effects of industrial relations systems and efforts to improve the quality of working life on organizational effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 509-526. (JSTOR link).

Katz, R. 1978. Job longevity as a situational factor in job satisfaction. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(2): 204-223. (JSTOR link).

Katz, R. and M. L. Tushman. 1983. A longitudinal study of the effects of boundary spanning supervision on turnover and promotion in research and development. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 437-456. (JSTOR link).

Katz, R. M. 2006. Positive confrontation? Strategic Finance (February): 36-40.

Katzenbach, J. R. 2000. Peak Performance: Aligning the Hearts and Minds of Your Employees. Harvard Business School Press.

Katzenbach, J. R. and J. A. Santamaria. 1999. Firing up the front line. Harvard Business Review (May-June): 107-117. (Summary. The authors discuss five unique practices used by the Marine Corps).

Kavanagh, M. J. 1972. Leadership behavior as a function of subordinate competence and task complexity. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(4): 591-600. (JSTOR link).

Kavanagh, M. J. and M. Halpern. 1977. The impact of job level and sex differences on the relationship between life and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 66-73. (JSTOR link).

Kearney, W. J. and D. D. Martin. 1974. Sensitivity training: An established management development tool? The Academy of Management Journal 17(4): 755-760. (JSTOR link).

Keehn, R. P. 1953. A material utilization incentive plan. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 224-235.

Keeley, M. 1977. Subjective performance evaluation and person-role conflict under conditions of uncertainty. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 301-314. (JSTOR link).

Keenan, J. and G. Gallup. 2003. The Face in the Mirror: The Search for the Origins of Consciousness. ECCO.

Keenan, J. P. and C. A. Krueger. 1992. Whistleblowing and the professional. Management Accounting (August): 21-24.

Kefalas, A. G. and W. W. Suojanen. 1974. Organizational behavior and the new biology. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 514-527. (JSTOR link).

Keil, M., A. Tiwana, R. Sainsbury and S. Sneha. 2010. Toward a theory of whistleblowing intentions: A benefit-to-cost differential perspective. Decision Sciences 41(4): 787-812.

Keim, G. D. 1978. Managerial behavior and the social responsibility debate: Goals versus constraints. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 57-68. (JSTOR link).

Keinath, A. K. 1999. Impact of accounting information on attributional conflicts and employee performance in an unstable environment. Advances in Management Accounting (7): 217-237.

Kellar, G. and M. Preis. 2004. Effects of components of satisfaction on overall satisfaction in industrial markets. Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing (4): 1-5.

Keller, R. T. and A. D. Szilagyi. 1976. Employee reactions to leader reward behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 619-627. (JSTOR link).

Keller, R. T. and W. E. Holland. 1975. Boundary-spanning roles in a research and development organization: An empirical investigation. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 388-393. (JSTOR link).

Kelley, L. and C. Reeser. 1973. The persistence of culture as a determinant of differentiated attitudes on the part of American managers of Japanese ancestry. The Academy of Management Journal 16(1): 67-76. (JSTOR link).

Kelley, L. and R. Worthley. 1981. The role of culture in comparative management: A cross-cultural perspective. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 164-173. (JSTOR link).

Keller, R. T. 1984. The role of performance and absenteeism in the prediction of turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 176-183. (JSTOR link). 

Kelman, H. C. 1989. Crimes of Obedience: Toward a Social Psychology of Authority and Responsibility. New Haven: Yale University Press.

Kemery, E. R., A. G. Bedeian, K. W. Mossholder and J. Touliatos. 1985. Outcomes of role stress: A multisample constructive replication. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 363-375. (JSTOR link). 

Kemp, P. S. 1962. Accounting data for planning, motivation, and control. The Accounting Review (January): 44-50. (JSTOR link).

Kennedy, H. A. 1975. A behavioral study of the usefulness of four financial ratios. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 97-116. (JSTOR link).

Kennedy, J. 1995. Debiasing the curse of knowledge in audit judgment. The Accounting Review (April): 249-273. (JSTOR link).

Kerr, D. S. and U. S. Murthy. 2009. Beyond brainstorming: The effectiveness of computer-mediated communication for convergence and negotiation tasks. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(4): 245-262.

Kerr, S. 1975. On the folly of rewarding A, while hoping for B. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 769-783. (JSTOR link).

Kettering, R. C. 1991. A no-cost approach to incorporate behavioral awareness into decision making. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 59-63.

Kida, T. 1980. An investigation into auditors' continuity and related qualification judgments. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 506-523. (JSTOR link).

Kida, T., J. F. Smith and M. Maletta. 1998. The effects of encoded memory traces for numerical data on accounting decision making. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(5-6): 451-466.

Kidron, A. 1978. Work values and organizational commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 239-247. (JSTOR link).

Kilduff, M. and D. Krackhardt. 1994. Bringing the individual back in: A structural analysis of the internal market for reputation in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 37(1): 87-108. (JSTOR link).

Kilpatrick, D. J., M. Linville and D. E. Stout. 2001. Procedural justice and the development and use of peer evaluations in business and accounting classes. Journal of Accounting Education 19(4): 225-246.

Kim, J. S. 1980. Relationships of personality to perceptual and behavioral responses in stimulating and nonstimulating tasks. The Academy of Management Journal 23(2): 307-319. (JSTOR link).

Kim, J. S. 1984. Effect of behavior plus outcome goal setting and feedback on employee satisfaction and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 139-149. (JSTOR link).

Kim, J. S. and A. F. Campagna. 1981. Effects of flexitime on employee attendance and performance: A field experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 729-741. (JSTOR link).

Kim, K. I., H. Park and N. Suzuki. 1990. Reward allocations in the United States, Japan, and Korea: A comparison of individualistic and collectivistic cultures. The Academy of Management Journal 33(1): 188-198. (JSTOR link).

Kim, K. K. 1989. User satisfaction: A synthesis of three different perspectives. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 1-12.

Kim, O. and Y. Suh. 1993. Incentive efficiency of compensation based on accounting and market performance. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January-July):  25-53.

Kim, S. and D. C. Feldman. 2000. Working in retirement: The antecedents of bridge employment and its consequences for quality of life in retirement. The Academy of Management Journal 43(6): 1195-1210. (JSTOR link).

Kim, W. C. and R. Mauborgne. 2003. Fair process: Managing in the knowledge economy. Harvard Business Review (January): 127-136. (People care about outcomes, but they also care about the processes that produce those outcomes).

Kim, W. C. and R. A. Mauborgne. 1993. Procedural justice, attitudes, and subsidiary top management compliance with multinationals' corporate strategic decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 36(3): 502-526. (JSTOR link).

Kimball, C. 2003. When Religion Becomes Evil: Five Warning Signs. Harper SanFrancisco.

Kimbro, M. B. 2011. Corruption primer: The role of culture, religion, wealth and governance. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(3): 166-193.

Kimes, J. D. 1993. Too many bosses. Management Accounting (June): 44-45.

Kimmel, P. 1995. A framework for incorporating critical thinking into accounting education. Journal of Accounting Education 13(3): 299-318.

Kindig, F. E. 1961. A suggested solution to line versus staff problems in organization theory. The Journal of the Academy of Management 4(1): 59-61. (JSTOR link).

King, R. R. 1996. Reputation formation for reliable reporting: An experimental investigation. The Accounting Review (July): 375-396. (JSTOR link).

King, R. R. 2002. An experimental investigation of self-serving biases in an auditing trust game: The effect of group affiliation. The Accounting Review (April): 265-284. (JSTOR link). 

Kingsbury, C. L. 1941. An incentive bonus plan based on cost efficiency. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 965-978.

Kingstrom, P. O. and L. E. Mainstone. 1985. An investigation of the rater-ratee acquaintance and rater bias. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 641-653. (JSTOR link).

Kinicki, A. J., G. E. Prussia and F. M. McKee-Ryan. 2000. A panel study of coping with involuntary job loss. The Academy of Management Journal 43(1): 90-100. (JSTOR link).

Kipnis, D. and S. M. Schmidt. 1988. Upward-influence styles: Relationship with performance evaluations, salary, and stress. Administrative Science Quarterly 33(4): 528-542. (JSTOR link).

Kirkman, B. L. and D. L. Shapiro. 2001. The impact of cultural values on job satisfaction and organizational commitment in self-managing work teams: The mediating role of employee resistance. The Academy of Management Journal 44(3): 557-569. (JSTOR link).

Kirmeyer, S. L. and T. Lin. 1987. Social support: Its relationship to observed communication with peers and superiors. The Academy of Management Journal 30(1): 138-151. (JSTOR link).

Klein, H. J. and J. S. Kim. 1998. A field study of the influence of situational constraints, leader-member exchange, and goal commitment on performance. The Academy of Management Journal 41(1): 88-95. (JSTOR link).

Klein, S. M. 1973. Geographical impact on the cognitions of new factory workers: A comparative factor analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 442-453. (JSTOR link).

Klein, S. M. 1973. Pay factors as predictors to satisfaction: A comparison of reinforcement, equity, and expectancy. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 598-610. (JSTOR link).

Klein, S. M., A. I. Kraut and A. Wolfson. 1971. Employee reactions to attitude survey feedback: A study of the impact of structure and process. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(4): 497-514. (JSTOR link).

Kleinsorge, I. K. and R. D. Tanner. 1991. Activity-based costing: Eight questions to answer before you implement. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 84-88. (These authors stress the human side of the cost management system).

Kline, C. J. and L. H. Peters. 1991. Behavioral commitment and tenure of new employees: A replication and extension. The Academy of Management Journal 34(1): 194-204. (JSTOR link).

Knechel, W. R. 2000. Behavioral research in auditing and its impact on audit education. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 695-712.

Knights, D and D. Collinson. 1987. Disciplining the shopfloor: A comparison of the disciplinary effects of managerial psychology and financial accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(5): 457-477.

Knights, D., W. R. Nord and J. Jermier, editors. 1994. Resistance and Power in Organizations (Critical Perspectives on Work and Organization). International Thomson Business Press.

Knippen, J. T., T. B. Green and K. Sutton. 1992. Getting faster decisions from your boss. Management Accounting (July): 47-50.

Knouss, F. T. 1950. Office working conditions are cost factors. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1097-1103.

Koch, C. and C. Schmidt. 2010. Disclosing conflicts of interest - Do experience and reputation matter? Accounting, Organizations and Society 35(1): 95-107.

Kohn, A. 1992. No Contest: The Case Against Competition. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Kohn, A. 1999. Punished By Rewards: The Trouble with Gold Stars, Incentive Plans, A's, Praise, and Other Bribes. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Kohn, A. 1993. Why incentive plans cannot work. Harvard Business Review (September-October): 54-63. (Summary).

Kollaritsch, F. P. 1968. Job migration patterns of accountants. Management Accounting (September): 52-55.

Konovsky, M. A. and S. D. Pugh. 1994. Citizenship behavior and social exchange. The Academy of Management Journal 37(3): 656-669. (JSTOR link).

Konrad, A. M. and B. A. Gutek. 1986. Impact of work experiences on attitudes toward sexual harassment. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(3): 422-438. (JSTOR link).

Korman, A. K. and R. Tanofsky. 1975. Statistical problems of contingency models in organizational behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 393-397. (JSTOR link).

Korman, A. K., U. Wittig-Berman and D. Lang. 1981. Career success and personal failure: Alienation in professionals and managers. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 342-360. (JSTOR link).

Korsgaard, M. A., D. M. Schweiger and H. J. Sapienza. 1995. Building commitment, attachment, and trust in strategic decision-making teams: The role of procedural justice. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 60-84. (JSTOR link).

Koshland, D. E. 1986. Anomalous behavior patterns. Journal of Accounting Education 4(1): 191-192.

Kossek, E. E., J. A. Colquitt and R. A. Noe. 2001. Caregiving decisions, well-being, and performance: The effects of place and provider as a function of dependent type and work-family climates. The Academy of Management Journal 44(1): 29-44. (JSTOR link).

Kovar, S. E., R. L. Ott and D. G. Fisher. 2003. Personality preferences of accounting students: A longitudinal case study. Journal of Accounting Education 21(2): 75-94.

Kovarsky, I. 1964. Management, racial discrimination and apprentice training programs. The Academy of Management Journal 7(3): 196-203. (JSTOR link).

Krackhardt, D. and L. W. Porter. 1985. When friends leave: A structural analysis of the relationship between turnover and stayers' attitudes. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(2): 242-261. (JSTOR link).

Krackhardt, D., J. McKenna, L. W. Porter and R. M. Steers. 1981. Supervisory behavior and employee turnover: A field experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 249-259. (JSTOR link).

Kram, K. E. 1983. Phases of the mentor relationship. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 608-625. (JSTOR link).

Kram, K. E. and L. A. Isabella. 1985. Mentoring alternatives: The role of peer relationships in career development. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 110-132. (JSTOR link).

Kramer, R. M. 2002. When paranoia makes sense. Harvard Business Review (July): 62-69.

Kramer, R. M. 2006. The great intimidators. Harvard Business Review (February): 88-96.

Krefting, L. A. and A. P. Brief. 1976. The impact of applicant disability on evaluative judgments in the selection process. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 675-680. (JSTOR link).

Kroeber, A. L. and T. Parsons. 1958. The concepts of culture and of social systems. American Sociological Review (23): 582-583.

Krueckeberg, D. A. 1971. Variations in behavior of planning agencies. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(2): 192-202. (JSTOR link).

Kuemmerle, W. 2002. A test for the fainthearted: Starting a business is rarely a dignified affair. Do you have the guts - and the mind-set - to take on the challenge? Harvard Business Review (May): 122-127.

Kulik, C. T. 1989. The effects of job categorization on judgments of the motivating potential of jobs. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(1): 68-90. (JSTOR link).

Kulp, S. 2002. The effect of information precision and information reliability on manufacturer-retailer relationships. The Accounting Review (July): 653-677. (JSTOR link).

Kumar, V., J. A. Petersen and R. P. Leone. 2007. How valuable is word of mouth? Harvard Business Review (October): 139-144, 146.

Kunin, P. 2006. When knowledge isn't power: Why CFOs and controllers complain about their jobs. Strategic Finance (July): 54-57.

Kunz, A. H. and D. Pfaff. 2002. Agency theory, performance evaluation, and the hypothetical construct of intrinsic motivation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(3): 275-295.

Kwon, Y. K. 2005. Accounting conservatism and managerial incentives. Management Science (November): 1626-1632. (JSTOR link).

Kyj, L. and R. J. Parker. 2008. Antecedents of budget participation: Leadership style, information asymmetry, and evaluative use of budget. Abacus 44(4): 423-442.

Kyles, D. 2005. Managing your multigenerational workforce. Strategic Finance (December): 52-55.

Labianca, G., D. J. Brass and B. Gray. 1998. Social networks and perceptions of intergroup conflict: The role of negative relationships and third parties. The Academy of Management Journal 41(1): 55-67. (JSTOR link).

Lacey, L. 1974. Discriminability of the Miner sentence completion scale among supervisory and nonsupervisory scientists and engineers. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 354-358. (JSTOR link).

Lachman, R. 1985. Public and private sector differences: CEOs' perceptions of their role environments. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 671-680. (JSTOR link).

Lachman, R. 1989. Erratum: Power from what? A reexamination of its relationships with structural conditions. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(3): 482. (JSTOR link).

Lachman, R. 1989. Power from what? A reexamination of its relationships with structural conditions. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(2): 231-251. (JSTOR link).

Lam, S. S. K. and J. Schaubroeck. 2000. The role of locus of control in reactions to being promoted and to being passed over: A quasi experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 43(1): 66-78. (JSTOR link).

Lam, S. S. K., X. Chen and J. Schaubroeck. 2002. Participative decision making and employee performance in different cultures: The moderating effects of allocentrism/idiocentrism and efficacy. The Academy of Management Journal 45(5): 905-914. (JSTOR link).

Lambert, R. A. 1984. Income smoothing as rational equilibrium behavior. The Accounting Review (October): 604-618. (JSTOR link).

Lambert, R. A., D. F. Larcker and K. Weigelt. 1993. The structure of organizational incentives. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(3): 438-461. (JSTOR link).

Lambert, S. J. 2000. Added benefits: The link between work-life benefits and organizational citizenship behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 43(5): 801-815. (JSTOR link).

Lamberton, B., J. Fedorowicz and S. J. Roohani. 2005. Tolerance for ambiguity and IT competency among accountants. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 75-95.

Lammers, C. J. 1974. The state of organizational sociology in the United States: Travel impressions by a Dutch cousin. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(3): 422-430. (JSTOR link). 

Lampe, J. C. 2004. Alternative personality measurements. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 21-34.

Lampe, J. C. and K. R. Earnest. 1984. Motivation: A key to accountant's productivity and turnover. Management Accounting (February): 50-55. (Survey).

Landau, J. and T. H. Hammer. 1986. Clerical employees' perceptions of intraorganizational career opportunities. The Academy of Management Journal 29(2): 385-404. (JSTOR link).

Landes, D. S. 1999. The Wealth and Poverty of Nations: Why Some are So Rich and Some are So Poor. New York: W. W. Norton & Company.  For a review of this book, see Warsh, D. 1998. What drives the wealth of nations? Harvard Business Review (July-August): 171-175.  Answer: Inner values, beliefs and attitudes = Culture. This book provides a global  history and analysis of economic development with emphasis on the cultures of nations. The following quote from Landes makes the point. "If we learn anything from the history of economic development, it is that culture makes all the difference." 

Langee, R. 1950. The "timeduction" twin incentive plan. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 391-402.

Langfield-Smith, K. 2008. The relations between transactional characteristics, trust and risk in the start-up phase of a collaborative alliance. Management Accounting Research (December): 344-364.

Lankau, M. J. and T. A. Scandura. 2002. An investigation of personal learning in mentoring relationships: Content, antecedents, and consequences. The Academy of Management Journal 45(4): 779-790. (JSTOR link).

Larcker, D. F. and V. P. Lessig. 1983. An examination of the linear and retrospective process tracing approaches to judgment modeling. The Accounting Review (January): 58-77. (JSTOR link).

Larris, A. J. 1993. Careers in chaos. Management Accounting (June): 36-38.

Larson, A. 1992. Network dyads in entrepreneurial settings: A study of the governance of exchange relationships. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(1): 76-104. (JSTOR link).

Larson, E. W. and C. V. Fukami. 1985. Employee absenteeism: The role of ease of movement. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 464-471. (JSTOR link).

Larwood, L., M. Kavanagh and R. Levine. 1978. Perceptions of fairness with three alternative economic exchanges. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 69-83. (JSTOR link).

Latham, D. R. and D. W. Stewart. 1981. Organizational objectives and winning: An examination of the NFL. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 403-408. (JSTOR link).

Latham, G. P. 2006. Work Motivation: History, Theory, Research, and Practice (Foundations for Organizational Science). Sage Publications.

Latham, G. P. and L. M. Saari. 1979. The effects of holding goal difficulty constant on assigned and participatively set goals. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 163-168. (JSTOR link).

Latham, G. P. and T. P. Steele. 1983. The motivational effects of participation versus goal setting on performance. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 406-417. (JSTOR link).

Lau, C. M. and C. Buckland. 2001. Budgeting - The role of trust and participation: A research note. Abacus 37(3): 369-388.

Lau, C. M. and J. Caby. 2010. The effects of national culture on the role of participation in different task situations. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 26(1): 128-133.

Lau, C. M. and J. J. Tan. 1998. The impact of budget emphasis, participation and task difficulty on managerial performance: A cross-cultural study of the financial services sector. Management Accounting Research (June): 163-183.

Lau, C. M. and S. L. C. Tan. 2006. The effects of procedural fairness and interpersonal trust on job tension in budgeting. Management Accounting Research (June): 171-186.

Lau, C. M., L. C. Low and I. R. C. Eggleton. 1995. The impact of reliance on accounting performance measures on job-related tension and managerial performance: Additional evidence. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(5): 359-381.

Lau, D. C. and J. K. Murnighan. 2005. Interactions within groups and subgroups: The Effects of demographic faultlines. The Academy of Management Journal 48(4): 645-659. (JSTOR link).

Launois, J. 1969. [Photograph]: Employee motivation on a Philippine plantation. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(1): 61. (JSTOR link).

Lauterbach, A. 1957. Perceptions of management: Case materials from western and northern Europe. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(1): 97-109. (JSTOR link).

Lawler, E. E. III. 2008. HBR case study: Why are we losing our good people? Harvard Business Review (June): 41-46, 48, 50-51.

Lawless, M. W. and P. C. Anderson. 1996. Generational technological change: Effects of innovation and local rivalry on performance. The Academy of Management Journal 39(5): 1185-1217. (JSTOR link). 

Lawrence, B. S. 1988. New wrinkles in the theory of age: Demography, norms, and performance ratings. The Academy of Management Journal 31(2): 309-337. (JSTOR link).

Lazarus, R. S. 1963. A laboratory approach to the dynamics of psychological stress. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(2): 192-213. (JSTOR link).

Leach-Lopez, M. A., W. W. Stammerjohn and F. M. McNair. 2007. Differences in the role of job-relevant information in the budget participation-performance relationship among U.S. and Mexican managers: A question of culture or communication. Journal of Management Accounting Research (19): 105-136.

Leana, C. R. 1986. Predictors and consequences of delegation. The Academy of Management Journal 29(4): 754-774. (JSTOR link).

Leana, C. R., R. S. Ahlbrandt and A. J. Murrell. 1992. The effects of employee involvement programs on unionized workers' attitudes, perceptions, and preferences in decision making. The Academy of Management Journal 35(4): 861-873. (JSTOR link).

Leatherwood, M. L. and E. J. Conlon. 1987. Diffusibility of blame: Effects on persistence in a project. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 836-847. (JSTOR link).

Lebestky, D. A. and F. D. Tuggle. 1975. Manager-consultant conflict: An experiential approach. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 375-381. (JSTOR link).

Leblebici, H. and G. R. Salancik. 1982. Errata: Stability in interorganizational exchanges: Rulemaking processes of the Chicago Board of Trade. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(3): 496. (JSTOR link).

Leblebici, H. and G. R. Salancik. 1982. Stability in interoganizational exchanges: Rulemaking processes of the Chicago Board of Trade. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(2): 227-242. (JSTOR link).

Lecky, E. S. 1956. Useful cost data results from cooperation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1276-1277.

Lee, C. and R. B. Welker. 2010. Does familiarity with an interviewee's white lying make it easier to detect the interviewee's deceptions? Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 2(1): 1-36.

Lee, C., S. J. Ashford and P. Bobko. 1990. Interactive effects of "Type A" behavior and perceived control on worker performance, job satisfaction, and somatic complaints. The Academy of Management Journal 33(4): 870-881. (JSTOR link).

Lee, T. M. 2005. Discussion of Behavioral self-regulation of telework locations: Interrupting interruptions! Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 141-144.

Lee, T. W. and R. T. Mowday. 1987. Voluntarily leaving an organization: An empirical investigation of Steers and Mowday's model of turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 721-743. (JSTOR link).

Lee, T. W., T. R. Mitchell, C. J. Sablynski, J. P. Burton and B. C. Holtom. 2004. The effects of job embeddedness on organizational citizenship, job performance, volitional absences, and voluntary turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 47(5): 711-722. (JSTOR link).

Lee, Y. and L. Larwood. 1983. The socialization of expatriate managers in multinational firms. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 657-665. (JSTOR link).

Lefkowitz, J. 1994. Sex-related differences in job attitudes and dispositional variables: Now you see them,... The Academy of Management Journal 37(2): 323-349. (JSTOR link).

Leftwich, R. W. 1969. A Critical Analysis of Some Behavioral Assumptions Underlying R. J. Chambers' Accounting, Evaluation and Economic Behavior. University of Queensland Press. Review by J. G. Rhode. (JSTOR link).

Lehman, C. and T. Tinker. 1987. The "real" cultural significance of accounts. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(5): 503-522.

Leicht, K. T. and M. L. Fennell. 2001. Professional Work: A Sociological Approach. Blackwell Publishing. 

Leininger, W. E., A. J. Della Bitta and M. W. Frey. 1974. The influence of open and closed belief systems on cooperation in the prisoner's dilemma. Decision Sciences 5(2): 255-262.

Lemert, C. C. 1998. Social Theory: The Multicultural and Classic Readings. Westview Press.

Lenhart, N. 2006. Turning personal adversity into a business. Strategic Finance (November): 44-49.

Lenway, S. A. and K. Rehbein. 1991. Leaders, followers, and free riders: An empirical test of variation in corporate political involvement. The Academy of Management Journal 34(4): 893-905. (JSTOR link).

Leonard, D. and W. Swap. 1999. When Sparks Fly: Igniting Creativity in Groups. Harvard Business School Press.

Leonard-Barton, D. and D. K. Sinha. 1993. Developer-user interaction and user satisfaction in internal technology transfer. The Academy of Management Journal 36(5): 1125-1139. (JSTOR link).

Lepine, J. A., N. P. Podsakoff and M. A. Lepine. 2005. A meta-analytic test of the challenge stressor-hindrance stressor framework: An explanation for inconsistent relationships among stressors and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 48(5): 764-775. (JSTOR link).

Lester, S. W., B. M. Meglino and M. A. Korsgaard. 2002. The antecedents and consequences of group potency: A longitudinal investigation of newly formed work groups. The Academy of Management Journal 45(2): 352-368. (JSTOR link). 

Leung, P. W. and K. T. Trotman. 2005. The effects of feedback type on auditor judgment performance for configural and non-configural tasks. Accounting, Organizations, and Society 30(6): 537-553.

Lev, B. 1975. Environmental uncertainty reduction by smoothing and buffering: An empirical verification. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 864-871. (JSTOR link).

Levey, G. D. 1974. The second aim. Management Accounting (June): 47-49. (This article is about the make or buy decision at Polaroid Corporation and human relations).

Levine, D. I. 1993. What do wages buy? Administrative Science Quarterly 38(3): 462-483. (JSTOR link).

Levinson, H. 1965. Reciprocation: The relationship between man and organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 9(4): 370-390. (JSTOR link).

Levinson, H. 2003. Management by whose objectives? Harvard Business Review (January): 107-116. (Summary).

Levitt, H. J. 2003. Why hierarchies thrive. Harvard Business Review (March): 96-102.

Lewellen, W., C. Loderer and K. Martin. 1987. Executive compensation and executive incentive problems: An empirical analysis. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 287-310. 

Lewellen, W. G., T. Park and B. T. Ro. 1996. Self-serving behavior in managers' discretionary information disclosure decisions. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 227-251.

Lewis, B., M. D. Shields and S. M. Young. 1983. Evaluating human judgments and decision aids. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 271-285. (JSTOR link).

Lewis, L. S. 1967. On prestige and loyalty of university faculty. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(4): 629-642. (JSTOR link).

Lewis, T. D. 1985. Did you say what you said or did you say what I think you said? Management Accounting (August): 40-41, 44-45.

Liao, W. M., D. R. Finley and W. E. Shafer. 2004. Effects of responsibility and cohesiveness on group escalation decisions. Advances in Management Accounting (13): 245-259.

Libby, R. and B. L. Lewis. 1977. Human information processing research in accounting: The state of the art. Accounting, Organizations and Society 2(3): 245-268.

Libby, R. and B. L. Lewis. 1982. Human information processing research in accounting: The state of the art in 1982. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(3): 231-285.

Libby, R. and D. B. Pearson. 1976. Discussion of cognitive changes induced by accounting changes: Experimental evidence on the functional fixation hypothesis. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Human Information Processing in Accounting): 18-28. (JSTOR link).

Libby, R., and J. Luft. 1993. Determinants of judgment performance in accounting settings: Ability, knowledge, motivation and environment. Accounting, Organizations and Society (18): 425-450.

Libby, R. and M. G. Lipe. 1992. Incentives, effort, and the cognitive processes involved in accounting-related judgments. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 249-273. (JSTOR link).

Libby, R. and P. A. Libby. 1989. Expert measurement and mechanical combination in control reliance decisions. The Accounting Review (October): 729-747. (JSTOR link).

Libby, R. and P. C. Fishburn. 1977. Behavioral models of risk taking in business decisions: A survey and evaluation. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 272-292. (JSTOR link).

Libby, T. 2001. Referent cognitions and budgetary fairness: A research note. Journal of Management Accounting Research (13): 91-105.

Liddell, W. W. and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1976. The effects of individual-role compatibility upon group performance: An extension of Schutz's FIRO theory. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 413-426. (JSTOR link).

Liden, R. C. and T. R. Mitchell. 1985. Reactions to feedback: The role of attributions. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 291-308. (JSTOR link).

Liden, R. C., C. L. Martin and C. K. Parsons. 1993. Interviewer and applicant behaviors in employment interviews. The Academy of Management Journal 36(2): 372-386. (JSTOR link).

Lightle, S. S., B. Baker and J. F. Castellano. 2009. The role of boards of directors in shaping organizational culture. The CPA Journal (November): 68-72.

Lincoln, J. R. and J. Miller. 1979. Work and friendship ties in organizations: A comparative analysis of relation networks. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(2): 181-199. (JSTOR link).

Lincoln, J. R., M. Hanada and J. Olson 1981. Cultural orientations and individual reactions to organizations: A study of employees of Japanese-owned firms. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(1): 93-115. (JSTOR link).

Lind, E. A., C. T. Kulik, M. Ambrose and M. V. de Vera Park. 1993. Individual and corporate dispute resolution: Using procedural fairness as a decision heuristic. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(2): 224-251. (JSTOR link).

Lindahl, F. W. and R. Fanelli. 2002. Applying continuous improvement to teaching in another culture. Journal of Accounting Education 20(4): 285-295.

Linder, S. 2007. Dysfunctional motivation effects of post-completion audits. Cost Management (January/February): 36-41.

Lipe, M. G. 1993. Analyzing the variance investigation decision: The effects of outcomes, mental accounting, and framing. The Accounting Review (October): 748-764. (JSTOR link).

Lipe, M. G. and S. Salterio. 2002.  A note on the judgmental effects of the balanced scorecard's information organization. Accounting, Organizations and Society 27(6): 531-540.

Lippert, F. G. 1971. Toward flexibility in application of behavioral science research. The Academy of Management Journal 14(2): 195-201. (JSTOR link).

Lippitt, M. E. and K. D. Mackenzie. 1976. Authority-task problems. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(4): 643-660. (JSTOR link).

Litterer, J. A. 1962. The simulation of organizational behavior. The Journal of the Academy of Management 5(1): 24-35. (JSTOR link).

Litterer, J. A. 1966. Conflict in organization: A re-examination. The Academy of Management Journal 9(3): 178-186. (JSTOR link).

Livingstone, J. L. 1967. A behavioral study of tax allocation in electric utility regulation. The Accounting Review (July): 544-552. (JSTOR link).

Livingstone, J. L. 1975. Managerial Accounting: The Behavioral Foundations. Columbus,  OH: Grid.

Lobel, S. A. and L. St. Clair. 1992. Effects of family responsibilities, gender, and career identity salience on performance outcomes. The Academy of Management Journal 35(5): 1057-1069. (JSTOR link).

Locke, E. A. 2000. The Blackwell Handbook of Principles of Organizational Behavior (Blackwell Handbooks in Management). Blackwell Publishers.

Locke, E. and D. Schweiger. 1979. Participation in decision making: One more look. Research in Organizational Behavior (1): 265-339.

Lodahl, T. M. 1964. Patterns of job attitudes in two assembly technologies. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(4): 482-519. (JSTOR link).

London, M. and G. R. Oldham. 1976. Effects of varying goal types and incentive systems on performance and satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 537-546. (JSTOR link).

London, M. and G. R. Oldham. 1977. A comparison of group and individual incentive plans. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 34-41. (JSTOR link).

Lonergan, T. F. 1965. A factory labor incentive plan in operation. Management Accounting (October): 22.

Long, R. J. 1979. Desires for and patterns of worker participation in decision making after conversion to employee ownership. The Academy of Management Journal 22(3): 611-617. (JSTOR link).

Long, R. J. 1980. Job attitudes and organizational performance under employee ownership. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 726-737. (JSTOR link).

Lopez, E. M. 1982. A test of the self-consistency theory of the job performance-job satisfaction relationship. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 335-348. (JSTOR link).

Loraas, T. 2009. The effects of quantification on persuasion in unfamiliar contexts: The case of information systems controls. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(1): 49-56.

Lord, A. T. and F. T. DeZoort. 2001. The impact of commitment and moral reasoning on auditors' responses to social influence pressure. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(3): 215-235.

Lord, R. G. 1977. Functional leadership behavior: Measurement and relation to social power and leadership perceptions. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(1): 114-133. (JSTOR link).

Louis, K. S., D. Blumenthal, M. E. Gluck and M. A. Stoto. 1989. Entrepreneurs in academe: An exploration of behaviors among life scientists. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(1): 110-131. (JSTOR link).

Louis, M. R. 1980. Surprise and sense making: What newcomers experience in entering unfamiliar organizational settings. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(2): 226-251. (JSTOR link).

Lourenco, S. V. and J. C. Glidewell. 1975. A dialectical analysis of organizational conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(4): 489-508. (JSTOR link).

Lowe, D. J., P. M. J. Reckers and S. M. Whitecotton. 2002. The effects of decision-aid use and reliability on jurors' evaluations of auditor liability. The Accounting Review (January): 185-202. (JSTOR link).

Lowe, E. and R. Shaw. 1968. An analysis of managerial biasing: Evidence from a company's budgeting process. The Journal of Management Studies (October): 304-315.

Lowensohn, S. H. and F. Collins. 2001. The role of perceptions of independent audit partners in the government audit market. Accounting and the Public Interest (1): 17-41.

Luckett, P. F. and I. R. Eggleton. 1991. Feedback and management accounting: A review of research into behavioural consequences. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(4): 371-394.

Luckett, P. F. and M. K. Hirst. 1989. The impact of feedback on inter-rater agreement and self insight in performance evaluation decisions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(5-6): 379-387.

Ludeman, K. and E. Erlandson. 2004. Coaching the alpha male. Harvard Business Review (May): 58-67.

Luft, J. 1994. Bonus and penalty incentives contract choice by employees. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 181-206.

Luft, J. L. and M. D. Shields. 2001. Why does fixation persist? Experimental evidence on the judgment performance effects of expensing intangibles. The Accounting Review (October): 561-587. (JSTOR link).

Lukka, K. 1988. Budgetary biasing in organizations: Theoretical framework and empirical evidence. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(3): 281-301.

Lundin, S. C., et al. 2000. Fish! A Remarkable Way to Boost Morale and Improve Results. Hyperion.

Luo, X. and C. Chung. 2005. Keeping it all in the family: The role of particularistic relationships in business group performance during institutional transition. Administrative Science Quarterly 50(3): 404-439. (JSTOR link).

Luo, Y. 2001. Antecedents and consequences of personal attachment in cross-cultural cooperative ventures. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(2): 177-201. (JSTOR link).

Luo, Y. 2005. How important are shared perceptions of procedural justice in cooperative alliances? The Academy of Management Journal 48(4): 695-709. (JSTOR link).

Lusk, E. J. 1979. A test of differential performance peaking for a disembedding task. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 286-294. (JSTOR link).

Luthans, F., H. S. McCaul and N. G. Dodd. 1985. Organizational commitment: A comparison of American, Japanese, and Korean employees. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 213-219. (JSTOR link). 

Lyon, H. L. and J. M. Ivancevich. 1974. An exploratory investigation of organizational climate and job satisfaction in a hospital. The Academy of Management Journal 17(4): 635-648. (JSTOR link).

Ma, C. 1988. Unique implementation of incentive contracts with many agents. Review of Economic Studies 55(4): 555-572.

MacArthur, J. B. 2006. Culture influences on German versus U.S. management accounting. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 10-16.

Macy, B. A. and P. H. Mirvis. 1976. A methodology for assessment of quality of work life and organizational effectiveness in behavioral-economic terms. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(2): 212-226. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 1980. Equilibria in budget participation. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 551-573. (JSTOR link).

Magner, N., G. G. Johnson and J. Elfrink. 1994. Evidence on the relationship between procedural and distributive justice in performance appraisal and accounting faculty attitudes and performance. Journal of Accounting Education 12(4): 325-341.

Magner, N., R. B. Welker and T. L. Campbell. 1995. The interactive effect of budgetary participation and budget favorability on attitudes toward budgetary decision makers: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(7-8): 611-618.

Magretta, J. 2002. The behavior behind the buzzwords. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 89-93. (Buzzwords such as "thinking outside the box", "resource allocation", and "respect for the individual" may create behavioral problems. What's needed? - straight talk).

Maher, M. W., K. V. Ramanathan and R. B. Peterson. 1979. Preference congruence, information accuracy, and employee performance: A field study. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 476-503. (JSTOR link).

Mahoney, T. A. 1967. Managerial perceptions of organizational effectiveness. Management Science (October): B76-B91. (JSTOR link).

Mahoney, T. A. 1979. Organizational hierarchy and position worth. The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 726-737. (JSTOR link).

Maiga, A. S. 2005. Antecedents and consequences of budget participation. Advances in Management Accounting (14): 211-231.

Maiga, A. S. and F. A. Jacobs. 2003. The effects of benchmarking and incentives on organizational performance: A test of two-way interaction. Advances in Management Accounting (11): 85-107.

Maitlis, S. 2005. The social processes of organizational sensemaking. The Academy of Management Journal 48(1): 21-49. (JSTOR link).

Majima, J., M. Ichiro and W. Smith. 1992. The Shift to JIT: How People Make the Difference. Cambridge, MA: Productivity Press.

Maletta, M. J. and T. Kida. 1993. The effect of risk factors on auditors' configural information processing. The Accounting Review (July): 681-691. (JSTOR link).

Malgwi, C. A. and C. Rakovski. 2009. Behavioral implications of evaluating determinants of academic fraud risk factors. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 1(2): 1-37.

Malhotra, D. and J. K. Murnighan. 2002. The effects of contracts on interpersonal trust. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(3): 534-559. (JSTOR link).

Malhotra, D. and M. H. Bazerman. 2007. Investigative negotiation. Harvard Business Review (September): 72-78.

Malhotra, D., G. Ku and J. K. Murnghan. 2008. When winning is everything. Harvard Business Review (May): 78-86.

Malone, T. W. 2004. Bringing the market inside. Harvard Business Review (April): 107-114.

Malone, T. W., R. Laubacher and C. Dellarocas. 2010. The collective intelligence genome. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 21-31.

Maltby, J. 1997. Accounting and the soul of the middle class: Gustav Freytag's soll und haben. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(1): 69-87.

Manicas, P. 1993. Accounting as a human science. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(2-3): 147-161.

Mann, R. B. and P. J. Decker. 1984. The effect of key behavior distinctiveness on generalization and recall in behavior modeling training. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 900-910. (JSTOR link).

Manners, G. E. Jr. 1975. Another look at group size, group problem solving, and member consensus. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 715-724. (JSTOR link).

Manning, M. R., C. N. Jackson and M. R. Fusilier. 1996. Occupational stress, social support, and the costs of health care. The Academy of Management Journal 39(3): 738-750. (JSTOR link).

Manning, M. R., J. S. Osland and A. Osland. 1989. Work-related consequences of smoking cessation. The Academy of Management Journal 32(3): 606-621. (JSTOR link).

Manning, P. K. 1979. Metaphors of the field: Varieties of organizational discourse. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(4): 660-671. (JSTOR link).

Manzoni, J. 2002. A better way to deliver bad news. Harvard Business Review (September): 114-119.

Manzoni, J. and J. Barsoux. 2009. Are your subordinates setting you up to fail? MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 43-51.

March, J. C. and J. G. March. 1977. Almost random careers: The Wisconsin School Superintendency, 1940-1972. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(3): 377-409. (JSTOR link).

March, J. C. and J. G. March. 1978. Performance sampling in social matches. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(3): 434-453. (JSTOR link).

March, J. G. 1987. Ambiguity and accounting: The elusive link between information and decision making. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 31-49. (Summary).

March, J. G. 1987. Reply. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 76-77. (This is a reply to discussion comments by Ashton, Biddle and Swieringa.) (Summary).

March, J. G. and H. A. Simon. 1958. Organization. New York: John Wiley. 

Marcus, P. M. and J. S. House. 1973. Exchange between superiors and subordinates in large organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(2): 209-222. (JSTOR link).

Marginson, D. and S. Ogden. 2005. Coping with ambiguity through the budget: The positive effects of budgetary targets on managers' budgeting behaviours. Accounting, Organizations, and Society 30(5): 435-456.

Markham, S. E. and G. H. McKee. 1991. Declining organizational size and increasing unemployment rates: Predicting employee absenteeism from within- and between-plant perspectives. The Academy of Management Journal 34(4): 952-965. (JSTOR link).

Markham, S. E. and G. H. McKee. 1995. Group absence behavior and standards: A multilevel analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 38(4): 1174-1190. (JSTOR link).

Markham, S. E., F. Dansereau, Jr. and J. A. Alutto. 1982. Group size and absenteeism rates: A longitudinal analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 921-927. (JSTOR link).

Markóczy, L. 1997. Measuring beliefs: Accept no substitutes. The Academy of Management Journal 40(5): 1228-1242. (JSTOR link).

Maroney, J. J. and R. E. McDevitt. 2008. The effects of moral reasoning on financial reporting decisions in a post Sarbanes-Oxley environment. Behavioral Research In Accounting 20(2): 89-110.

Maroney, J. J. and T. J. Rupert. 2001. The effects of peer influence on taxpayer's compliance decisions. Journal of Forensic Accounting (2): 237-250.

Marsh, R. M. and H. Mannari. 1977. Organizational commitment and turnover: A prediction study. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(1): 57-75. (JSTOR link).

Marshall, D. J. and M. A. Filoromo, III. 2010. When accountants blow the whistle. The CPA Journal (May): 58-61.

Marshall, W. S. 1966. Subject performance in two six-man communication network experiments. Management Science (October): B93-B101. (JSTOR link).

Marshall, W. S. 1967. Simulating communication network experiments. Management Science (June): B656-B665. (JSTOR link).

Martin, J., K. Knopoff and C. Beckman. 1998. An alternative to bureaucratic impersonality and emotional labor: Bounded emotionality at the body shop. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(2): 429-469. (JSTOR link).

Martin, J., M. S. Feldman, M. J. Hatch and S. B. Sitkin. 1983. The uniqueness paradox in organizational stories. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 438-453. (JSTOR link).

Martin, J. R. 1983. Management Accounting: A powerful method of influencing behavior. Cost And Management (November-December): 4-9 and in French 10-15.

Martin, R. and T. D. Wall. 1989. Attentional demand and cost responsibility as stressors in shopfloor jobs. The Academy of Management Journal 32(1): 69-86. (JSTOR link).

Martin, T. N. Jr. 1979. A contextual model of employee turnover intentions. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 313-324. (JSTOR link).

Martins, L. L., K. A. Eddleston and J. F. Veiga. 2002. Moderators of the relationship between work-family conflict and career satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 45(2): 399-409. (JSTOR link).

Martinson, O. B. and D. E. Ziegenfuss. 2000. Looking at what influences ethical perception and judgment. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 41-47. (Summary).

Martinson, O. B. and E. A. Wilkening. 1984. Rural-urban differences in job satisfaction: Further evidence. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 199-206. (JSTOR link).

Marvick, D. 1958. Expectations concerning power in a bureaucratic arena. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(4): 542-549. (JSTOR link).

Mascarenhas, B. 1989. Strategic group dynamics. The Academy of Management Journal 32(2): 333-352. (JSTOR link).

Maslow, A. 1943. A theory of human motivation. Psychological Review (50): 370-396.

Mason, A. K. and M. Gibbins. 1991. Judgment and U.S. accounting standards. Accounting Horizons (June): 14-24.

Massie, J. L. 1960. Automatic horizontal communication in management. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(2): 87-91. (JSTOR link).

Masterson, S. S., K. Lewis, B. M. Goldman, M. S. Taylor. 2000. Integrating justice and social exchange: The differing effects of fair procedures and treatment on work relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 43(4): 738-748. (JSTOR link).

Masuch, M. 1985. Vicious circles in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(1): 14-33. (JSTOR link).

Matthews, J. 1978. Accounting, business and the economy: Undue influence and dysfunctional attitudes. Abacus 14(2): 145-153.

Matuszewski, L. J. 2010. Honesty in managerial reporting: Is it affected by perceptions of horizontal equity? Journal of Management Accounting Research (22): 233-250.

Matzler, K., F. Bailom and T. A. Mooradian. 2007. Intuitive decision making. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 13-15.

Maupin, R. J. and C. R. Lehman. 1994. Talking heads: Stereotypes, status, sex-roles and satisfaction of female and male auditors. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(4-5): 427-437.

Maurer, J. G. 1968. Work as a "Central life interest" of industrial supervisors. The Academy of Management Journal 11(3): 329-339. (JSTOR link).

Maurer, J. G., D. J. Vredenburgh and R. L. Smith. 1981. An examination of the central life interest scale. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 174-182. (JSTOR link).

Mawhinney, T. C. 1979. Intrinsic x extrinsic motivation: Perspectives from behaviorism. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance (24): 411-440. 

Mayer, R. C. and F. D. Schoorman. 1992. Predicting participation and production outcomes through a two-dimensional model of organizational commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 35(3): 671-684. (JSTOR link).

Mayer, R. C. and M. B. Gavin. 2005. Trust in management and performance: Who minds the shop while the employees watch the boss? The Academy of Management Journal 48(5): 874-888. (JSTOR link).

Mayer-Sommer, A. P. 1981. Bargaining skills: Because being right is not enough. Management Accounting (May): 28-34.

McAllister, D. J. 1995. Affect- and cognition-based trust as foundations for interpersonal cooperation in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 24-59. (JSTOR link).

McAllister, D. J. and G. A. Bigley. 2002. Work context and the definition of self: How organizational care influences organization-based self-esteem. The Academy of Management Journal 45(5): 894-904. (JSTOR link).

McCabe, D. J., A. Dalessio, J. Briga and J. Sasaki. 1980. The convergent and discriminant validities between the IOR and the JDI: English and Spanish forms. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 778-786. (JSTOR link).

McCaffrey, D. P. 1982. Corporate resources and regulatory pressures: Toward explaining a discrepancy. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(3): 398-419. (JSTOR link).

McCain, B. E., C. O'Reilly and J. Pfeffer. 1983. The effects of departmental demography on turnover: The case of a university. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 626-641. (JSTOR link).

McCall, M. W. Jr. and E. E. Lawler, III. 1976. High school students' perceptions of work. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 17-24. (JSTOR link).

McCarty, P. A. 1986. Effects of feedback on the self-confidence of men and women. The Academy of Management Journal 29(4): 840-847. (JSTOR link).

McClary, E. S. 1933. Accident prevention. N.A.C.A Bulletin (March 1): 1007-1014.

McCroskey, J. C. 1970. Measures of communication-bound anxiety. Speech Monographs (37): 269-277.

McCroskey, J. C.  1977. Oral communication apprehension: A summary of recent theory and research. Human Communication Research (4): 78-96.

McCroskey, J. C. 1980. Quiet children in the classroom: On helping not hurting. Communication Education (29): 239-44.

McCroskey, J. C. 1984. The communication apprehension perspective. In Avoiding Communication: Shyness, Reticence, and Communication Apprehension. J. A. Daly and J. C. McCroskey, eds. Sage Publications.

McDermott, R. and D. Archibald. 2010. Harnessing your staff's informal networks. Harvard Business Review (March): 82-89.

McDonald, D. and A. G. Puxty. 1979. An inducement-contribution approach to corporate financial reporting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 4(1-2): 53-65.

McDonough, J. 1983. "If I end up with more responsibility and less control - forget it": A discussant's perspective.  Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2- 3): 191-193.

McDonough, J. J. 1971. The accountant, data collection and social exchange. The Accounting Review (October): 676-685. (JSTOR link).

McEvoy, G. M. and W. F. Cascio. 1987. Do good or poor performers leave? A meta-analysis of the relationship between performance and turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 744-762. (JSTOR link).

McEwen, W. J. 1956. Position conflict and professional orientation in a research organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 1(2): 208-224. (JSTOR link).

McFarlin, D. B. and P. D. Sweeney. 1992. Distributive and procedural justice as predictors of satisfaction with personal and organizational outcomes. The Academy of Management Journal 35(3): 626-637. (JSTOR link).

McFillen, J. M. 1978. Supervisory power as an influence in supervisor-subordinate relations. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 419-433. (JSTOR link).

McFillen, J. M. and J. R. New. 1979. Situational determinants of supervisor attributions and behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 793-809. (JSTOR link).

McGaffey, T. N. and R. Christy. 1975. Information processing capability as a predictor of entrepreneurial effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 857-863. (JSTOR link). 

McGee, W. O. and D. T. Norman. 1976. Profit and growth through sales compensation. Management Accounting (December): 32-34.

McGhee, W., M. D. Shields and J. G. Birnberg. 1978. The effects of personality on a subject's information processing. The Accounting Review (July): 681-697. (JSTOR link).

McGinn, K. L. and A. T. Keros. 2002. Improvisation and the logic of exchange in socially embedded transactions. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(3): 442-473. (JSTOR link).

McGrath, J. E. 1991. Time, interaction, and performance (TIP): A theory of groups. Small Group Research (22): 147-174.

McGraw, K. O. 1978. The detrimental effects of reward on performance: A literature review and prediction model. In M. R. Lepper, and D. Green. Eds. The Hidden Costs of Reward. Lawrence Erlbaum: 33-60.

McGraw, K. O. and J. c. McCullers. 1979. Evidence of a detrimental effect of extrinsic incentives on breaking a mental set. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology (15): 285-294.

McGregor, D. M. 1957. The human side of enterprise. Management Review (November): (Summary).

McGregor, D. 1960. The Human Side of Enterprise: 25th Anniversary Printing. McGraw Hill.

McInerney, D. M. and S. Van Etten. 2004. Big Theories Revisited (Research on Sociocultural Influences on Motivation and Learning). Information Age Publishing.

McIntyre, S., D. J. Moberg and B. Z. Posner. 1980. Preferential treatment in preselection decisions according to sex and race. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 738-749. (JSTOR link).

McKelvey, B. and U. Sekaran. 1977. Toward a career-based theory of job involvement: A study of scientists and engineers. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(2): 281-305. (JSTOR link).

McKelvey, W. W. 1969. Expectational noncomplementarity and style of interaction between professional and organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(1): 21-32. (JSTOR link).

McKinley, W., L. A. Ponemon and A. G. Schick. 1996. Auditors' perceptions of client firms: The stigma of decline and the stigma of growth. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(2-3): 193-213.

McMillan, J. J. and R. A. White. 1993. Auditors' belief revisions and evidence search: The effect of hypothesis frame, confirmation bias, and professional skepticism. The Accounting Review (July): 443-465. (JSTOR link).

McMurry, R. N. 1958. Recruitment, dependency, and morale in the banking industry. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(1): 87-117. (JSTOR link).

McNamara, G. and P. Bromiley. 1997. Decision making in an organizational setting: Cognitive and organizational influences on risk assessment in commercial lending. The Academy of Management Journal 40(5): 1063-1088. (JSTOR link).

McNamara, G., H. Moon and P. Bromiley. 2002. Banking on commitment: Intended and unintended consequences of an organization's attempt to attenuate escalation of commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 45(2): 443-452. (JSTOR link).

McNatt, D. B. and T. A. Judge. 2004. Boundary conditions of the Galatea effect: A field experiment of constructive replication. The Academy of Management Journal 47(4): 550-565. (JSTOR link). (The Galatea effect is where high self-expectations leads to high performance. The Pygmalion effect is where one person's high expectations of another person leads to high performance for that person).

McNeil, K. 1978. Understanding organizational power: Building on the Weberian legacy. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(1): 65-90. (JSTOR link).

Mc Nichols, C. W., M. J. Stahl and T. R. Manley. 1978. A validation of Hoppock's job satisfaction measure. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 737-742. (JSTOR link).

McNitt, D. B. 1955. A standard hour incentive in a service company. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 715-721.

McWhorter, L. B. 2003. Does the balanced scorecard reduce information overload? Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 23-27.

Meagher, G. M. 1979. Motivating accountants. Management Accounting (March): 27-30.

Mechanic, D. 1962. Sources of power of lower participants in complex organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(3): 349-364. (JSTOR link).

Medina, J. J. 2008. The science of thinking smarter: A conversation with brain expert John J. Medina. Harvard Business Review (May): 51-54.

Mehra, A., M. Kilduff and D. J. Brass. 1998. At the margins: A distinctiveness approach to the social identity and social networks of underrepresented groups. The Academy of Management Journal 41(4): 441-452. (JSTOR link).

Mehra, A., M. Kilduff and D. J. Brass. 2001. The social networks of high and low self-monitors: Implications for workplace performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(1): 121-146. (JSTOR link). 2001. Errata: The social networks of high and low self-monitors: Implications for workplace performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(2): 376. (JSTOR link).

Meier, R. L. 1963. Communications overload: Proposals from the study of a university library. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(4): 521-544. (JSTOR link).

Meister, J. C. and K. Willyerd. 2010. Mentoring millennials. Harvard Business Review (May): 68-72.

Meixner, W. F. and R. B. Welker. 1988. Judgment consensus and auditor experience: An examination of organizational relations. The Accounting Review (July): 505-513. (JSTOR link).

Melcher, A. J. and R. Beller. 1967. Toward a theory of organization communication: Consideration in channel selection. The Academy of Management Journal 10(1): 39-52. (JSTOR link). 

Meltzer, H. and W. R. Nord. 1981. Making Organizations Humane and Productive: A Handbook for Practitioners. John Wiley & Sons.

Menon, T. and L. Thompson. 2010. Envy at work. Harvard Business Review (April): 74-79.

Merchant, K. 1990. The effects of financial controls on data manipulation and management myopia. Accounting, Organizations and Society (15): 297-313.

Merchant, K. A. 1981. The design of the corporate budgeting system: Influences on managerial behavior and performance. The Accounting Review (October): 813-829. (JSTOR link).

Merchant, K. A. 1989. Rewarding Results: Motivating Profit Center Managers. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.

Merchant, K. A., W. A. Van der Stede and L. Zheng. 2003. Disciplinary constraints on the advantage of knowledge: The case of organizational incentive systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(2-3): 251-286.

Mesch, D. J. and D. R. Dalton. 1992. Unexpected consequences of improving workplace justice: A six-year time series assessment. The Academy of Management Journal 35(5): 1099-1114. (JSTOR link).

Messier, W. F. Jr. 1983. The effect of experience and firm type on materiality/disclosure judgments. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 611-618. (JSTOR link).

Messier, W. F. Jr. 1990. Discussion of a cognitive computational model of risk hypothesis generation. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Judgment in Accounting and Auditing): 104-109. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, J. W. 1986. Social environments and organizational accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(4-5): 345-356.

Meyer, J. W. 1990. Sources and effects of decisions: A comment on Brunsson. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(1-2): 61-65.

Meyerson, D. E. 1994. Interpretations of stress in institutions: The cultural production of ambiguity and burnout. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(4): 628-653. (JSTOR link).

Mia, L. 1988. Managerial attitude, motivation and the effectiveness of budget participation.  Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(5): 465-475.

Mia, L. 1989. The impact of participation in budgeting and job difficulty on managerial performance and work motivation: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(4): 347-357.

Miccio, J. V. 1948. Objectives and fundamentals of wage incentive plans. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 59-68.

Miccio, J. V. 1949. Quality maintenance features of wage incentive plans. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1243-1254.

Miceli, M. P. and J. P. Near. 1984. The relationships among beliefs, organizational position, and whistle-blowing status: A discriminant analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 687-705. (JSTOR link).

Mickel, F. B. 1981. Stress: Race to the bottom line. Management Accounting (April): 15-20.

Miles, G. H. 1926. The extent and application of psychology and psychological method in English industrial life. Harvard Business Review (January): 138-144.

Miles, R. E. 1964. Attitudes toward management theory as a factor in managers' relationships with their superiors. The Academy of Management Journal 7(4): 308-314. (JSTOR link).

Miles, R. H. 1976. A comparison of the relative impacts of role perceptions of ambiguity and conflict by role. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 25-35. (JSTOR link). 

Miles, R. H. and M. M. Petty. 1975. Relationships between role clarity, need for clarity, and job tension and satisfaction for supervisory and nonsupervisory roles. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 877-883. (JSTOR link).

Milgram, S. 1965. Some conditions of obedience and disobedience to authority. Human Relations (18): 57-75.

Milkovich, G. T. and L. R. Gomez. 1976. Day care and selected employee work behaviors. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 111-115. (JSTOR link).

Mill, J. S. 1969. Utilitarianism. In Wolff, R. P. Editor. Ten Great Works of Philosophy. New American Library.

Miller, D. and C. Dröge. 1986. Psychological and traditional determinants of structure. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(4): 539-560. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. C. and F. A. Shull, Jr. 1962. The prediction of administrative role conflict resolutions. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(2): 143-160. (JSTOR link).

Miller, F. P., A. F. Vandome and J. McBrewster, Editors. 2009. Motivation: Motivation. Drive Theory, Cognitive Dissonance, Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs, Frederick Herzberg, Self-efficacy, Equity Theory, Expectancy Theory. Alphascript Publishing.

Miller, G. A. and L. W. Wager. 1971. Adult socialization, organizational structure, and role orientations. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(2): 151-163. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. 1972. Environmental complexity and financial reports. The Accounting Review (January): 31-37. (JSTOR link).

Miller, J. 1975. Isolation in organizations: Alienation from authority, control, and expressive relations. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(2): 260-271. (JSTOR link).

Miller, K. I. and P. R. Monge. 1986. Participation, satisfaction, and productivity: A meta-analytic review. The Academy of Management Journal 29(4): 727-753. (JSTOR link).

Miller, P. and T. O'Leary. 1987. Accounting and the construction of the governable person. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(3): 235-265.

Miller, P. and T. O'Leary. 1993. Accounting expertise and the politics of the product: Economic citizenship and modes of corporate governance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(2-3): 187-206.

Miller , T. C. and D. N. Stone . 2009. Public speaking apprehension (PSA), motivation, and affect among accounting majors: A proof-of-concept intervention. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 265-298.

Milliron, V. C. 1985. A behavioral study of the meaning and influence of tax complexity. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 794-816. (JSTOR link).

Milliron, V. C. 2008. Exploring millennial student values and societal trends: Accounting course selection preferences. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 405-419.

Mills, P. K. and B. Z. Posner. 1982. The relationships among self-supervision, structure, and technology in professional service organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 437-443. (JSTOR link).

Milutinovich, J. S. and A. A. Tsaklanganos. 1976. The impact of perceived community prosperity on job satisfaction of black and white workers. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 49-65. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1971. Changes in student attitudes toward bureaucratic role prescriptions during the 1960s. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(3): 351-364. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1978. The Miner sentence completion scale: A reappraisal. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 283-294. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1980. The role of managerial and professional motivation in the career success of management professors. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 487-508. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. and D. P. Crane. 1981. Motivation to manage and the manifestation of a managerial orientation in career planning. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 626-633. (JSTOR link).

Mirrlees, J. A. 1982. The economic uses of utilitarianism. In Sen, A. and B. Williams. Editors. Utilitarianism and Beyond. Cambridge University Press.

Mirvis, P. H. and E. E. Lawler III. 1983. Systems are not solutions: Issues in creating information systems that account for the human organization. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2-3): 175-190.

Mishra, A. K. and K. E. Mishra. 2009. Downsizing the company without downsizing morale. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 39-44.

Mitchel, J. O. 1981. The effect of intentions, tenure, personal, and organizational variables on managerial turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 742-751. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, M., G. Krippel and S. J. Mitchell. 2009. Aiming higher...toward significance. Strategic Finance (October): 30-36.

Mitchell, R. K., B. Smith, K. W. Seawright and E. A. Morse. 2000. Cross-cultural cognitions and the venture creation decision. The Academy of Management Journal 43(5): 974-993. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. R. 1973. Motivation and participation: An integration. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 670-679. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. R. and B. W. Knudsen. 1973. Instrumentality theory predictions of students' attitudes towards business and their choice of business as an occupation. The Academy of Management Journal 16(1): 41-52. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. R., B. C. Holtom, T. W. Lee, C. J. Sablynski and M. Erez. 2001. Why people stay: Using job embeddedness to predict voluntary turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 44(6): 1102-1121. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. R., C. M. Smyser and S. E. Weed. 1975. Locus of control: Supervision and work satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 18(3): 623-631. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, W. C. 1958. Occupational role strains: The American elective public official. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(2): 210-228. (JSTOR link).

Mizruchi, M. S. and D. Bunting. 1981. Influence in corporate networks: An examination of four measures. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(3): 475-489. (JSTOR link).

Mobley, W. H. 1982. Supervisor and employee race and sex effects on performance appraisals: A field study of adverse impact and generalizability. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 598-606. (JSTOR link).

Mobley, W. H. and B. M. Meglino. 1977. A behavioral choice model analysis of the budget allocation behavior of academic deans. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 564-572. (JSTOR link).

Mock, T. J. and M. A. Vasarhelyi. 1978. A synthesis of the information economics and lens models. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 414-423. (JSTOR link).

Mock, T. J., T. L. Estrin and M. A. Vasarhelyi. 1972. Learning patterns, decision approach, and value of information. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 129-153. (JSTOR link).

Moeller, G. H. and W. W. Charters. 1966. Relation of bureaucratization to sense of power among teachers. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(4): 444-465. (JSTOR link).

Moers, F. 2005. Discretion and bias in performance evaluation: The impact of diversity and subjectivity. Accounting, Organizations and Society 30(1): 67-80.

Molnar, J. J. and D. L. Rogers. 1979. A comparative model of interorganizational conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(3): 405-425. (JSTOR link).

Montagna, P. D. 1987. Discussion comments. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 23-27. (Montagna's  discussion follows papers by Hofstede and Schreuder.) (Summary).

Montagno, R. V. 1985. The effects of comparison others and prior experience on responses to task design. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 491-498. (JSTOR link).

Monte, C. F. and R. N. Sollod. 2002. Beneath the Mask: An Introduction to Theories of Personality. Wiley.

Moore, B. 1975. A Plant-Wide Productivity Plan in Action: Three Years of Experience with the Scanlon Plan. National Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life.

Moore, B. and T. L. Ross. 1978. The Scanlon Way to Improved Productivity: A Practical Guide. John Wiley & Sons.

Moorman, R. H., G. L. Blakely and B. P. Niehoff. 1998. Does perceived organizational support mediate the relationship between procedural justice and organizational citizenship behavior? The Academy of Management Journal 41(3): 351-357. (JSTOR link).

Morieux, Y. 2011. Smart rules: Six ways to get people to solve problems without you. Harvard Business Review (September): 78-86.

Morley, E. 1974. Human support services in complex manufacturing organizations: A special case of differentiation. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(3): 295-318. (JSTOR link).

Morrel-Samuels, P. 2002. Getting the truth into workplace surveys. Harvard Business Review (February): 111-118.

Morris, J. H., R. M. Steers and J. L. Koch. 1979. Influence of organization structure on role conflict and ambiguity for three occupational groupings. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 58-71. (JSTOR link).

Morris, W. T. 1967. Intuition and relevance. Management Science (December): B157-B165. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, E. W. 1993. Newcomer information seeking: Exploring types, modes, sources, and outcomes. The Academy of Management Journal 36(3): 557-589. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, E. W. 1994. Role definitions and organizational citizenship behavior: The importance of the employee's perspective. The Academy of Management Journal 37(6): 1543-1567. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, E. W. 2002. Newcomers' relationships: The role of social network ties during socialization. The Academy of Management Journal 45(6): 1149-1160. (JSTOR link).

Morrow, P. C. 1981. Work related communication, environmental uncertainty, and subunit effectiveness: A second look at the information processing approach to subunit communication. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 851-858. (JSTOR link).

Morse, E. V. and G. Gordon. 1974. Cognitive skills: A determinant of scientists' local-cosmopolitan orientation. The Academy of Management Journal 17(4): 709-723. (JSTOR link).

Morse, G. 2006. Decisions and desire: The primitive, emotional parts of our brains have a powerful influence on the choices we make. Now, neuroscientists are mapping the risk and reward systems in the brain that drive our best - and worst - decision making. Harvard Business Review (January): 42, 44-51.

Morssinkhof, S., M. Wouters and L. Warlop. 2008. Effects of reflective thinking and professional experience on purchasing decisions with inaccurate cost information. Advances in Management Accounting (17): 81-112.

Moskowitz, H. 1974. Effects of problem representation and feedback on rational behavior in Allais and Morlat-type problems. Decision Sciences 5(2): 225-242.

Mossholder, K. W., A. G. Bedeian and A. A. Armenakis. 1982. Group process-work outcome relationships: A note on the moderating impact of self-esteem. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 575-585. (JSTOR link).

Mossholder, K. W., R. P. Settoon and S. C. Henagan. 2005. A relational perspective on turnover: Examining structural, attitudinal, and behavioral predictors. The Academy of Management Journal 48(4): 607-618. (JSTOR link).

Motowidlo, S. J. 1984. Does job satisfaction lead to consideration and personal sensitivity? The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 910-915. (JSTOR link).

Mouritsen, J. and S. Thrane. 2006. Accounting, network complementarities and the development of inter-organisational relations. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(3): 241-275.

Mowday, R. T. 1978. The exercise of upward influence in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(1): 137-156. (JSTOR link). 1978. Erratum: The exercise of upward influence in operations. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(3): 487. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. 1979. Leader characteristics, self-confidence, and methods of upward influence in organizational decision situations. The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 709-725. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. and D. G. Spencer. 1981. The influence of task and personality characteristics on employee turnover and absenteeism incidents. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 634-642. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T., C. S. Koberg and A. W. McArthur. 1984. The psychology of the withdrawal process: A cross-validational test of Mobley's intermediate linkages model of turnover in two samples. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 79-94. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, C. A. 1943. Social factors affecting obsolescence. The Accounting Review (April): 110-122. (JSTOR link).

Moyes, G. D., P. A. Williams and B. Z. Quigley. 2000. The relation between perceived treatment discrimination and job satisfaction among African-American accounting professionals. Accounting Horizons (March): 21-48.

Muchinsky, P. M. 1977. Organizational communication: Relationships to organizational climate and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 592-607. (JSTOR link).

Mulder, M. 1971. Power equalization through participation? Administrative Science Quarterly 16(1): 31-38. (JSTOR link).

Murnighan, J. K., J. W. Kim and A. R. Metzger. 1993. The volunteer dilemma. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(4): 515-538. (JSTOR link).

Murthy, U. S. 2002. Group support systems research in accounting: A theory-based framework and directions for future research, In Information Systems Research Monograph. Arnold V. and Sutton S. (Eds). American Accounting Association.

Murthy, U. S. and B. A. Schafer. 2011. The effects of relative performance information and framed information systems feedback on performance in a production task. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 159-184.

Murthy, U. S. and D. S. Kerr. 2003. Decision making performance of interacting groups: An experimental investigation of the effects of task type and communication mode. Information & Management (May): 351-360.

Murthy, U. S. and D. S. Kerr. 2004. Comparing audit team effectiveness via alternative modes of computer-mediated communication. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory (March): 141-152.

Mutchler, J. F. and K. Pany. 1993. A comment on "The influence of the source of professional standards on juror decision making". The Accounting Review (January): 176-178. (JSTOR link).

Myers, G. R. 1952. Timekeeping for incentives and process control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 246-253.

Nabar, S., K. K. Boonlert-U-Thai. 2007. Earnings management, investor protection, and national culture. Journal of International Accounting Research 6(2): 35-54.

Nagar, V. 2002. Delegation and incentive compensation. The Accounting Review (April): 379-395. (JSTOR link).

Nagel, T. 1970. The Possibility of Altruism. Princeton University Press.

Namiki, N. and S. P. Sethi 1985. Top management compensation and corporate performance. Journal of Business Strategy: 37-43.

Nalbantian, H. R. and A. Szostak. 2004. How Fleet Bank fought employee flight. Harvard Business Review (April): 116-120, 122, 124-125.

Nandhakumar, J. and M. Jones. 2001. Accounting for time: Managing time in project-based teamworking. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(3): 193-214.

Narayanan, V. G. and A. Davila. 1998. Using delegation and control systems to mitigate the trade-off between the performance-evaluation and belief-revision uses of accounting signals. Journal of Accounting and Economics (30 June): 255-282.

Nash, M. 1971. Discussion of LIFO and the diffusion of innovation. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 228-230. (JSTOR link).

Nathan, B. R., A. M. Mohrman, Jr. and J. Milliman. 1991. Interpersonal relations as a context for the effects of appraisal interviews on performance and satisfaction: A longitudinal study. The Academy of Management Journal 34(2): 352-369. (JSTOR link).

National Association of Accountants. 1978. Management accounting and behavior. Management Accounting (August): 62.

National Association of Accountants. 1981. Time off: The perils of whistle blowing. Management Accounting (April): 61.

Nau, C. H. 1917. Comparative value of personal reputation and conferred degrees. Journal of Accountancy (October): 247-253.

Naumann, S. E. and N. Bennett. 2000. A case for procedural justice climate: Development and test of a multilevel model. The Academy of Management Journal 43(5): 881-889. (JSTOR link).

Neal, J. E. 2000. Effective Phrases for Performance Appraisals: A Guide to Successful Evaluations. Neal Publications.

Neale, M. A. and M. H. Bazerman. 1985. The effects of framing and negotiator overconfidence on bargaining behaviors and outcomes. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 34-49. (JSTOR link).

Near, J. P., C. A. Smith, R. W. Rice and R. G. Hunt. 1984. A comparison of work and nonwork predictors of life satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 184-190. (JSTOR link).

Near, J. P., R. W. Rice and R. G. Hunt. 1978. Work and extra-work correlates of life and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 248-264. (JSTOR link).

Nedd, A. N. B. 1971. The simultaneous effects of several variables on attitudes toward change. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(3): 258-270. (JSTOR link).

Negandhi, A. R. and B. D. Estafen. 1965. A research model to determine the applicability of American management know-how in differing cultures and/or environments. The Academy of Management Journal 8(4): 309-318. (JSTOR link).

Neimark, M. and T. Tinker. 1986. The social construction of management control systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(4-5): 369-395.

Nelson, B. and K. H. Blanchard. 1994. 1001 Ways to Reward Employees. Workman Publishing Company.

Nelson, D. L. and C. Sutton. 1990. Chronic work stress and coping: A longitudinal study and suggested new directions. The Academy of Management Journal 33(4): 859-869. (JSTOR link).

Nelson, J. H. 1973. Behavioral implications of internal auditing. Management Accounting (October): 52-56.

Nelson, M. W. 2003. Behavioral evidence on the effects on principles- and rules-based standards. Accounting Horizons (March): 91-104.

Nelson, N. E. 1979. Grievance rates and technology. The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 810-815. (JSTOR link).

Nelson, R. B. 1995. Motivating employees with informal awards. Management Accounting (November): 30-34.

Nelson, R. E. 1989. The strength of strong ties: Social networks and intergroup conflict in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 32(2): 377-401. (JSTOR link).

Nelson-Pallmeyer, J. 2003. Is Religion Killing Us?: Violence in the Bible and the Quran. Trinity Pr Intl.

Nemeroff, W. F. and J. Cosentino. 1979. Utilizing feedback and goal setting to increase performance appraisal interviewer skills of managers. The Academy of Management Journal 22(3): 566-576. (JSTOR link).

Neu, D. 1991. New stock issues and the institutional production of trust. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(2): 185-200.

Newman, J. E. 1977. Development of a measure of perceived work environment (PWE). The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 520-534. (JSTOR link).

Nichols, M. L. and V. E. Day. 1982. A comparison of moral reasoning of groups and individuals on the "Defining issues test". The Academy of Management Journal 25(1): 201-208. (JSTOR link).

Nicholson, N. 1984. A theory of work role transitions. Administrative Science Quarterly 29(2): 172-191. (JSTOR link).

Nicholson, N. 1998. How hardwired is human behavior? Harvard Business Review (July-August): 134-147.

Nicholson, N. 2003. How to motivate your problem people. Harvard Business Review (January): 57-64. (Summary).

Nicholson, P. J. Jr. and S. C. Goh. 1983. The relationship of organization structure and interpersonal attitudes to role conflict and ambiguity in different work environments. The Academy of Management Journal 26(1): 148-155. (JSTOR link).

Nickerson, J. W. 1946. Do incentives pay? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1193-1201.

Niehoff, B. P. and R. H. Moorman. 1993. Justice as a mediator of the relationship between methods of monitoring and organizational citizenship behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 36(3): 527-556. (JSTOR link).

Nikitkov, A. 2006. Information assurance seals: How they impact consumer purchasing behavior. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 1-17.

Nohria, N., B. Groysberg and L. Lee. 2008. Employee motivation: A powerful new model. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 78-84.

Nord, W. R. 1969. Beyond the teaching machine: The neglected area of operant conditioning in the theory and practice of management. Organizational Behavior and Performance (November): 375-401.

Nord, W. 1973. Adam Smith and contemporary social exchange theory. The American Journal of Economics and Sociology (October): 421-436.

Nord, W. 1974. Personality, organizational theory, and the status quo: A response to Argyris. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(2): 250-253. (JSTOR link).

Nord, W. R.  1974. The failure of current applied behavioral science - A Marxian perspective. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science. 557-578.

Nord, W. R. 1977. A Marxist critique of humanistic psychology. Journal of Humanistic Psychology (Winter): 75-83.

Nord, W. 1978. Theory Y assumptions in a non-theory Y world. Interfaces (February): 61-66.

Nord, W. R. 1982. Behavior modification in a loosely coupled system: Thoughts about motivating teaching performance. New Directions for Teaching and Learning: Motivating Professors to Teach Effectively. edited by J. Bess. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Nord, W. R. 1986. Towards an optimal dialectical perspective: Comments and extensions on Neimark and Tinker. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(4-5): 397-402.

Nord, W. R., editor. 1998. Concepts and Controversy in Organizational Behavior. Scott Foresman & Company.

Nord, W. R. and A. F. Connell. 1993. From quicksand to crossroads: An agnostic perspective on conversation. Organization Science (February): 108-120.

Nord, W. R. and E. M. Doherty. 1996. Towards an assertion perspective for empowerment: Blending employee rights and labor process theories. Employee Responsibilities and Rights Journal 9(3): 193-215.

Nord, W. R. and D. Durand. 1975. Beyond resistance to change: Behavioral science on the firing line. Organizational Dynamics (Autumn): 2-19.

Nord, W. R. and D. E. Durand. 1978. What's wrong with the human resources approach to management? Organizational Dynamics (Winter): 13-25.

Nord, W. R. and J. M. Jermier. 1994. Overcoming resistance to resistance: Insights from a study of the shadows. Public Administration Quarterly (Winter): 396-409.

Norris, D. R. and R. E. Niebuhr. 1984. Attributional influences on the job performance-job satisfaction relationship. The Academy of Management Journal 27(2): 424-431. (JSTOR link).

Norris, D. R. and R. E. Niebuhr. 1984. Professionalism, organizational commitment and job satisfaction in an accounting organization. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(1): 49-59. 

Norris, J. C. Jr. 1972. Accountants and engineers: Closing the communications Gap. Management Accounting (December): 17-19, 30.

Notz, W. W. and F. A. Starke. 1978. Final-offer versus conventional arbitration as means of conflict management. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(2): 189-203. (JSTOR link).

Nouri, H. and R. J. Parker. 1998. The relationship between budget participation and job performance: The roles of budget adequacy and organizational commitment. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(5-6): 467-483.

Nouri, H., L. Kyj and A. Dunk. 1999. The effect of performance reporting on budgetary participation: An attribution theory analysis. Advances in Management Accounting (8): 211-223.

Nozick, R. 1974. Anarchy, State, and Utopia. Basic Books.

Nunamaker, J. F. Jr., R. O. Briggs, D. D. Mittleman, D. R. Vogel and P. A. Balthazard. 1996/97. Lessons from a dozen years of group systems research: A discussion of lab and field findings. Journal of Management Information Systems 13(3): 163-207.

Nunnally, J. C. 1983. Psychometric Methods. New York: McGraw-Hill. 

Nystrom, P. C. 1978. Managers and the hi-hi leader myth. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 325-331. (JSTOR link).

Nystrom, P. C. 1986. Comparing beliefs of line and technostructure managers. The Academy of Management Journal 29(4): 812-819. (JSTOR link).

Oakes, L. S. and M. A. Covaleski. 1994. A historical examination of the use of accounting-based incentive plans in the structuring of labor-management relations. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(7): 579-599.

Obstfeld, D. 2005. Social networks, the Tertius Iungens orientation, and involvement in innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly 50(1): 100-130. (JSTOR link).

O'Clock, P. and K. Devine. 2003. The role of strategy and culture in the performance evaluation of international strategic business units. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 18-26. (Summary).

O'Connor, E. J. and G. V. Barrett. 1980. Informational cues and individual differences as determinants of subjective perceptions of task enrichment. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 697-716. (JSTOR link).

O'Connor, N. G. 1995. The influence of organizational culture on the usefulness of budget participation by Singaporean-Chinese managers. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(5): 383-403.

Odewahn, C. A. and M. M. Petty. 1980. A comparison of levels of job satisfaction, role stress, and personal competence between union members and nonmembers. The Academy of Management Journal 23(1): 150-155. (JSTOR link).

Offermann, L. R. 2004. When followers become toxic. Harvard Business Review (January): 54-60.

Oiu, J. and E. Steiger. 2011. Understanding the tow components of risk attitudes: An experimental analysis. Management Science (January): 193-199.

Okhuysen, G. A. and M. J. Waller. 2002. Focusing on midpoint transitions: An analysis of boundary conditions. The Academy of Management Journal 45(5): 1056-1065. (JSTOR link).

Oldham, G. R. 1975. The impact of supervisory characteristics on goal acceptance. The Academy of Management Journal 18(3): 461-475. (JSTOR link).

Oldham, G. R. and A. Cummings. 1996. Employee creativity: Personal and contextual factors at work. The Academy of Management Journal 39(3): 607-634. (JSTOR link).

Oldham, G. R. and D. J. Brass. 1979. Employee reactions to an open-plan office: A naturally occurring quasi-experiment. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(2): 267-284. (JSTOR link).

Oldham, G. R. and J. R. Hackman. 1981. Relationships between organizational structure and employee reactions: Comparing alternative frameworks. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(1): 66-83. (JSTOR link).

Oldham, G. R. and N. L. Rotchford. 1983. Relationships between office characteristics and employee reactions: A study of the physical environment. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(4): 542-556. (JSTOR link).

Oldham, G. R., C. T. Kulik and L. P. Stepina. 1991. Physical environments and employee reactions: Effects of stimulus-screening skills and job complexity. The Academy of Management Journal 34(4): 929-938. (JSTOR link).

Oldham, G. R., C. T. Kulik, L. P. Stepina and M. L. Ambrose. 1986. Relations between situational factors and the comparative referents used by employees. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 599-608. (JSTOR link).

O'Leary-Kelly, A. M., J. J. Martocchio and D. D. Frink. 1994. A review of the influence of group goals on group performance. The Academy of Management Journal 37(5): 1285-1301. (JSTOR link).

Olson, D. F. and R. M. Gaedeke. 1973. The role of the Alaskan native enterprise manager: A focal point for individual stress and community conflict. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 347-351. (JSTOR link).

Olson, J. C. 1948. The background for planning of sales incentive compensation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1549-1559.

Omidyar, P. 2011. EBay's founder on innovating the business model of social change. Harvard Business Review (September): 41-44.

Ondrack, D. A. 1974. Defense mechanisms and the Herzberg theory: An alternate test. The Academy of Management Journal 17(1): 79-89. (JSTOR link).

Ondrack, D. A. 1975. Socialization in professional schools: A comparative study. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(1): 97-103. (JSTOR link).

Onsi, M. 1973. Factor analysis of behavioral variables affecting budgetary slack. The Accounting Review (July): 535-548. (JSTOR link).

O'Reilly, C. A.  III. 1980. Individuals and information overload in organizations: Is more necessarily better? The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 684-696. (JSTOR link).

O'Reilly, C. A. III and D. F. Caldwell. 1981. The commitment and job tenure of new employees: Some evidence of postdecisional justification. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(4): 597-616. (JSTOR link).

O'Reilly, C. A. III. and J. Pfeffer. 2000. Hidden Value: How Great Companies Achieve Extraordinary Results with Ordinary People. Harvard Business School Press.

O'Reilly, C. A. III, D. F. Caldwell and W. P. Barnett. 1989. Work group demography, social integration, and turnover. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(1): 21-37. (JSTOR link).

O'Reilly, C. A. III, G. N. Parlette and J. R. Bloom. 1980. Perceptual measures of task characteristics: The biasing effects of differing frames of reference and job attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 23(1): 118-131. (JSTOR link).

O'Reilly, C. A. III, J. Chatman and D. F. Caldwell. 1991. People and organizational culture: A profile comparison approach to assessing person-organization fit. The Academy of Management Journal 34(3): 487-516. (JSTOR link).

Organ, D. W. 1977. Inferences about trends in labor force satisfaction: A causal-correlational analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 510-519. (JSTOR link).

Organ, D. W. and C. N. Greene. 1974. The perceived purposefulness of job behavior: Antecedents and consequences. The Academy of Management Journal 17(1): 69-78. (JSTOR link).

Organ, D. W. and C. N. Greene. 1981. The effects of formalization on professional involvement: A compensatory process approach. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(2): 237-252. (JSTOR link).

Orlikowski, W. J. and J. Yates. 1994. Genre repertoire: The structuring of communicative practices in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(4): 541-574. (JSTOR link).

Orsini, J.N. 1987. Bonuses: What is the impact? National Productivity Review (Spring): 180-184.

Osborn, R. N. and W. M. Vicars. 1976. Sex Stereotypes: An artifact in leader behavior and subordinate satisfaction analysis? The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 439-449. (JSTOR link).

Oss, M. E., J. H. Clary and R. Coe. 1999. Strategic Cost Management Institute Chartbook: Cost Accounting & Pricing Issues for Succeeding in the Behavioral Health & Social Services Fields. Open Minds.

Osterman, P. 1995. Work/family programs and the employment relationship. Administrative Science Quarterly 40(4): 681-700. (JSTOR link).

Osterman, P. 2006. Overcoming oligarchy: Culture and agency in social movement organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 51(4): 622-649. (JSTOR link).

Ostlund, L. E. 1973. Factor analysis applied to predictors of innovative behavior. Decision Sciences 4(1): 92-108.

Otley, D. T. 1982. Budgets and managerial motivation. Journal of General Management (8): 26-42.

Otley, D. T. 1985. The accuracy of budget estimates: Some statistical evidence. Journal of Business, Finance and Accounting (12): 415-428.

Ott, R. L., M. H. Mann and C. T. Moores. 1990. An empirical investigation into the interactive effects of student personality traits and method of instruction (lecture or CAI) on student performance in elementary accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 8(1): 17-35.

Ouchi, W. G. 1979. A conceptual framework for the design of organizational control mechanisms. Management Science (September): 833-848. (Summary) and (Comparison of the Control Mechanisms).

Ouchi, W.G. and A. M. Jaeger. 1978. Type Z organization: stability in the midst of mobility. Academy of Management Review (April): 305-314. (Summary).

Ouchi, W. G. and J. B. Johnson. 1978. Types of organizational control and their relationship to emotional well being. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(2): 293-317. (JSTOR link).

Owen, L. S. 1986. Partners in the workplace. Management Accounting (December): 53-57. (Employee participation in decision making at Faultless Caster Corporation).

Özer, O, Y. Zheng and Y. Chen. 2011. Trust in forecast information sharing. Management Science (June): 1111-1137.

Paine, F. T. 1965. Management perspective: Sensitivity training: The current state of the question. The Academy of Management Journal 8(3): 228-232. (JSTOR link).

Paolillo, J. G. P. and R. W. Estes. 1982. An empirical analysis of career choice factors among accountants, attorneys, engineers, and physicians. The Accounting Review (October): 785-793. (JSTOR link).

Parasuraman, S. and J. A. Alutto. 1981. An examination of the organizational antecedents of stressors at work. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 48-67. (JSTOR link).

Parasuraman, S. and J. A. Alutto. 1984. Sources and outcomes of stress in organizational settings: Toward the development of a structural model. The Academy of Management Journal 27(2): 330-350. (JSTOR link).

Parasuraman, S., J. H. Greenhaus, S. Rabinowitz, A. G. Bedeian and K. W. Mossholder. 1989. Work and family variables as mediators of the relationship between wives' employment and husbands' well-being. The Academy of Management Journal 32(1): 185-201. (JSTOR link).

Parinello, A. and D. Waitley. 1999. Selling To VITO (The Very Important Top Officer). Adams Media Corporation.

Parisi, R. C. 2009. The fine art of whistleblowing. The CPA Journal (November): 6-10.

Park, C. 1958. Thought processes in creative accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 441-444. (JSTOR link).

Park, S. H. and G. R. Ungson. 1997. The effect of national culture, organizational complementarity, and economic motivation on joint venture dissolution. The Academy of Management Journal 40(2): 279-307. (JSTOR link).

Parke, R. and J. L. Peterson. 1981. Indicators of social change: Developments in the United States of America. Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(3): 235-246.

Parker, S. K. and C. M. Axtell. 2001. Seeing another viewpoint: Antecedents and outcomes of employee perspective taking. The Academy of Management Journal 44(6): 1085-1100. (JSTOR link).

Parker, S. K., T. D. Wall and P. R. Jackson. 1997. "That's not my job": Developing flexible employee work orientations. The Academy of Management Journal 40(4): 899-929. (JSTOR link).

Parkington, J. J. and B. Schneider. 1979. Some correlates of experienced job stress: A boundary role study. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 270-281. (JSTOR link).

Parkinson, C. N. 1957. Parkinson's Law and Other Studies in Administration. Houghton Mifflin Company. ("Work expands so as to fill the time available for its completion" p. 2).

Parmerlee, M. A., J. P. Near and T. C. Jensen. 1982. Correlates of whistle-blowers' perceptions of organizational retaliation. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(1): 17-34. (JSTOR link).

Parsons, G. D. and R. T. Pascale. 2007. Crisis at the summit. Harvard Business Review (March): 80-89. (How superstars can derail).

Pasewark, W. R. and R. E. Viator. 2006. Sources of work-family conflict in the accounting profession. Behavioral Research in Accounting (18): 147-165.

Pasmore, W. and F. Friedlander. 1982. An action-research program for increasing employee involvement in problem solving. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(3): 343-362. (JSTOR link).

Pasmore, W. and F. Friedlander. 1982. Errata: An action-research program for increasing employee involvement in problem solving. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(4): 690. (JSTOR link).

Pastor, J., J. R. Meindl and M. C. Mayo. 2002. A network effects model of charisma attributions. The Academy of Management Journal 45(2): 410-420. (JSTOR link).

Patard, A. G. 1955. Sales incentives aligned to company objectives. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 204-210.

Patterson, M., R. Payne and M. West. 1996. Collective climates: A test of their sociopsychological significance. The Academy of Management Journal 39(6): 1675-1691. (JSTOR link).

Pattison, F. S. 1973. Accounting for behavior. Management Accounting (April): 13.

Pauleen, D. and P. Murphy. 2005. In praise of cultural bias. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 21-22.

Paulson, S. K. 1974. Causal analysis of interorganizational relations: An axiomatic theory revised. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(3): 319-337. (JSTOR link).

Payne, R. L. and R. Mansfield. 1973. Relationships of perceptions of organizational climate to organizational structure, context, and hierarchical position. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(4): 515-526. (JSTOR link).

Payne, S. C. and A. H. Huffman. 2005. A longitudinal examination of the influence of mentoring on organizational commitment and turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 48(1): 158-168. (JSTOR link).

Peabody, R. L. 1962. Perceptions of organizational authority: A comparative analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly 6(4): 463-482. (JSTOR link).

Pearce, J. L. 1993. Toward an organizational behavior of contract laborers: Their psychological involvement and effects on employee co-workers. The Academy of Management Journal 36(5): 1082-1096. (JSTOR link).

Pearce, J. L., W. B. Stevenson and J. L. Perry. 1985. Managerial compensation based on organizational performance: A time series analysis of the effects of merit pay. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 261-278. (JSTOR link).

Pearson, D. A, R. E. Seiler and I. R. Weiss. 1982. Why do management accountants feel disliked? Management Accounting (March): 14-19.

Pederson, M. and G. A. Lidgerding. 1995. Pay-for-performance in a service firm. Management Accounting (November): 40-43.

Peecher, M. E. 1996. The influence of auditors' justification processes on their decisions: A cognitive model and experimental evidence. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 125-140. (JSTOR link).

Pei, B. K. W., S. A Reed and B. S Koch. 1992. Auditor belief revisions in a performance auditing setting: An application of the belief-adjustment model. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(2): 169-183.

Pelled, L. H., K. M. Eisenhardt and K. R. Xin. 1999. Exploring the black box: An analysis of work group diversity, conflict, and performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(1): 1-28. (JSTOR link). 

Pelz, D. C. 1956. Some social factors related to performance in a research organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 1(3): 310-325. (JSTOR link).

Pelz, D. C. 1959. Interaction and attitudes between scientists and the auxiliary staff: I. Viewpoint of staff. Administrative Science Quarterly 4(3): 321-336. (JSTOR link).

Pelz, D. C. 1960. Interaction and attitudes between scientists and the auxiliary staff: II. Viewpoint of scientists. Administrative Science Quarterly 4(4): 410-425. (JSTOR link).

Penley, L. E. and B. Hawkins. 1985. Studying interpersonal communication in organizations: A leadership application. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 309-326. (JSTOR link).

Pennings, J. M. 1970. Work-value systems of white-collar workers. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(4): 397-405. (JSTOR link).

Pennington, R. and B. Tuttle. 2009. Managing impressions using distorted graphs of income and earnings per share: The role of memory. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(1): 25-45.

Pennington, R. R., A. S. Kelton and D. D. DeVries. 2006. The effects of qualitative overload on technology acceptance. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 25-36.

Penno, M. 1984. Asymmetry of pre-decision information and managerial accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 177-191. (JSTOR link).

Pentland, A. and T. Heibeck. 2008. Understanding 'honest signals' in business. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 70-75.

Perlow, L. and S. Williams. 2003. Is silence killing your company? Harvard Business Review (May): 52-58. (Dilbert recognizes that a senior executive is making a poor decision. "Shouldn't we tell her?" he ask his boss. "Yes," the boss replies. "Let's end our careers by challenging a decision that won't change. That's a great idea.").

Perlow, L. A. 1998. Boundary control: The social ordering of work and family time in a high-tech corporation. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(2): 328-357. (JSTOR link).

Perlow, L. A. 1999. The time famine: Toward a sociology of work time. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(1): 57-81. (JSTOR link).

Perlow, L. A., G. A. Okhuysen and N. P. Repenning. 2002. The speed trap: Exploring the relationship between decision making and temporal context. The Academy of Management Journal 45(5): 931-955. (JSTOR link).

Perrewé, P. L., K. L. Zellars, G. R. Ferris, A. M. Rossi, C. J. Kacmar, D. A. Ralston and A. M. Rossi. 2004. Neutralizing job stressors: Political skill as an antidote to the dysfunctional consequences of role conflict. The Academy of Management Journal 47(1): 141-152. (JSTOR link).

Perrow, C. 1983. The organizational context of human factors engineering. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(4): 521-541. (JSTOR link).

Peters, J. M. 1990. A cognitive computational model of risk hypothesis generation. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Judgment in Accounting and Auditing): 83-103. (JSTOR link).

Peters, J. M. 1993. Decision making, cognitive science and accounting: An overview of the intersection. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(5): 383-405.

Peterson, M. F. 1985. Attitudinal differences among work shifts: What do they reflect? The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 723-732. (JSTOR link).

Peterson, M. F. and P. B. Smith. 1997. Does national culture or ambient temperature explain cross-national differences in role stress? No sweat! The Academy of Management Journal 40(4): 930-946. (JSTOR link).

Peterson, M. F., P. B. Smith, A. Akande, S. Ayestaran, S. Bochner, V. Callan, N. G. Cho, J. C. Jesuino, M. D'Amorim, P. Francois, K. Hofmann, P. L. Koopman, K. Leung, T. K. Lim, S. Mortazavi, J. Munene, M. Radford, A. Ropo, G. Savage, B. Setiadi, T. N. Sinha, R. Sorenson and C. Viedge. 1995. Role conflict, ambiguity, and overload: A 21-nation study. The Academy of Management Journal 38(2): 429-452. (JSTOR link).

Peterson, R. B. 1972. A cross-cultural perspective of supervisory values: Reply. The Academy of Management Journal 15(3): 369-370. (JSTOR link).

Peterson, R. B. 1972. A cross-cultural perspective of supervisory values. The Academy of Management Journal 15(1): 105-117. (JSTOR link).

Peterson, R. B. 1975. The interaction of technological process and perceived organizational climate in Norwegian firms. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 288-299. (JSTOR link).

Peterson, R. B. and J. S. Garrison. 1971. Culture as an intervening variable in the technology organization structure relationship. The Academy of Management Journal 14(1): 139-142. (JSTOR link).

Petit, T. A. 1967. A behavioral theory of management. The Academy of Management Journal 10(4): 341-350. (JSTOR link).

Pettigrew, A. M. 1979. On studying organizational cultures. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(4): 570-581. (JSTOR link).

Petty, M. M. and N. S. Bruning. 1980. A Comparison of the relationships between subordinates' perceptions of supervisory behavior and measures of subordinates' job satisfaction for male and female leaders. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 717-725. (JSTOR link).

Petty, M. M. and N. S. Bruning. 1980. Relationships between employees' attitudes and error rates in public welfare programs. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 556-561. (JSTOR link).

Pfeffer, J. 1972. Interorganizational influence and managerial attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 15(3): 317-330. (JSTOR link).

Pfeffer, J. 1998. Six dangerous myths about pay. Harvard Business Review (May-June): 109-119. (Summary).

Pfeffer, J. and J. Lawler. 1980. Effects of job alternatives, extrinsic rewards, and behavioral commitment on attitude toward the organization: A field test of the insufficient justification paradigm. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(1): 38-56. (JSTOR link).

Pfeffer, J. and J. Ross. 1982. The effects of marriage and a working wife on occupational and wage attainment. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(1): 66-80. (JSTOR link).

Pfeffer, J., G. R. Salancik and H. Leblebici. 1976. The effect of uncertainty on the use of social influence in organizational decision making. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(2): 227-245. (JSTOR link).

Pfeiffer, T. and L. Velthuis. 2009. Incentive system design based on accrual accounting: A summary analysis. Journal of Management Accounting Research (21): 19-53.

Phillips, A. S. and A. G. Bedeian. 1994. Leader-follower exchange quality: The role of personal and interpersonal attributes. The Academy of Management Journal 37(4): 990-1001. (JSTOR link).

Phillips, D. J. 2002. A genealogical approach to organizational life chances: The parent-progeny transfer among Silicon Valley law firms, 1946-1996. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(3): 474-506. (JSTOR link).

Phillips, D. J. 2005. Organizational genealogies and the persistence of gender inequality: The case of Silicon Valley law firms. Administrative Science Quarterly 50(3): 440-472. (JSTOR link).

Phillips, F. 1998. Accounting students' beliefs about knowledge: Associating performance with underlying belief dimensions. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 113-126.

Phillips, N. and J. L. Brown. 1993. Analyzing communication in and around organizations: A critical hermeneutic approach. The Academy of Management Journal 36(6): 1547-1576. (JSTOR link).

Pickett, K. H. S. 2002. Investigating Financial Crime in the Workplace. John Wiley & Sons.

Pierce, C. A., H. Aguinis and S. K. R. Adams. 2000. Effects of a dissolved workplace romance and rater characteristics on responses to a sexual harassment accusation. The Academy of Management Journal 43(5): 869-880. (JSTOR link).

Pierce, J. L. and R. B. Dunham. 1978. The measurement of perceived job characteristics: The job diagnostic survey versus the job characteristics inventory. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 123-128. (JSTOR link).

Pierce, J. L. and R. B. Dunham. 1992. The 12-hour work day: A 48-hour, eight-day week. The Academy of Management Journal 35(5): 1086-1098. (JSTOR link).

Pierce, J. L., D. G. Gardner, L. L. Cummings and R. B. Dunham. 1989. Organization-based self-esteem: Construct definition, measurement, and validation. The Academy of Management Journal 32(3): 622-648. (JSTOR link).

Pierce, J. L., D. G. Gardner, R. B. Dunham and L. L. Cummings. 1993. Moderation by organization-based self-esteem of role condition-employee response relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 36(2): 271-288. (JSTOR link).

Pierce, J. L., R. B. Dunham and R. S. Blackburn. 1979. Social systems structure, job design, and growth need strength: A test of a congruency model. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 223-240. (JSTOR link).

Pilie, L. H. 1962. Human relations as a modern tonic. The Accounting Review (January): 1-5. (JSTOR link).

Pillutla, M. M. and J. K. Murnighan. 1995. Being fair or appearing fair: Strategic behavior in ultimatum bargaining. The Academy of Management Journal 38(5): 1408-1426. (JSTOR link).

Pinder, C. C. and L. F. Moore. 1979. The resurrection of taxonomy to aid the development of middle range theories of organizational behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(1): 99-118. (JSTOR link).

Pink, D. H. 2009. Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us. Riverhead.

Pinkley, R. L. and G. B. Northcraft. 1994. Conflict frames of reference: Implications for dispute processes and outcomes. The Academy of Management Journal 37(1): 193-205. (JSTOR link).

Pirson, M. and D. Malhotra. 2008. Unconventional insights for managing stakeholder trust. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 43-50.

Pisani, M. J., R. Hayes, A. Kuma and L. Lepisto. 2009. Is six sigma culture bound? A conceptual model and propositions for further inquiry. Total Quality Management 20(10): 1123-1137. 

Pittman, C. R. 1973. Organizational behavior and the management accountant. Management Accounting (July): 25-26.

Piturro, M. 2001. Workplace violence. Strategic Finance (May): 35-38.

Plumlee, R. D. 1985. The standard of objectivity for internal auditors: Memory and bias effects. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 683-699. (JSTOR link).

Podsakoff, P. M., L. J. Williams and W. D. Todor. 1986. Effects of organizational formalization on alienation among professionals and nonprofessionals. The Academy of Management Journal 29(4): 820-831. (JSTOR link).

Podsakoff, P. M., W. D. Todor and R. Skov. 1982. Effects of leader contingent and noncontingent reward and punishment behaviors on subordinate performance and satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 810-821. (JSTOR link).

Poffenberger, A. T. 1928. The unknown quantity in marketing. Harvard Business Review (January): 188-193. (Human behavior).

Polansky, N. et. al. 1949. Problems of interpersonal relations in research groups. Human Relations (2): 281-291.

Pollard, W. E., T. R. Mitchell and L. R. Beach. 1975. An empirical examination of social power in terms of decision theory. Decision Sciences 6(4): 739-751.

Polzer, J. T., L. P. Milton and W. B. Swann, Jr. 2002. Capitalizing on diversity: Interpersonal congruence in small work groups. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(2): 296-324. (JSTOR link).

Pondy, L. R. 1966. A systems theory of organizational conflict. The Academy of Management Journal 9(3): 246-256. (JSTOR link).

Pondy, L. R. 1967. Organizational conflict: Concepts and models. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(2): 296-320. (JSTOR link).

Pondy, L. R. 1969. Varieties of organizational conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(4): 499-505. (JSTOR link).

Pondy, L. R. and J. G. Birnberg. 1969. An experimental study of the allocation of financial resources within small, hierarchical task groups. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 192-201. (JSTOR link).

Ponemon, L. A. and D. R. L. Gabhart. 1990. Auditor independence judgments: A cognitive-developmental model and experimental evidence. Contemporary Accounting Research 7(1): 227-251.

Ponemon, L. A. and R. J. Nagoda II. 1990. Perceptual variation and implementation of accounting information. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 1-14.

Poole, M. S. and A. B. Hollingshead, Editors. 2004. Theories of Small Groups : Interdisciplinary Perspectives. Sage Publications.

Popp, P. O. and J. A. Belohlav. 1982. Absenteeism in a low status work environment. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 677-683. (JSTOR link).

Porac, J. F., G. R. Ferris and D. B. Fedor. 1983. Causal attributions, affect, and expectations for a day's work performance. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 285-296. (JSTOR link).

Porcano, T. M., G. T. Tsakumis and A. P. Curatola. 2011. Tax evasion, national cultural dimensions and other country-structural metrics. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(1): 86-115.

Porter, G. L. 2003. Whistleblowers: A rare breed. Strategic Finance (August): 50-53.

Porter, T. M. 1995. Information cultures: A review essay. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(1): 83-92.

Potter, E. H. III and F. E. Fiedler. 1981. The utilization of staff member intelligence and experience under high and low stress. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 361-376. (JSTOR link).

Powel, R. M. and J. A. Macleod. 1963. Budgets should be people-oriented. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 37-42.

Powell, G. N. and D. A. Butterfield. 1997. Effect of race on promotions to top management in a federal department. The Academy of Management Journal 40(1): 112-128. (JSTOR link).

Powell, G. N. and L. R. Goulet. 1996. Recruiters' and applicants' reactions to campus interviews and employment decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 39(6): 1619-1640. (JSTOR link).

Powell, R. M. and J. L. Schlacter. 1971. Participative management a panacea? The Academy of Management Journal 14(2): 165-173. (JSTOR link).

Prakash, P. and A. Rappaport. 1977. Information inductance and its significance for accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 2(1): 29-38.

Prasad, S. B. 1965. The profile of the managerial mind. The Academy of Management Journal 8(1): 44-47. (JSTOR link).

Pratt, H. J. 1940. Incentive plan for a trading business. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 15): 147-156.

Pratt, J. 1980. The effects of personality on a subject's information processing: A comment. The Accounting Review (July): 501-506. (JSTOR link).

Pratt, J. 1982. Post-cognitive structure: Its determinants and relationship to perceived information use and predictive accuracy. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 189-209. (JSTOR link).

Pratt, J. and J. Jiambalvo. 1981. Relationship between leader behaviors and audit team performance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(2): 133-142.

Pratt, J. and J. Jiambalvo. 1982. Determinants of leader behavior in an audit environment. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(4): 369-379.

Pratt, J. and P. Beaulieu. 1992. Organizational culture in public accounting: Size, technology, rank, and functional area. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(7): 667-684.

Pratt, J., L. C. Mohrweis and P. Beaulieu. 1993. The interaction between national and organizational culture in accounting firms: An extension. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(7-8): 621-628.

Pratt, M. G. 2000. The good, the bad, and the ambivalent: Managing identification among Amway distributors. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(3): 456-493. (JSTOR link).

Pratt, M. G. and A. Rafaeli. 1997. Organizational dress as a symbol of multilayered social identities. The Academy of Management Journal 40(4): 862-898. (JSTOR link).

Pratt, M. G., J. A. Rosa. 2003. Transforming work-family conflict into commitment in network marketing organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 46(4): 395-418. (JSTOR link).

Presthus, R. V. 1958. Toward a theory of organizational behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(1): 48-72. (JSTOR link).

Preston, A. 1986. Interactions and arrangements in the process of informing. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(6): 521-540.

Preston, P. 1991. How to negotiate with tough people. Management Accounting (April): 49-51.

Price, J. L. 1963. The impact of governing boards on organizational effectiveness and morale. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(3): 361-378. (JSTOR link).

Prince, T. R. 1964. The motivational assumption for accounting theory. The Accounting Review (July): 553-562. (JSTOR link).

Pritchard, R., et al. 1988. Designing a goal-setting system to enhance performance: A practical guide. Organizational Dynamics (Summer): 69-78.

Provan, K. G. and S. J. Skinner. 1989. Interorganizational dependence and control as predictors of opportunism in dealer-supplier relations. The Academy of Management Journal 32(1): 202-212. (JSTOR link).

Pruden, H. O. 1969. Interorganizational conflict, linkage, and exchange: A study of industrial salesmen. The Academy of Management Journal 12(3): 339-350. (JSTOR link).

Pruden, H. O. 1973. The upward mobile, indifferent, and ambivalent typology of managers. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 454-464. (JSTOR link).

Pruden, H. O. and B. J. Stark. 1971. Marginality associated with interorganizational linking process, productivity, and satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 14(1): 145-148. (JSTOR link).

Pruden, H. O. and R. M. Reese. 1972. Interorganization role-set relations and the performance and satisfaction of industrial salesmen. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(4): 601-609. (JSTOR link).

Psaros, J. and K. T. Trotman. 2004. The impact of the type of accounting standards on preparers' judgments. Abacus 40(1): 76-93.

Pugh, D. S. and D. J. Hickson. 1972. Causal inference and the Aston studies. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(2): 273-276. (JSTOR link).

Pugh, S. D. 2001. Service with a smile: Emotional contagion in the service encounter. The Academy of Management Journal 44(5): 1018-1027. (JSTOR link).

Pulakos, E. D. and K. N. Wexley. 1983. The relationship among perceptual similarity, sex, and performance ratings in manager-subordinate dyads. The Academy of Management Journal 26(1): 129-139. (JSTOR link).

Quick, J. C. 1979. Dyadic goal setting and role stress: A field study. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 241-252. (JSTOR link).

Quinn, R. E. 1977. Coping with Cupid: The formation, impact, and management of romantic relationships in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(1): 30-45. (JSTOR link).

Raabe, W. A., R. M. Kozub and D. L. Sanders. 1987. Attitude measurement and the perceptions of tax accounting faculty publication outlets. Journal of Accounting Education 5(1): 45-51.

Rabinowitz, S., D. T. Hall and J. G. Goodale. 1977. Job scope and individual differences as predictors of job involvement: Independent or interactive? The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 273-281. (JSTOR link).

Radzevick, J. R. and D. A. Moore. 2011. Competing to be certain (but wrong): Market dynamics and excessive confidence in judgment. Management Science (January): 93-106.

Rafaeli, A. 1989. When cashiers meet customers: An analysis of the role of supermarket cashiers. The Academy of Management Journal 32(2): 245-273. (JSTOR link).

Rafaeli, A. and R. I. Sutton. 1990. Busy stores and demanding customers: How do they affect the display of positive emotion? The Academy of Management Journal 33(3): 623-637. (JSTOR link).

Rafaeli, A. and R. I. Sutton. 1991. Emotional contrast strategies as means of social influence: Lessons from criminal interrogators and bill collectors. The Academy of Management Journal 34(4): 749-775. (JSTOR link).

Ragins, B. R. 2006. Exploring Positive Relationships at Work: Building a Theoretical and Research Foundation. Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Ragins, B. R., J. L. Cotton and J. S. Miller. 2000. Marginal mentoring: The effects of type of mentor, quality of relationship, and program design on work and career attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 43(6): 1177-1194. (JSTOR link).

Rahim, M. A. 1983. A measure of styles of handling interpersonal conflict. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 368-376. (JSTOR link).

Rahman, M. and A. M. McCosh. 1976. The influence of organisational and personal factors on the use of accounting information: An empirical study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(4): 339-355.

Raja, U., G. Johns and F. Ntalianis. 2004. The impact of personality on psychological contracts. The Academy of Management Journal 47(3): 350-367. (JSTOR link).

Ram, M. M. and T. S Ramakrishnan. 1991. A decision-theory model of motivation and its usefulness in the diagnosis of management control systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(2): 167-184.

Ramamoorti, S. 2008. The psychology and sociology of fraud: Integrating the behavioral sciences component into fraud and forensic accounting curricula. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 521-533.

Ramirez, C. 2001. Understanding social closure in its cultural context: Accounting practitioners in France (1920-1939). Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(4-5): 391-418.

Ramsay, A., D. Hanlon and D. Smith. 2000. The association between cognitive style and accounting students' preference for cooperative learning: An empirical investigation. Journal of Accounting Education 18(3): 215-228.

Ramus, C. A. and U. Steger. The roles of supervisory support behaviors and environmental policy in employee "ecoinitiatives" at leading-edge European companies. The Academy of Management Journal 43(4): 605-626. (JSTOR link).

Randall, R. 1973. Influence of environmental support and policy space on organizational behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(2): 236-247. (JSTOR link).

Randall, R. F. 1973. Job enrichment ensures savings at Travelers. Management Accounting (January): 68-69, 72.

Rankin, F. W. and T. L. Savre. 2000. The effects of performance separability and contract type on agent effort. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(7): 683-695.

Rao, H., G. F. Davis and A. Ward. 2000. Embeddedness, social identity and mobility: Why firms leave the NASDAQ and join the New York Stock Exchange. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(2): 268-292. (JSTOR link).

Rappaport, A. 1978. Executive incentives vs. corporate growth. Harvard Business Review (July-August ): 81-88.

Rappaport, R. A. 1999. Ritual and Religion in the Making of Humanity. Cambridge University Press.

Rasch, R. H. and A. Harrell. 1989. The impact of individual differences on MAS personnel satisfaction and turnover intentions. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 13-22.

Rauschenberger, J., N. Schmitt and J. E. Hunter. 1980. A test of the need hierarchy concept by a Markov model of change in need strength. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(4): 654-670. (JSTOR link).

Ravenscroft, S., and S. Haka. 1996. Incentive plans and opportunities for information sharing. Behavioral Research in Accounting (8): 114-133.

Raver, J. L. and M. J. Gelfand. 2005. Beyond the individual victim: Linking sexual harassment, team processes, and team performance. The Academy of Management Journal 48(3): 387-400. (JSTOR link).

Ray, A. W., M. M. Prosch and D. F. Roberts. 2007. Performance and perceptions in an online, distributed environment: Effects of collaborative versus individual activities. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (4): 199-213.

Read, D., S. Frederick, B. Orsel and J. Rahman. 2005. Four score and seven years from now: The date/delay effect in temporal discounting. Management Science (September): 1326-1335. (JSTOR link).

Read, W. H. 1962. Upward communication in industrial hierarchies. Human Relations 15(1): 3-15.

Ready, D. A. and E. Truelove. 2011. The power of collective ambition. Harvard Business Review (December): 94-102.

Ready, D. A., J. A. Conger and L. A. Hill. 2010. Are you a high potential? Harvard Business Review (June): 78-84.

Reagans, R., E. Zuckerman and B. McEvily. 2004. How to make the team: Social networks vs. demography as criteria for designing effective teams. Administrative Science Quarterly 49(1): 101-133. (JSTOR link).

Reardon, K. K. 2007. Courage as a skill. Harvard Business Review (January): 58-64.

Reber, R. A. and J. A. Wallin. 1984. The effects of training, goal setting, and knowledge of results on safe behavior: A component analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 27(3): 544-560. (JSTOR link).

Rechtschaffen, G. S. and J. A. Yardley. 1995. Whistleblowing and the law. Management Accounting (March): 38-41.

Reck, J. L. 2000. Ethics and budget allocation decisions of municipal budget officers. Journal of Business Ethics (27): 335-350.

Reckers-Sauciuc, A. K. and D. J. Lowe. 2010. The influence of dispositional affect on whistle-blowing. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 26(2): 259-269.

Reed, A. II. and L. E. Bolton. 2005. The complexity of identity. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 18-22. (Identity marketing captures the complex process of how a person's view of who they are influences their purchase decisions).

Reed, C. J. 1944. Incentive payment plans - A current resume. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 15): 867-877.

Reed, S. A. and S. H. Kratchman. 1989. A longitudinal and cross-sectional study of students' perceptions of the importance of job attributes. Journal of Accounting Education 7(2): 171-193.

Reeser, C. 1969. Some potential human problems of the project form of organization. The Academy of Management Journal 12(4): 459-467. (JSTOR link).

Reeves, T. K. and B. A. Turner. 1972. A theory of organization and behavior in batch production factories. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(1): 81-98. (JSTOR link).

Rehder, R. R. 1965. Communication and opinion formation in a medical community: The significance of the detail man. The Academy of Management Journal 8(4): 282-291. (JSTOR link).

Reichelstein, S. 2000. Providing managerial incentives: Cash flows versus accrual accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 243-269. (JSTOR link).

Reichheld, F. F. 2001. Loyalty Rules! How Leaders Build Lasting Relationships.  Harvard Business School Press.

Reif, W. E., R. M. Monczka and J. W. Newstrom. 1973. Perceptions of the formal and the informal organizations: Objective measurement through the semantic differential technique. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 389-403. (JSTOR link).

Reimers, J. L. and S. A. Butler. 1992. The effect of outcome knowledge on auditor's judgmental evaluations. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(2): 185-194.

Reinsch, N. L. Jr. and R. W. Beswick. 1990. Voice mail versus conventional channels: A cost minimization analysis of individuals' preferences. The Academy of Management Journal 33(4): 801-816. (JSTOR link).

Reitell, C. 1929. Humanizing cost findings. N.A.C.A Bulletin (April 1).

Reiter, S. A. 1994. Beyond economic man: Lessons for behavioral research in accounting. Behavioral Research in Accounting (6) Supplement: 163-185. (Abstract and Comment). (Summary).

Reitz, H. J. and L. N. Jewell. 1979. Sex, locus of control, and job involvement: A six-country investigation. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 72-80. (JSTOR link).

Renshall, J. M. 1976. Changing perceptions behind the corporate report. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(1): 105-109.

Renwick, P. A. and H. Tosi. 1978. The effects of sex, marital status, and educational background on selection decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 93-103. (JSTOR link).

Reves, W. F. 1946. The human side of auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 82-84. (JSTOR link).

Revsine, L. 1970. Change in budget pressure and its impact on supervisor behavior. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 290-292. (JSTOR link).

Revsine, L. 1971. Discussion of accounting for intercorporate investments: A behavior field experiment. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 66-73. (JSTOR link).

Riahi-Belkaoui, A. 2001. Behavioral Management Accounting. Quorum Books.

Rice, L. E. and T. R. Mitchell. 1973. Structural determinants of individual behavior in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(1): 56-70. (JSTOR link).

Rice, R. E. and C. Aydin. 1991. Attitudes toward new organizational technology: Network proximity as a mechanism for social information processing. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(2): 219-244. (JSTOR link).

Rich, A. J. 1985. The controller who said 'no'. Management Accounting (February): 34-36. (Controller blew the whistle).

Rich, J. S., I Soloman and K. T. Trotman. 1997. The audit review process: A characterization from the persuasion perspective. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(5): 481-505.

Richard, O. C., T. Barnett, S. Dwyer and K. Chadwick. 2004. Cultural diversity in management, firm performance, and the moderating role of entrepreneurial orientation. The Academy of Management Journal 47(2): 255-266. (JSTOR link).

Richardson, A. J. 1989. Corporatism and intraprofessional hegemony: A study of regulation and internal social order. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(5-6): 415-431.

Richardson, G. 2007. The influence of culture on tax systems internationally: A theoretical and empirical analysis. Journal of International Accounting Research 6(1): 57-79.

Richman, B. M. 1965. Significance of cultural variables. The Academy of Management Journal 8(4): 292-308. (JSTOR link).

Ridgway, V. F. 1956. Dysfunctional consequences of performance measurements. Administrative Science Quarterly (September): 240-247. (Summary).

Riggs, A. J. 1977. An experimental study of the effects of participation, authoritarianism and feedback on cognitive dissonance in a standard setting situation: A comment. The Accounting Review (July): 759-761. (JSTOR link).

Rijsman, J. 1969. The Leuven laboratory for experimental social psychology. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 254-259. (JSTOR link).

Riley, P. 1983. A structurationist account of political culture. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 414-437. (JSTOR link).

Riordan, D. A. and D. L. Street. 1999. Type A behavior in the workplace: The good, the bad, and the angry. Strategic Finance (September):  28-32.

Rizzo, J. R., R. J. House and S. I. Lirtzman. 1970. Role conflict and ambiguity in complex organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(2): 150-163. (JSTOR link).

Roberts, J., P. Sanderson, R. Barker and J. Hendry. 2006. In the mirror of the market: The disciplinary effects of company/fund manager meetings. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(3): 277-294.

Roberts, K., R. E. Miles and L. V. Blankenship. 1968. Organizational leadership satisfaction and productivity: A comparative analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 11(4): 401-414. (JSTOR link).

Roberts, K. H. and C. A. O'Reilly III. 1974. Failures in upward communication in organizations: Three possible culprits. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 205-215. (JSTOR link). (Survey).

Roberts, K. H. and C. A. O'Reilly, III. 1979. Some correlations of communication roles in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 42-57. (JSTOR link).

Roberts, L. M. and J. E. Dutton. 2009. Exploring Positive Identities and Organizations: Building a Theoretical and Research Foundation. Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Robey, D. 1972. A cross-cultural perspective of supervisory values: Comment. The Academy of Management Journal 15(3): 367-369. (JSTOR link).

Robey, D. 1979. User attitudes and management information system use. The Academy of Management Journal 22(3): 527-538. (JSTOR link).

Robin, D. R. 1967. An input-output model of employee behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 10(3): 257-268. (JSTOR link).

Robinson, J. P., P. R. Shaver, L. S. Wrightman, and F. M. Andrews. 1991. Measures of Personality and Social Psychological Attitudes. San Diego: Academic Press.

Robinson, S. L. 1996. Trust and breach of the psychological contract. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(4): 574-599. (JSTOR link).

Robinson, S. L. and A. M. O'Leary-Kelly. 1998. Monkey see, monkey do: The influence of work groups on the antisocial behavior of employees. The Academy of Management Journal 41(6): 658-672. (JSTOR link).

Robinson, S. L. and R. J. Bennett. 1995. A typology of deviant workplace behaviors: A multidimensional scaling study. The Academy of Management Journal 38(2): 555-572. (JSTOR link).

Robinson, S. L., M. S. Kraatz and D. M. Rousseau. 1994. Changing obligations and the psychological contract: A longitudinal study. The Academy of Management Journal 37(1): 137-152. (JSTOR link).

Robson, G. S., D. R. Wholey and R. M. Barefield. 1996. Institutional determinants of individual mobility: Bringing the professions back in. The Academy of Management Journal 39(2): 397-420. (JSTOR link).

Roche, E. 2003. Do something - He's about to snap. Harvard Business Review (July): 23-31. (Case study).

Roehm, H. A., D. J. Klein and J. F. Castellano. 1991. Springing to world-class manufacturing. Management Accounting (March): 40-44. (Related to corporate culture).

Rogers, D. L. and J. Molnar. 1976. Organizational antecedents of role conflict and ambiguity in top-level administrators. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(4): 598-610. (JSTOR link).

Román, F. J. 2009. An analysis of changes to a team-based incentive plan and its effects on productivity, product quality, and absenteeism. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(5): 589-618.

Romzek, B. S. 1989. Personal consequences of employee commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 32(3): 649-661. (JSTOR link).

Ronen, J. and J. L. Livingstone. 1975. An expectancy theory approach to the motivational impacts of budgets. The Accounting Review (October): 671-685. (JSTOR link).

Roos, L. L. Jr. 1978. Institutional change, career mobility, and job satisfaction. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(2): 318-330. (JSTOR link).

Roos, L. L. Jr. and R. I. Hall. 1980. Influence diagrams and organizational power. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(1): 57-71. (JSTOR link).

Rose, J. M. 2001. The effects of multimedia-induced affective states on recall and decision-making by individual investors. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 2(1): 22-40.

Rose, J. M., F. D. Roberts and A. M. Rose. 2004. Affective responses to financial data and multimedia: The effects of information load and cognitive load. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 5(1): 5-24.

Rose, R. L. and J. F. Veiga. 1984. Assessing the sustained effects of a stress management intervention on anxiety and locus of control. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 190-198. (JSTOR link).

Rosen, B. and T. H. Jerdee. 1978. Effects of decision permanence on managerial willingness to use participation. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 722-725. (JSTOR link). 

Rosen, B. and T. H. Jerdee. 1979. Influence of employee age, sex, and job status on managerial recommendations for retirement. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 169-173. (JSTOR link).

Rosen, C., J. Case and M. Staubus. 2005. Every employee an owner. [Really.]: It's not uncommon for rank-and-file employees to have equity in their companies. But it takes more than that to make them think and act like owners. Harvard Business Review (June): 122-130.

Rosenbaum, J. E. 1979. Tournament mobility: Career patterns in a corporation. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(2): 220-241. (JSTOR link).

Rosenberg, D., C. Tomkins and P. Day. 1982. A work role perspective of accountants in local government service. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(2): 123-137.

Rosenkopf, L., A. Metiu and V. P. George. 2001. From the bottom up? Technical committee activity and alliance formation. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(4): 748-772. (JSTOR link). 

Ross, A. 1994. Trust as a moderator of the effect of performance evaluation style on job-related tension: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(7): 629-635.

Ross, A. 1995. Job related tension, budget emphasis and uncertainty: A research note. Management Accounting Research (March): 1-11.

Ross, J. and K. R. Ferris. 1981. Interpersonal attraction and organizational outcomes: A field examination. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(4): 617-632. (JSTOR link).

Ross, R. D. 1975. Direct, indirect, and spurious effects: Comments on "Causal analysis of interorganizational relations". Administrative Science Quarterly 20(2): 295-297. (JSTOR link).

Ross, T. L. and E. C. Bomeli. 1971. A comment on accountants' job satisfaction. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 383-388. (JSTOR link).

Rossel, R. D. 1971. Required labor commitment, organizational adaptation, and leadership orientation. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(3): 316-320. (JSTOR link).

Rothbard, N. P. 2001. Enriching or depleting? The dynamics of engagement in work and family roles. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(4): 655-684. (JSTOR link).

Rothman, R. A. and R. Perrucci. 1970. Organizational careers and professional expertise. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(3): 282-293. (JSTOR link).

Rotondi, T. Jr. 1975. Organizational identification and group involvement. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 892-897. (JSTOR link).

Rousseau, D. M. 1978. Characteristics of departments, positions, and individuals: Contexts for attitudes and behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(4): 521-540. (JSTOR link).

Roussell, C. 1974. Relationship of sex of department head to department climate. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(2): 211-220. (JSTOR link).

Rubington, E. 1965. Organizational strains and key roles. Administrative Science Quarterly 9(4): 350-369. (JSTOR link).

Ruchala, L. V. and J. W. Hill. 1994. Reducing accounting students' oral communication apprehension: Empirical evidence. Journal of Accounting Education 12(4): 283-303.

Ruh, R. A., J. K. White and R. R. Wood. 1975. Job involvement, values, personal background, participation in decision making, and job attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 300-312. (JSTOR link).

Ruhl, J. M. and R. S. Sriram. 1996. Initial attributions for failure to meet a goal: The effects of role, empowerment, and outcome seriousness. Advances in Management Accounting (5): 139-168.

Rusbult, C. E., D. Farrell, G. Rogers and A. G. Mainous III. 1988. Impact of exchange variables on exit, voice, loyalty, and neglect: An integrative model of responses to declining job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 31(3): 599-627. (JSTOR link).

Russell, C. J. 1987. Person characteristic versus role congruency explanations for assessment center ratings. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 817-826. (JSTOR link).

Ruths, D. 2003. Improve productivity with contextual collaboration. Strategic Finance (March): 22-26.

Ryder, P. A. 1975. The role of behavioral measures in accounting for human resources: A comment. The Accounting Review (July): 574-578. (JSTOR link).

Saaty, T. L. 1980. The Analytic Hierarchy Process: Planning, Priority Setting, Resource Allocation. New York: McGraw Hill Inc.

Şabac, F. 2008. Dynamic incentives and retirement. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 172-200.

Sackmann, S. A. 1992. Culture and subcultures: An analysis of organizational knowledge. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(1): 140-161. (JSTOR link).

Saemann, G. P. and K. J. Crooker. 1999. Student perceptions of the profession and its effect on decisions to major in accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 17(1): 1-22.

Safizadeh, H. 1991. The case of workgroups in manufacturing operations. California Management Review (Summer): 61-82.

Sagini, M. M. 2001. Organizational Behavior: The Challenges of the New Millennium. University Press of America.

Salancik, G. R. 1979. Field stimulations for organizational behavior research. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(4): 638-649. (JSTOR link).

Salancik, G. R. 1986. An index of subgroup influence in dependency networks. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(2): 194-211. (JSTOR link). 

Salancik, G. R. and J. Pfeffer. 1977. An examination of need-satisfaction models of job attitudes. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(3): 427-456. (JSTOR link).

Salancik, G. R. and J. Pfeffer. 1978. A social information processing approach to job attitudes and task design. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(2): 224-253. (JSTOR link).

Saleh, S. D. and J. Hosek. 1976. Job involvement: Concepts and measurements. The Academy of Management Journal 19(2): 213-224. (JSTOR link).

Saleh, S. D. and V. Pasricha. 1975. Job orientation and work behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 18(3): 638-645. (JSTOR link).

Salemma, A. 1969. [Illustration]: Enigma of joy. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 465. (JSTOR link).

Sales, S. M. 1969. Organizational role as a risk factor in coronary disease. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 325-336. (JSTOR link).

Salman, P. C. 1955. Is your suggestion system making money? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 841-845.

Salter, S. B. and P. A. Lewis. 2011. Shades of Gray: An empirical examination of Gray's model of culture and income measurement practices using 20-F data. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(1): 132-142.

Saltz, N. L. and S D. Foster. 1994. Vive la difference. Management Accounting (May): 29. (Related to global cultures).

San Miguel, J. G. 1976. Human information processing and its relevance to accounting: A laboratory study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(4): 357-373.

Sandberg, J. 2000. Understanding human competence at work: An interpretative approach. The Academy of Management Journal 43(1): 9-25. (JSTOR link).

Sanchez, J. I. and P. Brock. 1996. Outcomes of perceived discrimination among Hispanic employees: Is diversity management a luxury or a necessity? The Academy of Management Journal 39(3): 704-719. (JSTOR link).

Sanchez, J. I., W. P. Korbin and D. M. Viscarra. 1995. Corporate support in the aftermath of a natural disaster: Effects on employee strains. The Academy of Management Journal 38(2): 504-521. (JSTOR link).

Sapp, R. W. and R. E. Seiler. 1980. Accounting for performance: Stressful - But satisfying. Management Accounting (August): 29-31, 34-35.

Sarachek, B. 1968. Elton Mayo's social psychology and human relations. The Academy of Management Journal 11(2): 189-197. (JSTOR link).

Sathe, V. 1978. The relevance of modern organization theory for managerial accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 3(1): 89-92.

Satkunasingam, E. and B. Shanmugam. 2006. The consequences of culture on shareholder activism in Malaysia. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 45-56.

Sauer, J. R. 1980. Psychology and accounting: The odd couple? Management Accounting (August): 14-17.

Saxton, T. 1997. The effects of partner and relationship characteristics on alliance outcomes. The Academy of Management Journal 40(2): 443-461. (JSTOR link).

Sayre, B. M. 1937. After incentives - What? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 559-567.

Sayre, T. L., F. W. Rankin and N. L. Fargher. 1998. The effects of promotion incentives on delegated investment decisions: A note. Journal of Management Accounting Research (10): 313-324.

Scandura, T. A. and R. E. Viator. 1994. Mentoring in public accounting firms: An analysis of mentor-protégé relationships, mentorship functions, and protégé turnover intentions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(8): 717-734.

Scarr, S. 1988. Race and gender as psychological variables: Social and ethical issues. American Psychologist (43): 56-59.

Schall, M. S. 1983. A communication-rules approach to organizational culture. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(4): 557-581. (JSTOR link).

Schatzberg, J. W. and D. E. Stevens. 2008. Public and private forms of opportunism within the organization: A joint examination of budget and effort behavior.Journal of Management Accounting Research (20): 59-81.

Schaubroeck, J. and D. E. Merritt. 1997. Divergent effects of job control on coping with work stressors: The key role of self-efficacy. The Academy of Management Journal 40(3): 738-754. (JSTOR link).

Schaubroeck, J. and S. S. K. Lam. 2002. How similarity to peers and supervisor influences organizational advancement in different cultures. The Academy of Management Journal 45(6): 1120-1136. (JSTOR link).

Schaubroeck, J., D. C. Ganster and B. E. Kemmerer. 1994. Job complexity, "Type A" behavior, and cardiovascular disorder: A prospective study. The Academy of Management Journal 37(2): 426-439. (JSTOR link).

Schein, E. H. 1965. Organizational Psychology. Prentice Hall.

Schein, E. H. 1967. Attitude change during management education. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(4): 601-628. (JSTOR link).

Schein, E. H. 1996. Culture: The missing concept in organization studies. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(2): 229-240. (JSTOR link).

Schein, E. H., W. W. McKelvey, D. R. Peters and J. M. Thomas. 1965. Career orientations and perceptions of rewarded activity in a research organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 9(4): 333-349. (JSTOR link).

Schepanski, A. 1983. Tests of theories of information processing behavior in credit judgment. The Accounting Review (July): 581-599. (JSTOR link).

Schepanski, A. and W. Uecker. 1983. Toward a positive theory of information evaluation. The Accounting Review (April): 259-283. (JSTOR link).

Scherkenbach, W. W. 1985. Performance appraisal and quality: Ford's new philosophy. Quality Progress (April): 40-46.

Schermerhorn, J. R. Jr. 1975. Determinants of interorganizational cooperation. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 846-856. (JSTOR link).

Schermerhorn, J. R. Jr. 1977. Information sharing as an interorganizational activity. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 148-153. (JSTOR link).

Schermerhorn, J. R. Jr. 1976. Openness to interorganizational cooperation: A study of hospital administrators. The Academy of Management Journal 19(2): 225-236. (JSTOR link).

Schewe, C. D. 1976. The management information system user: An exploratory behavioral analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 577-590. (JSTOR link).

Schick, A. G., L. A. Gordon and S. Haka. 1990. Information overload: A temporal approach. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(3): 199-220.

Schiff, M. and A. Y. Lewin. 1970. The impact of people on budgets. The Accounting Review (April): 259-268. (JSTOR link).

Schilit, W. K. and E. A. Locke. 1982. A study of upward influence in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(2): 304-316. (JSTOR link).

Schloemer, P. G. and M. S. Schloemer. 1997. The personality types and preferences of CPA firm professionals: An analysis of changes in the profession. Accounting Horizons (December): 24-39.

Schmidt, R. A. 1962. Departmental budgets and supervisory incentive for cost control. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 53-56.

Schmidt, S. M. and T. A. Kochan. 1972. Conflict: Toward conceptual clarity. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(3): 359-370. (JSTOR link).

Schmitt, D. R. 1984. Interpersonal relations: Cooperation and competition. Journal of The Experimental Analysis of Behavior (November): 377-383.

Schmitt, N. and J. T. McCune. 1981. The relationship between job attitudes and the decision to retire. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 795-802. (JSTOR link).

Schmitt, N., J. K. White, B. W. Coyle and J. Rauschenberger. 1979. Retirement and life satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 282-291. (JSTOR link).

Schmitt, N., R. A. Noe and R. Gottschalk. 1986. Using the Lens model to magnify raters' consistency, matching, and shared bias. The Academy of Management Journal 29(1): 130-139. (JSTOR link).

Schneer, J. A. and F. Reitman. 1990. Effects of employment gaps on the careers of M.B.A.'s: More damaging for men than for women? The Academy of Management Journal 33(2): 391-406. (JSTOR link).

Schneer, J. A. and F. Reitman. 1993. Effects of alternate family structures on managerial career paths. The Academy of Management Journal 36(4): 830-843. (JSTOR link).

Schneider, B. 1976. A note on Johnston's "A new conceptualization of source of organizational climate". Administrative Science Quarterly 21(3): 502-504. (JSTOR link).

Schneider, B. and C. P. Alderfer. 1973. Three studies of measures of need satisfaction in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(4): 489-505. (JSTOR link). 

Schneider, B. and C. P. Alderfer. 1974. Erratum: Three studies of measures of need satisfaction in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(2): 255. (JSTOR link).

Schneider, B., A. E. Reichers and T. M. Mitchell. 1982. A note on some relationships between the aptitude requirements and reward attributes of tasks. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 567-574. (JSTOR link).

Schneider, L. G. and T. I. Selling. 1996. A comparison of compensatory and noncompensatory models of judgment: Effects of task predictability and degrees of freedom. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(1): 3-22.

Schneier, C. E. 1974. Behavior modification in management: A review and critique. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 528-548. (JSTOR link).

Schneier, C. E. and R. W. Beatty. 1978. The influence of role prescriptions on the performance appraisal process. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 129-135. (JSTOR link).

Scholl, R. 1973. Managing the scientific mind. Management Accounting (September): 48-50.

Schonberger, R. J. 2002. Open-book management: Less than meets the eye. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 12-17.

Schreuder, H. 1987. Accounting research, practice, and culture: A European perspective. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 12-22. (Summary).

Schreuder, H. 1987. Organization, information, and people: A participant observation of a MIS-carriage.  Accounting and Management Field Study Perspectives. Edited by W. J. Bruns, Jr. and R. S. Kaplan. Harvard Business School Press: 146-165.

Schubert, G. 1964. The power of organized minorities in a small group. Administrative Science Quarterly 9(2): 133-153. (JSTOR link).

Schuler, R. S. 1976. Participation with supervisor and subordinate authoritarianism: A path-goal theory reconciliation. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(2): 320-325. (JSTOR link).

Schuler, R. S. 1977. Role perceptions, satisfaction and performance moderated by organization level and participation in decision making. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 159-165. (JSTOR link).

Schultz, J. J. Jr. and P. M. J. Reckers. 1981. The impact of group processing on selected audit disclosure decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 482-501. (JSTOR link).

Schulz, A. K., S. B. Salter, J. C. Lopez and P. A. Lewis. 2009. Revaluating face: A note on differences in private information sharing between two communitarian societies. Journal of International Accounting Research 8(1): 57-65.

Schwartz, B. 1986. The Battle for Human Nature: Science, Morality and Modern Life. Norton.

Schwartz, H. and L. W. Gruenfeld. 1975. Review: Psychological assumptions and utopian aspirations: A critique of work in America. Reviewed work(s): Work in America: Report of a Special Task Force to the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(1): 126-130. (JSTOR link).

Schwartz, S. 1994. Cultural dimensions of values: Toward an understanding of national differences. In Individualism and Collectivism: Theory, Method, and Application, edited by U. Kim, H. Triandis, C. Kagitcibasi, S. Choi and G Yoon, 85-119. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Schwartzbaum, A. and L. Gruenfeld. 1969. Factors influencing subject-observer interaction in an organizational study. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 443-450. (JSTOR link).

Scofield, S. B., T. J. Phillips Jr. and C. D. Bailey. 2004. An empirical reanalysis of the selection - socialization hypothesis: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 29(5-6): 543-563.

Scollon, R. and S. W. Scollon. 2000. Intercultural Communication: A Discourse Approach (Language in Society). Blackwell Publishing.

Scott, K. D. and G. S. Taylor. 1985. An examination of conflicting findings on the relationship between job satisfaction and absenteeism: A meta-analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 599-612. (JSTOR link).

Scott, S. G. and R. A. Bruce. 1994. Determinants of innovative behavior: A path model of individual innovation in the workplace. The Academy of Management Journal 37(3): 580-607. (JSTOR link).

Scott, W. E. 1965. The creative individual. The Academy of Management Journal 8(3): 211-219. (JSTOR link).

Scott, W. E. Jr. 1975. The development of knowledge in organizational behavior and human performance. Decision Sciences 6(1): 142-165.

Scott, W. G. and D. K. Hart. 1971. The moral nature of man in organizations: A comparative analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 14(2): 241-255. (JSTOR link). 

Scott, W. G. and D. K. Hart. 1971. The moral nature of man in organizations: A comparative analysis: Reply. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 538. (JSTOR link).

Scott, W. R. 1965. Reactions to supervision in a heteronomous professional organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(1): 65-81. (JSTOR link).

Scott, W. R. 1996. The mandate is still being honored: In defense of Weber's disciples. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(1): 163-171. (JSTOR link).

Seabright, M. A., D. A. Levinthal and M. Fichman. 1992. Role of individual attachments in the dissolution of interorganizational relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 35(1): 122-160. (JSTOR link).

Sebenius, J. K. 2002. The hidden challenge of cross-border negotiations. Harvard Business Review (March): 76-85. (Negotiators need to understand how national culture influences business decisions. Some basic areas of cross-cultural etiquette and behavior include: Greetings, degree of formality, gift giving, touching, eye contact, deportment, emotions, silence, eating, body language, and punctuality. Hofstede's cultural dimensions are also important: Distribution of power, tolerance for uncertainty, individualism vs. collectivism, and harmony versus assertiveness).

Seers, A., G. W. McGee, T. T. Serey and G. B. Graen. 1983. The interaction of job stress and social support: A strong inference investigation. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 273-284. (JSTOR link).

Segre, E. J. and N. W. Polsby. 1961. Dilemmas of air traffic control operators. Administrative Science Quarterly 5(4): 602-606. (JSTOR link).

Seibert, S. E., M. L. Kraimer and R. C. Liden. 2001. A social capital theory of career success. The Academy of Management Journal 44(2): 219-237. (JSTOR link).

Seidel, M. L., J. T. Polzer and K. J. Stewart. 2000. Friends in high places: The effects of social networks on discrimination in salary negotiations. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(1): 1-24. (JSTOR link).

Seiders, K. and L. L. Berry. 2007. Should business care about obesity? MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 15-17.

Seijts, G. H., G. P. Latham, K. Tasa and B. W. Latham. 2004. Goal setting and goal orientation: An integration of two different yet related literatures. The Academy of Management Journal 47(2): 227-239. (JSTOR link).

Seiler, R. E. and R. W. Bartlett. 1982. Personality variables as predictors of budget system characteristics. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(4): 381-403.

Seiler, R. E. and R. W. Sapp. 1979. Just how satisfied are accountants with their jobs? Management Accounting (March): 18-21.

Sekaran, U. 1981. Are U.S. organizational concepts and measures transferable to another culture? An empirical investigation. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 409-417. (JSTOR link).

Seltzer, J. and R. E. Numerof. 1988. Supervisory leadership and subordinate burnout. The Academy of Management Journal 31(2): 439-446. (JSTOR link).

Senatra, P. T. 1980. Role conflict, role ambiguity, and organizational climate in a public accounting firm. The Accounting Review (October): 594-603. (JSTOR link).

Senger, J. 1970. The religious manager. The Academy of Management Journal 13(2): 179-186. (JSTOR link).

Senger, J. 1971. Managers' perceptions of subordinates' competence as a function of personal value orientations. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 415-423. (JSTOR link).

Sengupta, K., T. K. Abdel-Hamid, V. Wassenhove and N. Luk. 2008. The experience trap. Harvard Business Review (February): 94-101.

Seward, H. F. 1915. Special applications of the piece work system. Journal of Accountancy (August): 122-128.

Sewell, G. 1998. The discipline of teams: The control of team-based industrial work through electronic and peer surveillance. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(2): 397-428. (JSTOR link).

Sgro, J. A., P. Worchel, E. C. Pence and J. A. Orban. 1980. Perceived leader behavior as a function of the leader's interpersonal trust orientation. The Academy of Management Journal 23(1): 161-165. (JSTOR link).

Shah, P. P. 1998. Who are employees' social referents? Using a network perspective to determine referent others. The Academy of Management Journal 41(3): 249-268. (JSTOR link).

Shalley, C. E. and G. R. Oldham. 1985. Effects of goal difficulty and expected external evaluation on intrinsic motivation: A laboratory study. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 628-640. (JSTOR link).

Shalley, C. E., G. R. Oldham and J. F. Porac. 1987. Effects of goal difficulty, goal-setting method, and expected external evaluation on intrinsic motivation. The Academy of Management Journal 30(3): 553-563. (JSTOR link).

Shalley, E. 1995. Effects of coaction, expected evaluation, and goal setting on creativity and productivity. The Academy of Management Journal 38(2): 483-503. (JSTOR link).

Shapiro, B. and D. Matson. 2008. Strategies of resistance to internal control regulation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(2-3): 199-228.

Shapiro, D. L. 1991. The effects of explanations on negative reactions to deceit. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(4): 614-630. (JSTOR link).

Shaub, M. K., F. Collins, O. Holzmann and S. H. Lowensohn. 2005. Self-interest vs. concern for others. Strategic Finance (March): 40-45. (Survey of IMA members related to ethics).

Shaw, G. W. 1956. Incentive standards for material handling. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 56-62.

Shawver, T. 2008. What accounting students think about whistleblowing. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 33-41. 

Shawver, T. 2011. The effects of moral intensity on whistleblowing behaviors of accounting professionals. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(2): 162-190.

Shawver, T. and L. H. Clements. 2012. How do emotions affect ethical evaluations for accountants? Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 4(1): 20-38.

Sheldon, M. E. 1971. Investments and involvements as mechanisms producing commitment to the organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(2): 143-150. (JSTOR link).

Shenson, H. L. 1969. Comment: "The impact on managers of frequency of feedback" - By Doris M. Cook. The Academy of Management Journal 12(1): 119-121. (JSTOR link).

Shenson, H. L. 1970. Comments: "The impact on managers of frequency of feedback". The Academy of Management Journal 13(1): 105-107. (JSTOR link).

Shepard, J. M. 1971. On Alex Carey's radical criticism of the Hawthorne studies. The Academy of Management Journal 14(1): 23-32. (JSTOR link).

Shepherd, C. and P. Brown. 1956. Status, prestige, and esteem in a research organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 1(3): 340-360. (JSTOR link).

Sheridan, J. E. 1985. A catastrophe model of employee withdrawal leading to low job performance, high absenteeism, and job turnover during the first year of employment. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 88-109. (JSTOR link).

Sheridan, J. E. 1992. Organizational culture and employee retention. The Academy of Management Journal 35(5): 1036-1056. (JSTOR link).

Sheridan, J. E. and M. A. Abelson. 1983. Cusp catastrophe model of employee turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 418-436. (JSTOR link).

Sheridan, J. E., J. W. Slocum Jr. and M. D. Richards. 1974. Expectancy theory as a lead indicator of job behavior. Decision Sciences 5(3): 507-522.

Sherman, J. D. and H. L. Smith. 1984. The influence of organizational structure on intrinsic versus extrinsic motivation. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 877-885. (JSTOR link).

Sherrard, W. R. and R. D. Steade. 1966. Power comparability - Its contribution to a theory of firm behavior. Management Science (December): B186-B193. (JSTOR link).

Sheth, J. N. 1967. A review of buyer behavior. Management Science (August): B718-B756. (JSTOR link).

Shields, J. F. and L. F. White. 2004. The measurement gap in paying for performance: Actual and preferred measures. Advances in Management Accounting (12): 59-83. 

Shields, M. 1988. An analysis of experimental accounting research on managerial decision making. In Behavioral Accounting Research, edited by K. Ferris: 229-246. Columbus, OH: Century VII Publishing Company.

Shields, M. D. 1980. Some effects on information load on search patterns used to analyze performance reports. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(4): 429-442.

Shields, M. D. 2009. “What a long, interesting trip it's been” through the behavioral accounting literature: A personal perspective. Behavioral Research In Accounting 21(2): 113-116.

Shields, M. D., and S. M. Young. 1989. A behavioral model for implementing cost management systems. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 17-27. (Summary).

Shields, M. D. and W. S. Waller. 1988. A behavioral study of accounting variables in performance - incentive contracts. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(6): 581-594.

Shields, M. D., C. W. Chow and O. R. Whittington. 1989. The effects of state risk and controllability filters on compensation contract and effort choice. Abacus 25(1): 39-55.

Shields, M. D., F. J. Deng and Y. Kato. 2000. The design and effects of control systems: Tests of direct- and indirect-effects. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(2): 185-202.

Shirley, R. C. 1973. Analysis of employee and physician attitudes toward hospital merger. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 465-480. (JSTOR link).

Shirom, A. 1976. On some correlates of combat performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(3): 419-432. (JSTOR link).

Shook, J. 2010. How to change a culture: Lessons from NUMMI. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 63-68.

Shore, L. M. and G. C. Thornton III. 1986. Effects of gender on self- and supervisory ratings. The Academy of Management Journal 29(1): 115-129. (JSTOR link).

Shore, L. M., K. Barksdale and T. H. Shore. 1995. Managerial perceptions of employee commitment to the organization. The Academy of Management Journal 38(6): 1593-1615. (JSTOR link).

Shubik, M. 1962. Incentives, decentralized control, the assignment of joint costs, and internal pricing. Management Science (April): 325-343.

Siegel, G. 2000. Measuring intangibles and improving performance with behavioral accounting. Journal of Cost Management (July/August): 5-12.

Silverman, D. A. 2000. The Neuro-Genetic Roots of Organizational Behavior. Rowman & Littlefield.

Simmons, A. 2002. Turf wars at work. Strategic Finance (August): 51-55. (Problems with relationships between responsibility centers, and how to deal with them).

Simnett, R. 1996. The effect of information selection, information processing and task complexity on predictive accuracy of auditors. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(7-8): 699-719.

Simonds, R. H. and J. N. Orife. 1975. Worker behavior versus enrichment theory. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(4): 606-612. (JSTOR link).

Simons, K., M. Higgins and D. Lowe. 1995. A profile of communication apprehension in accounting majors: Implications for teaching and curriculum revision. Journal of Accounting Education 13(2): 159-176.

Simons, T. 1993. Speech patterns and the concept of utility in cognitive maps: The case of integrative bargaining. The Academy of Management Journal 36(1): 139-156. (JSTOR link).

Simpson, R. L. 1959. Vertical and horizontal communication in formal organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 4(2): 188-196. (JSTOR link).

Sims, H. P. Jr., A. D. Szilagyi and D. R. McKemey. 1976. Antecedents of work related expectancies. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 547-559. (JSTOR link).

Simsek, Z., J. F. Veiga, M. H. Lubatkin and R. N. Dino. 2005. Modeling the multilevel determinants of top management team behavioral integration. The Academy of Management Journal 48(1): 69-84. (JSTOR link).

Singh, J. V. 1986. Performance, slack, and risk taking in organizational decision making. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 562-585. (JSTOR link).

Sisaye, S. 1998. A power-control-exchange framework of accounting: Applications to divisionalized business organizations. Advances in Management Accounting (6):

Sitkin, S. B. and L. R. Weingart. 1995. Determinants of risky decision-making behavior: A test of the mediating role of risk perceptions and propensity. The Academy of Management Journal 38(6): 1573-1592. (JSTOR link).

Skarlicki, D. P., R. Folger and P. Tesluk. 1999. Personality as a moderator in the relationship between fairness and retaliation. The Academy of Management Journal 42(1): 100-108. (JSTOR link).

Skinner, B. F. 1948. Walden Two. New York: MacMillan.

Skinner, B. F. 1953. Science and Human Behavior. New York: MacMillan.

Skinner, B. F. 1954. The science of learning and the art of teaching. Harvard Education Review (24): 86-97.

Skinner, B. F. 1969. Contingencies of Reinforcement: A Theoretical Analysis. Meredity Corp. (Operant conditioning theory).

Skinner, S. J., J. H. Donnelly, Jr. and J. M. Ivancevich. 1987. Effects of transactional form on environmental linkages and power-dependence relations. The Academy of Management Journal 30(3): 577-588. (JSTOR link).

Sloan, S. B. 1981. How Milliken measures training program effectiveness. Management Accounting (July): 37-41.

Slocum, J. W. Jr., W. L. Cron, R. W. Hansen and S. Rawlings. 1985. Business strategy and the management of plateaued employees. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 133-154. (JSTOR link).

Smiddy, H. F. 1972. Review: The age of systems: The human dilemma. Reviewed work: The Age of Systems: The Human Dilemma by W. Exton, Jr. The Academy of Management Journal 15(4): 525-529. (JSTOR link).

Smidts, A., A. T. H. Pruyn and C. B. M. van Riel. 2001. The impact of employee communication and perceived external prestige on organizational identification. The Academy of Management Journal 44(5): 1051-1062. (JSTOR link).

Smircich, L. 1983. Concepts of culture and organizational analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 339-358. (JSTOR link).

Smircich, L. and R. J. Chesser. 1981. Superiors' and subordinates' perceptions of performance: Beyond disagreement. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 198-205. (JSTOR link).

Smith, C. B. 1979. Influence of internal opportunity structure and sex of worker on turnover patterns. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(3): 362-381. (JSTOR link).

Smith, C. G. 1966. A comparative analysis of some conditions and consequences of intra-organizational conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(4): 504-529. (JSTOR link).

Smith, F., K. H. Roberts and C. L. Hulin. 1976. Ten year job satisfaction trends in a stable organization. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 462-469. (JSTOR link). 

Smith, F. J., K. D. Scott and C. L. Hulin. 1977. Trends in job-related attitudes of managerial and professional employees. The Academy of Management Journal 20(3): 454-460. (JSTOR link).

Smith, K. G., S. J. Carroll and S. J. Ashford. 1995. Intra- and interorganizational cooperation: Toward a research agenda. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 7-23. (JSTOR link).

Smith, K. J., J. A. Davy, D. L. Rosenberg and G. T. Haight. 2002. A structural modeling investigation of the influence of demographic and attitudinal factors and in-class deterrents on cheating behavior among accounting majors. Journal of Accounting Education 20(1): 45-65.

Smith, K. K. 1989. The movement of conflict in organizations: The joint dynamics of splitting and triangulation. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(1): 1-20. (JSTOR link).

Smith, P. A. 2001. Understanding self-regulated learning and its implications for accounting educators and researchers. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 663-700.

Smith, P. B., D. Moscow, M. Berger and C. Cooper. 1969. Relationships between managers and their work associates. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 338-345. (JSTOR link).

Smith, R. L. 1935. Wage incentive methods, and job evaluation. N.A.C.A Bulletin (August 15): 1327-1336.

Smith, W. H. 1933. Measuring incentives for clerical service. N.A.C.A Bulletin (April 1): 1128-1146.

Smythe, M. and L. A. Nikolai. 1996. Communication concerns across different accounting constituencies. Journal of Accounting Education 14(4): 435-451.

Smythe, M. and L. A. Nikolai. 2002. A thematic analysis of oral communication concerns with implications for curriculum design. Journal of Accounting Education 20(3): 163-181.

Snowball, D. 1980. Some effects of accounting expertise and information load: An empirical study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(3): 323-338.

Snowball, D. 1986. Accounting laboratory experiments on human judgment: Some characteristics and influences. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(1): 47-69.

Sorenson, O. and D. M. Waguespack. 2006. Social structure and exchange: Self-confirming dynamics in Hollywood. Administrative Science Quarterly 51(4): 560-589. (JSTOR link).

Sparrowe, R. T., R. C. Liden, S. J. Wayne and M. L. Kraimer. 2001. Social networks and the performance of individuals and groups. The Academy of Management Journal 44(2): 316-325. (JSTOR link).

Spector, P. E., C. L. Cooper, J. I. Sanchez, M. O'Driscoll, K. Sparks, P. Bernin, A. Büssing, P. Dewe, P. Hart, L. Lu, K. Miller, L. R. de Moraes, G. M. Ostrognay, M. Pagon, H. D. Pitariu, S. A. Y. Poelmans, P. Radhakrishnan, V. Russinova, V. Salamatov, J. F. Salgado, S. Shima, O. Siu, J. B. Stora, M. Teichmann, T. Theorell, P. Vlerick, M. Westman, M. Widerszal-Bazyl, P. T. P. Wong and S. Yu. 2002. Locus of control and well-being at work: How generalizable are western findings? The Academy of Management Journal 45(2): 453-466. (JSTOR link).

Speelman, C. and K. Kirsner. 2005. Beyond the Learning Curve: The Construction of Mind. Oxford University Press.

Spell, C. S. and T. C. Blum. 2005. Adoption of workplace substance abuse prevention programs: Strategic choice and institutional perspectives. The Academy of Management Journal 48(6): 1125-1142. (JSTOR link).

Spencer, D. G. 1986. Employee voice and employee retention. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 488-502. (JSTOR link).

Spera, S. P., E. D. Buhrfeind and J. W. Pennebaker. 1994. Expressive writing and coping with job loss. The Academy of Management Journal 37(3): 722-733. (JSTOR link).

Spreitzer, G. M. 1995. Psychological empowerment in the workplace: Dimensions, measurement, and validation. The Academy of Management Journal 38(5): 1442-1465. (JSTOR link).

Soeters, J. and H. Schreuder. 1988. The interaction between national and organizational cultures in accounting firms. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(1): 75-85.

Sondergaard, M. 1994. Research note: Hofstede's Consequences: A study of reviews, citations and replications. Organization Studies (15): 447-456.

Sonnenfeld, J. 1981. Executive apologies for price fixing: Role biased perceptions of causality. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 192-198. (JSTOR link).

Sørensen, J. B. 2002. The strength of corporate culture and the reliability of firm performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(1): 70-91. (JSTOR link).

Sorensen, J. E. and D. D. Franks. 1972. The relative contribution of ability, self-esteem and evaluative feedback to performance: Implications for accounting systems. The Accounting Review (October): 735-746. (JSTOR link).

Sorensen, J. E. and T. L. Sorensen. 1974. The conflict of professionals in bureaucratic organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(1): 98-106. (JSTOR link).

Sorter, G. H., S. W. Becker, T. R. Archibald and W. Beaver. 1964. Corporate personality as reflected in accounting decisions: Some preliminary findings. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 183-196. (JSTOR link).

Sosa, M. E., S. D. Eppinger and C. M. Rowles. 2007. Are your engineers talking to one another when they should? Harvard Business Review (November): 133-136, 138, 140-142.

Southwick, L. Jr. and Stanley Zionts. 1970. Managing incentives in a poverty reduction program. Decision Sciences 1(3-4): 371-396.

Sparrowe, R. T. and R. C. Liden. 2005. Two routes to influence: Integrating leader-member exchange and social network perspectives. Administrative Science Quarterly 50(4): 505-535. (JSTOR link).

Spekman, R. E. 1979. Influence and information: An exploratory investigation of the boundary role person's basis of power. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 104-117. (JSTOR link).

Spencer, D. G. and R. M. Steers. 1980. The influence of personal factors and perceived work experiences on employee turnover and absenteeism. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 567-572. (JSTOR link).

Spraakman, G. P. 2002. A critique of Milgrom and Roberts' treatment of incentives vs. bureaucratic controls in the British North American fur trade. Journal of Management Accounting Research (14): 135-151.

Spreitzer, G. M. 1996. Social structural characteristics of psychological empowerment. The Academy of Management Journal 39(2): 483-504. (JSTOR link).

Sprinkle, G. B. 2000. The effect of incentive contracts on learning and performance. The Accounting Review (July): 299-326. (JSTOR link).

Srivastava, R. P. and C. Li. 2008. Risk and reliability formulas for systems security under Dempster-Shafer theory of belief functions. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (5): 189-219.

Stajkovic, A. D. and F. Luthans. 1997. A meta-analysis of the effects of organizational behavior modification on task performance, 1975-95. The Academy of Management Journal 40(5): 1122-1149. (JSTOR link).

Stajkovic, A. D. and F. Luthans. 2001. Differential effects of incentive motivators on work performance. The Academy of Management Journal 44(3): 580-590. (JSTOR link).

Stake, J. E. 1983. Factors in reward distribution: Allocation motive, gender and protestant work ethic endorsement. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology (February): 410-418.

Stanga, K. G. and R. R. Ladd. 1990. Oral communication apprehension in beginning accounting majors: An exploratory study. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 180-194. (The authors administered the personal report of communication apprehension (See PRCA) to 845 students enrolled in 18 sections of introductory accounting. The paper includes a discussion of the results and three techniques for reducing communication apprehension: 1) Systematic desensitization, 2) Cognitive restructuring, and (3 Assertiveness training. Systematic desensitization involves learning "how to reach a state of deep muscle relaxation in the presence of a progressive hierarchy of anxiety producing stimuli". Cognitive restructuring "makes people more aware of their negative self-thoughts and teaches them to think more positively about themselves". Assertiveness training involves improving a persons ability to communicate the full range of their thoughts and emotions with confidence and skill. A Google search of the term "communication apprehension" generates an enormous number of web related materials on this topic).

Starch, D.1922. The use and limitations of psychological tests. Harvard Business Review (October): 71-80.

Staw, B. M. and E. Szwajkowski. 1975. The scarcity-munificence component of organizational environments and the commission of illegal acts. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(3): 345-354. (JSTOR link).

Staw, B. M., L. E. Sandelands and J. E. Dutton. 1981. Threat rigidity effects in organizational behavior: A multilevel analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(4): 501-524. (JSTOR link).

Staw, B. M., N. E. Bell and J. A. Clausen. 1986. The dispositional approach to job attitudes: A lifetime longitudinal test. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(1): 56-77. (JSTOR link).

Stead, B. A. 1972. Berlo's communication process model as applied to the behavioral theories of Maslow, Herzberg, and McGregor. The Academy of Management Journal 15(3): 389-394. (JSTOR link).

Steel, R. P. and J. R. Rentsch. 1995. Influence of cumulation strategies on the long-range prediction of absenteeism. The Academy of Management Journal 38(6): 1616-1634. (JSTOR link).

Steel, R. P., G. S. Shane and R. W. Griffeth. 1990. Correcting turnover statistics for comparative analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 33(1): 179-187. (JSTOR link).

Steensma, H. K. and K. G. Corley. 2000. On the performance of technology-sourcing partnerships: The interaction between partner interdependence and technology attributes. The Academy of Management Journal 43(6): 1045-1067. (JSTOR link).

Steensma, H. K., L. Marino, K. M. Weaver and P. H. Dickson. 2000. The influence of national culture on the formation of technology alliances by entrepreneurial firms. The Academy of Management Journal 43(5): 951-973. (JSTOR link).

Steers, R. M. 1976. Factors affecting job attitudes in a goal-setting environment. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 6-16. (JSTOR link).

Steers, R. M. 1977. Antecedents and outcomes of organizational commitment. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(1): 46-56. (JSTOR link).

Steffy, B. D. and J. W. Jones. 1988. Workplace stress and indicators of coronary-disease risk. The Academy of Management Journal 31(3): 686-698. (JSTOR link).

Stegemerten, G. J. 1930. The basis for wage incentives plans. N.A.C.A Bulletin (April 1): 989-1004.

Stenzel, C. and J. Stenzel. 2002. Employee access to cost and financial information: An interview with Jonathan Schiff. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 5-11.

Stern, R. N. and S. R. Barley. 1996. Organizations and social systems: Organization theory's neglected mandate. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(1): 146-162. (JSTOR link).

Stevens, C. K. 1997. Effects of preinterview beliefs on applicants' reactions to campus interviews. The Academy of Management Journal 40(4): 947-966. (JSTOR link).

Stevens, J. M., J. M. Beyer and H. M. Trice. 1978. Assessing personal, role, and organizational predictors of managerial commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 380-396. (JSTOR link).

Stevens, T. 1994. Dr. Deming: Management today does not know what its job is. Industry Week (January 17): 21, 24, 26, 28. (Summary).

Stevenson, L. F. 1999. The Study of Human Nature: A Reader. Oxford University Press.

Stevenson, W. B. and D. Greenberg. 2000. Agency and social networks: Strategies of action in a social structure of position, opposition, and opportunity. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(4): 651-678. (JSTOR link).

Stevenson, W. B. and M. C. Gilly. 1991. Information processing and problem solving: The migration of problems through formal positions and networks of ties. The Academy of Management Journal 34(4): 918-928. (JSTOR link).

Stewart, R. G. 1979. Reliability or validity?: A comment on "Characteristics of departments, positions, and individuals: Contexts for attitudes and behavior" by Denise M. Rousseau. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(2): 312-313. (JSTOR link).

Stewart, T. A. and L. O'Brien. 2005. Execution without excuses. Harvard Business Review (March): 102-111. (Dell's sustained competitive advantage is due to more than its famous business model. Consistent execution requires real-time P&L management, and emphasis on ingenuity rather than on investment, and a culture of accountability.").

Stewart, T. A. and L. O'Brien. 2005. Transforming an industrial giant: Changing the culture of a corporate icon like Siemens is the challenge of a lifetime - especially because a German CEO must persuade rather than command. Harvard Business Review (February): 114-122. (Interview with Siemens CEO Heinrich van Pierer).

Stober, T. L. 1988. Discussion of incentives for accruing costs and efficiency in regulated monopolies subject to ROE constraint. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Management's Ability and Incentives to Affect the Timing and Magnitude of Accounting Accruals): 175-181. (JSTOR link).

Stock, D. and C. J. Watson. 1984. Human judgment accuracy, multidimensional graphics, and humans versus models. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 192-206. (JSTOR link).

Stocks, M. H. and A. Harrell. 1995. The impact of an increase in accounting information level on the judgment quality of individuals and groups. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(7-8): 685-700.

Stoess, A. W. 1973. Conformity behavior of managers and their wives. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 433-441. (JSTOR link).

Stone, D. N., B. Wier and S. M. Bryant. 2008. Reducing materialism through financial literacy. The CPA Journal (February): 12-14.

Stone, E. F. and H. G. Gueutal. 1985. An empirical derivation of the dimensions along which characteristics of jobs are perceived. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 376-396. (JSTOR link).

Stone, P. F. 1989. GASP: Generally accepted speaking principles. Management Accounting (September): 34-36.

Storey, R. K. 1971. Discussion of accounting for intercorporate investments: A behavior field experiment. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 74-78. (JSTOR link).

Stoughton, W. V. 1978. Bringing up management accountants. Management Accounting (June): 55-59.

Stout, D. E. and T. L. Ruble. 1991. A reexamination of accounting student learning styles. Journal of Accounting Education 9(2): 341-354.

Stout, D. E. and T. L. Ruble. 1994. A reassessment of the role of the Learning Style Inventory (LSI-1985) in accounting education research. Journal of Accounting Education 12(2): 89-104.

Strawser, R. H., J. P. Kelly and R. T. Hise. 1982. What causes stress for management accountants? Management Accounting (March): 32-35.

Streck, H. W. 1932. Fatigue as a factor in costs. N.A.C.A Bulletin (August 15): 1616-1625.

Strenger, C. and A. Ruttenberg. 2008. The existential necessity of midlife change. Harvard Business Review (February): 82-90.

Strickland, K. G. 2000. "I think you've got it!" Strategic Finance (January): 44-48. (Communication skills).

Stromberg, D. and B. H. Kleiner. 1989. Implementing a participative cost management program. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 17-21.

Stuart, T. E. 1998. Network positions and propensities to collaborate: An investigation of strategic alliance formation in a high-technology industry. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(3): 668-698. (JSTOR link).

Stumpf, S. A. and M. London. 1981. Capturing rater policies in evaluating candidates for promotion. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 752-766. (JSTOR link).

Stumpf, S. A. and K. Hartman. 1984. Individual exploration to organizational commitment or withdrawal. The Academy of Management Journal 27(2): 308-329. (JSTOR link).

Stumpf, S. A. and P. K. Dawley. 1981. Predicting voluntary and involuntary turnover using absenteeism and performance indices. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 148-163. (JSTOR link).

Stumpf, S. A., R. D. Freedman and D. E. Zand. 1979. Judgmental decisions: A study of interactions among group membership, group functioning, and the decision situation. The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 765-782. (JSTOR link).

Suddaby, R., D. J. Cooper and R. Greenwood. 2007. Transnational regulation of professional services: Governance dynamics of field level organizational change.  Accounting, Organizations and Society 32(4-5): 333-362.

Sullivan, A. A. 1949. Cost reduction through a controlled employee suggestion plan. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 791-796.

Sullivan, J., R. B. Peterson, N. Kameda and J. Shimada. 1981. The relationship between conflict resolution approaches and trust - A cross cultural study. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 803-815. (JSTOR link).

Summers, S. L. 2000. Discussion of perceived semantic expressiveness of accounting systems and task accuracy effects. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 1(2): 88-90.

Sunder, S. 2002. Management control, expectations, common knowledge, and culture. Journal of Management Accounting Research (14): 173-187. (Summary).

Sundstrom, E., R. E. Burt and D. Kamp. 1980. Privacy at work: Architectural correlates of job satisfaction and job performance. The Academy of Management Journal 23(1): 101-117. (JSTOR link).

Susman, G. I. 1970. The concept of status congruence as a basis to predict task allocations in autonomous work groups. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(2): 164-175. (JSTOR link).

Sutton, R. I. 1991. Maintaining norms about expressed emotions: The case of bill collectors. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(2): 245-268. (JSTOR link).

Sutton, R. I. and A. L. Callahan. 1987. The stigma of bankruptcy: Spoiled organizational image and its management. The Academy of Management Journal 30(3): 405-436. (JSTOR link).

Sutton, R. I. and A. Rafaeli. 1987. Characteristics of work stations as potential occupational stressors. The Academy of Management Journal 30(2): 260-276. (JSTOR link).

Sutton, R. I. and A. Rafaeli. 1988. Untangling the relationship between displayed emotions and organizational sales: The case of convenience stores. The Academy of Management Journal 31(3): 461-487. (JSTOR link).

Swart, J. C. and R. A. Baldwin. 1971. EDP effects on clerical workers. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 497-512. (JSTOR link).

Swart, J. C. and R. A. Baldwin. 1972. EDP, clerical employees, and work satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 15(2): 240. (JSTOR link).

Swartz, R. P. 1948. Cooperation of line and staff in the development and use of costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 15): 1149-1155.

Sweeney, J. T. and R. W. Roberts. 1997. Cognitive moral development and auditor independence. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(3-4): 337-352.

Sweeney, P. D., D. B. McFarlin and E. J. Inderrieden. 1990. Using relative deprivation theory to explain satisfaction with income and pay level: A multistudy examination. The Academy of Management Journal 33(2): 423-436. (JSTOR link).

Swieringa, R., M. Gibbins, L. Larsson and J. L. Sweeney. 1976. Experiments in the heuristics of human information processing. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Human Information Processing in Accounting): 159-187. (JSTOR link).

Swieringa, R. J. 1975. A behavioral approach to participative budgeting. Management Accounting (February): 35-39.

Swieringa. R. J. 1987. Discussion comments. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 73-75.  (Swieringa's discussion follows papers by Hopwood and March and discussions by Ashton and Biddle). (Summary).

Swieringa, R. J. and R. H. Moncur. 1972. The relationship between managers' budget-oriented behavior and selected attitude, position, size, and performance measures. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 194-209. (JSTOR link).

Szilagyi, A. D. and R. T. Keller. 1976. A comparative investigation of the supervisory behavior description questionnaire (SBDQ) and the revised leader behavior description questionnaire (LBDQ-Form XII). The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 642-649. (JSTOR link).

Szilagyi, A. D. Jr., H. P. Sims, Jr. and R. T. Keller. 1976. Role dynamics, locus of control, and employee attitudes and behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 19(2): 259-276. (JSTOR link).

Szulanski, G. and S. Winter. 2002. Getting it right the second time. Harvard Business Review (January): 62-69. (Overconfidence in decision making, simplifying causation, unrealistic optimism or illusion of control).

Tagiuri, R. 1965. Value orientations and the relationship of managers and scientists. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(1): 39-51. (JSTOR link).

Talacchi, S. 1960. Organization size, individual attitudes and behavior: An empirical study. Administrative Science Quarterly 5(3): 398-420. (JSTOR link).

Tan, H. and A. Kao. 1999. Accountability effects on auditors' performance: The influence of knowledge, problem-solving ability, and task complexity. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 209-223. (JSTOR link).

Tan, H. and K. Jamal. 2001. Do auditors objectively evaluate their subordinates' work? The Accounting Review (January): 99-110. (JSTOR link).

Tan, H. H., M. D. Foo and M. H. Kwek. 2004. The effects of customer personality traits on the display of positive emotions. The Academy of Management Journal 47(2): 287-296. (JSTOR link).

Tang, S. and V. C. Hall. 1995. The overjustification effect: A meta-analysis. Applied cognitive Psychology (9): 365-404.

Tansik, D. A. 1973. Influences of organizational goal structures upon participant evaluations. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 265-276. (JSTOR link).

Tapiero, C. S. 1972. The theory of graphs in behavioral science. Decision Sciences 3(1): 57-81.

Tapis, G. P. and J. Haser-Lafond. 2008. The waterfront complex. Strategic Finance (June): 55-61. (How longer-tenured employees affect new hires).

Taylor, D. W., P. C. Berry and C. H. Block. 1958. Does group participation when using brainstorming facilitate or inhibit creative thinking? Administrative Science Quarterly 3(1): 23-47. (JSTOR link).

Taylor, E. Z. 2006. The effect of incentives on knowledge sharing in computer-mediated communication: An experimental investigation. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 103-116.

Taylor, E. Z. and U. S. Murthy. 2009. Knowledge sharing among accounting academics in an electronic network of practice. Accounting Horizons (June): 151-179.

Taylor, M. S., S. S. Masterson, M. K. Renard and K. B. Tracy. 1998. Managers' reactions to procedurally just performance management systems. The Academy of Management Journal 41(5): 568-579. (JSTOR link).

Taylor, R. L. and W. D. Wilsted. 1974. Capturing judgment policies: A field study of performance appraisal. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 440-449. (JSTOR link).

Taylor, R. N. 1975. Age and experience as determinants of managerial information processing and decision making performance. The Academy of Management Journal 18(1): 74-81. (JSTOR link).

Taylor, R. N. and M. Thompson. 1976. Work value systems of young workers. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 522-536. (JSTOR link).

Telly, C. S., W. L. French and W. G. Scott. 1971. The relationship of inequity to turnover among hourly workers. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(2): 164-172. (JSTOR link).

Tepper, B. J. 1995. Upward maintenance tactics in supervisory mentoring and nonmentoring relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 38(4): 1191-1205. (JSTOR link).

Tepper, B. J. 2000. Consequences of abusive supervision. The Academy of Management Journal 43(2): 178-190. (JSTOR link).

Tepper, B. J. and E. C. Taylor. 2003. Relationships among supervisors' and subordinates' procedural justice perceptions and organizational citizenship behaviors. The Academy of Management Journal 46(1): 97-105. (JSTOR link).

Terborg, J. R. and T. W. Lee. 1984. A predictive study of organizational turnover rates. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 793-810. (JSTOR link).

Terborg, J. R., L. H. Peters, D. R. Ilgen and F. Smith. 1977. Organizational and personal correlates of attitudes toward women as managers. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 89-100. (JSTOR link).

Terpstra, D. E. and D. D. Baker. 1988. Outcomes of sexual harassment charges. The Academy of Management Journal 31(1): 185-194. (JSTOR link).

Terpstra, D. E. and D. D. Baker. 1992. Outcomes of federal court decisions on sexual harassment. The Academy of Management Journal 35(1): 181-190. (JSTOR link).

Tetlock, P. E. 2000. Cognitive biases and organizational correctives: Do both disease and cure depend on the politics of the beholder? Administrative Science Quarterly 45(2): 293-326. (JSTOR link).

Terreberry, S. 1968. The evolution of organizational environments. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(4): 590-613. (JSTOR link).

Tharenou, P. 2001. Going up? Do traits and informal social processes predict advancing in management? The Academy of Management Journal 44(5): 1005-1017. (JSTOR link).

The Academy of Management Journal. 1979. Errata: Technical communication in R & D laboratories: The impact of project work characteristics. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 128. (JSTOR link).

Thomas, D. A. 1993. Racial dynamics in cross-race developmental relationships. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(2): 169-194. (JSTOR link). 

Thomas, K. W. and W. H. Schmidt. 1976. A survey of managerial interests with respect to conflict. The Academy of Management Journal 19(2): 315-318. (JSTOR link).

Thomas, M. F. 1989. An application of socio-technical systems analysis to accounting variance control theory. Abstract. Journal of Management Accounting Research (1): 149-156.

Thomas, S. B. 2004. Comparing the performance effect of financial incentives for a simple, recurrent task. Advances in Management Accounting (13): 59-75.

Thompson, H. E. and L. J. Krajewski. 1972. A behavioral test of adaptive forecasting. Decision Sciences 3(4): 108-119.

Thompson, V. A. 1961. Hierarchy, specialization, and organizational conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 5(4): 485-521. (JSTOR link).

Thompson, V. A. 1965. Bureaucracy and innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(1): 1-20. (JSTOR link).

Thorne, H. and B. Gurd. 1995. Some human aspects of implementing activity-based management. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 50-57.

Thornton, R. 1970. Organizational involvement and commitment to organization and profession. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(4): 417-426. (JSTOR link).

Thrift, N. J. and A. Amin. Editors. 2003. The Blackwell Cultural Economy Reader (Blackwell Readers in Geography). Blackwell Publishing. 

Tichy, N. 1973. An analysis of clique formation and structure in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(2): 194-208. (JSTOR link).

Tichy, N. M. 1974. Agents of planned social change: Congruence of values, cognitions and actions. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(2): 164-182. (JSTOR link).

Tierney, P. and S. M. Farmer. 2002. Creative self-efficacy: Its potential antecedents and relationship to creative performance. The Academy of Management Journal 45(6): 1137-1148. (JSTOR link).

Tiessen, P. and D. M. Baker. 1977. Human information processing, decision style theory and accounting information systems: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 984-987. (JSTOR link).

Tiller, M. G. 1983. The dissonance model of participative budgeting: An empirical exploration. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 581-595. (JSTOR link).

Tinker, T. and M. Neimark. 1987. The role of annual reports in gender and class contradictions at General Motors: 1917-1976. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(1): 71-88.

Tjosvold, D. and R. H. G. Field. 1983. Effects of social context on consensus and majority vote decision making. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 500-506. (JSTOR link).

Tomassini, L. A. 1976. Behavioral research on human resource accounting: A contingency framework. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(2 & 3): 239-250.

Tomkins, C. 2001. Interdependencies, trust and information in relationships, alliances and networks. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(2): 161-191.

Toronto, E. 2009. Time out of mind: Dissociation in the virtual world. Psychoanalytic Psychology (April): 117-133.

Tosi, H. 1971. Organization stress as a moderator of the relationship between influence and role response. The Academy of Management Journal 14(1): 7-20. (JSTOR link).

Tosi, H. and N. P. Mero. The Fundamentals of Organization Behavior: What Managers Need to Know. Wiley-Blackwell.

Tosi, H. L. and S. J. Carroll. 1968. Managerial reaction to management by objectives. The Academy of Management Journal 11(4): 415-426. (JSTOR link).

Tosi, H. L. and S. W. Einbender. 1985. The effects of the type and amount of information in sex discrimination research: A meta-analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 712-723. (JSTOR link).

Towry, K. L. 2003. Control in a teamwork environment: The impact of social ties on the effectiveness of mutual monitoring contracts. The Accounting Review (October): 1069-1095. (Towry discusses Social Identity Theory and how it can be applied to vertical and horizontal incentive systems). (Summary) and (JSTOR link).

Trantanella, C. J. Jr. 1972. Group dynamics. Management Accounting (November): 25-28.

Trautmann, S. T., F. M. Vieider and P. P. Wakker. 2011. Preference reversals for ambiguity aversion. Management Science (July): 1320-1333.

Trevor, C. O. 2001. Interactions among actual ease-of-movement determinants and job satisfaction in the prediction of voluntary turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 44(4): 621-638. (JSTOR link).

Trotman, K. T., P. W. Yetton and I. R. Zimmer. 1983. Individual and group judgments of internal control systems. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 286-292. (JSTOR link).

Tosi, H. L. and N. P. Mero. 2003. The Fundamentals of Organizational Behavior: What Managers Need to Know. Blackwell Publishing. 

Trigilia, C. 2002. Economic Sociology: State, Market, and Society in Modern Capitalism. Blackwell Publishers.

Tsai, W. and S. Ghoshal. 1998. Social capital and value creation: The role of intrafirm networks. The Academy of Management Journal 41(4): 464-476. (JSTOR link).

Tsaklanganos, A. A. 1978. Peers, persuasion, and horizontal management. Management Accounting (August): 33-37.

Tsakumis, G. T. 2007. The influence of culture on accountants' application of financial reporting rules. Abacus 43(1): 27-48.

Tsui, A. S. and B. A. Gutek. 1984. A role set analysis of gender differences in performance, affective relationships, and career success of industrial middle managers. The Academy of Management Journal 27(3): 619-635. (JSTOR link).

Tsui, A. S. and B. Barry. 1986. Interpersonal affect and rating errors. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 586-599. (JSTOR link).

Tsui, A. S. and C. A. O'Reilly III. 1989. Beyond simple demographic effects: The importance of relational demography in superior-subordinate dyads. The Academy of Management Journal 32(2): 402-423. (JSTOR link).

Tsui, A. S., S. J. Ashford, L. St. Clair and K. R. Xin. 1995. Dealing with discrepant expectations: Response strategies and managerial effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 38(6): 1515-1543. (JSTOR link).

Tsui, A. S., T. D. Egan and C. A. O'Reilly III. 1992. Being different: Relational demography and organizational attachment. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(4): 549-579. (JSTOR link).

Tsui, L., J. S. Ferdinand and A. Gul. 1996. Auditors' behavior in an audit conflict situation: A research note on the role of locus of control and ethical reasoning. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(1): 41-51.

Tubbs, R. M., W. F. Messier, Jr. and W. R. Knechel. 1990. Recency effects in the auditor's belief-revision process. The Accounting Review (April): 452-460. (JSTOR link).

Tucker, C. and J. Zhang. 2011. How does popularity information affect choices? A field experiment. Management Science (May): 828-842.

Tucker, S. and W. R. Nord. 1987. Implementing Routine and Radical Innovations (Issues in Organization and Management Series). Lexington Books.

Tuma, N. B. and A. J. Grimes. 1981. A comparison of models of role orientations of professionals in a research- oriented university. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(2): 187-206. (JSTOR link).

Turban, D. B. and T. W. Dougherty. 1994. Role of protégé personality in receipt of mentoring and career success. The Academy of Management Journal 37(3): 688-702. (JSTOR link).

Turcotte, W. E. 1974. Control systems, performance, and satisfaction in two state agencies. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(1): 60-73. (JSTOR link).

Turkle, S. 2011. Alone Together: Why We Expect More from Technology and Less from Each Other. ReadHowYouWant.

Turnage, J. J. and P. M. Muchinsky. 1976. The effects of reward contingency and participative decision making on intrinsically and extrinsically motivating tasks. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 482-489. (JSTOR link).

Turner, M. J. and R. W. Hilton. 1989. Use of accounting product-costing systems in making production decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 297-312. (JSTOR link).

Turner, T. and J. Gurowka. 2002. The pros and cons of employee access to cost and financial data. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 30-34.

Tushman, M. L. 1978. Technical communication in R & D laboratories: The impact of project work characteristics. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 624-645. (JSTOR link).

Tushman, M. L. 1979. Impacts of perceived environmental variability on patterns of work related communication. The Academy of Management Journal 22(3): 482-500. (JSTOR link).

Tushman, M. L. and T. J. Scanlan. 1981. Boundary spanning individuals: Their role in information transfer and their antecedents. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 289-305. (JSTOR link).

Tushman, M. L. and T. J. Scanlan. 1981. Characteristics and external orientations of boundary spanning individuals. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 83-98. (JSTOR link).

Tuttle, B. 2001. Discussion of "Collective user participation: A catalyst for group cohesion and perceived respect". International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 2(1): 18-21.

Tuttle, B. and F. G. Burton. 1999. The effects of a modest incentive on information overload in an investment analysis task. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(8): 673-687.

Tuttle, B. M. and R. Kershaw. 1998. Information presentation and judgment strategy from a cognitive fit perspective. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 1-17.

Urban, R. L. 1947. An incentive plan for chain stores. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 1086-1090.

Uecker, W. C. 1978. A behavioral study of information system choice. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 169-189. (JSTOR link).

Uecker, W. C. 1980. The effects of knowledge of the user's decision model in simplified information evaluation. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 191-213. (JSTOR link).

Uecker, W. C. 1981. Behavioral accounting research as a source for experiential teaching aids: An example. The Accounting Review (April): 366-382. (JSTOR link).

Uecker, W. C. 1982. The quality of group performance in simplified information evaluation. Journal of Accounting Research (Part I, Autumn): 388-402. (JSTOR link).

Urwick, L. 1971. Among the birds and the bees. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 539-546. (JSTOR link).

Uzzi, B. 1997. Errata: Social structure and competition in interfirm networks: The paradox of embeddedness. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(2): 417-418. (JSTOR link).

Uzzi, B. 1997. Social structure and competition in interfirm networks: The paradox of embeddedness. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(1): 35-67. (JSTOR link).

Vagneur, K. and M. Peiperl. 2000. Reconsidering performance evaluative style. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(4-5): 511-525.

Vaivio, J. 2006. The accounting of “The Meeting”: Examining calculability within a “Fluid” local space. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(8): 735-762.

Valenzi, E. and G. Dessler. 1978. Relationships of leader behavior, subordinate role ambiguity and subordinate job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 671-678. (JSTOR link).

Van de Kuilen, G. and P. P. Wakker. 2011. The midweight method to measure attitudes toward risk and ambiguity. Management Science (March): 582-598.

Van de Ven, A. and A. L. Delbecq. 1971. Nominal versus interacting group processes for committee decision-making effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 14(2): 203-212. (JSTOR link).

Van de Ven, A. H. and A. L. Delbecq. 1974. The effectiveness of nominal, Delphi, and interacting group decision making processes. The Academy of Management Journal 17(4): 605-621. (JSTOR link).

Van de Vliert, E. and B. Kabanoff. 1990. Toward theory-based measures of conflict management. The Academy of Management Journal 33(1): 199-209. (JSTOR link).

Van De Vliert, E. and N. W. Van Yperen. 1996. Why cross-national differences in role overload? Don't overlook ambient temperature! The Academy of Management Journal 39(4): 986-1004. (JSTOR link).

Van den Abbeele, A., F. Roodhooft and L. Warlop. 2009. The effect of cost information on buyer-supplier negotiations in different power settings. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(2): 245-266.

Van den Steen, E. 2011. Overconfidence by Bayesian-rational agents. Management Science (May): 884-896.

Van der Meer-Kooistra, J. and R. W. Scapens. 2008. The governance of lateral relations between and within organisations. Management Accounting Research (December): 365-384.

Van der Stede, W. A. 2000. The relationship between two consequences of budgetary controls: Budgetary slack creation and managerial short-term orientation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(6): 609-622. (Summary).

Van Der Vegt, G. S., E. Van De Vliert and A. Oosterhof. 2003. Informational dissimilarity and organizational citizenship behavior: The role of intrateam interdependence and team identification. The Academy of Management Journal 46(6): 715-727. (JSTOR link).

Van Der Vegt, G. S., E. Van De Vliert and X. Huang. 2005. Location-level links between diversity and innovative climate depend on national power distance. The Academy of Management Journal 48(6): 1171-1182. (JSTOR link).

Van Dyne, L. and J. A. LePine. 1998. Helping and voice extra-role behaviors: Evidence of construct and predictive validity. The Academy of Management Journal 41(1): 108-119. (JSTOR link).

Van Dyne, L. and S. Ang. 1998. Organizational citizenship behavior of contingent workers in Singapore. The Academy of Management Journal 41(6): 692-703. (JSTOR link).

Van Maanen, J. 1975. Police socialization: A longitudinal examination of job attitudes in an urban police department. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(2): 207-228. (JSTOR link).

Van Vianen, A. E. M., I. E. De Pater, A. L. Kristof-Brown and E. C. Johnson. 2004. Fitting in: Surface- and deep- level cultural differences and expatriates' adjustment. The Academy of Management Journal 47(5): 697-709. (JSTOR link).

Van Yperen, N. W. and M. Hagedoorn. 2003. Do high job demands increase intrinsic motivation or fatigue or both? The role of job control and job social support. The Academy of Management Journal 46(3): 339-348. (JSTOR link).

Van Yperen, N. W. and O. Janssen. 2002. Fatigued and dissatisfied or fatigued but satisfied? Goal orientations and responses to high job demands. The Academy of Management Journal 45(6): 1161-1171. (JSTOR link).

Vance, S. 1968. Editorial comments: Corporations and culture. The Academy of Management Journal 11(4): 364-366. (JSTOR link).

Vance, T. W. 2010. Subcertification and relationship quality: Effects on subordinate effort. Contemporary Accounting Research 27(3): 959-981.

Varca, P. E., G. S. Shaffer and C. D. McCauley. 1983. Sex differences in job satisfaction revisited. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 348-353. (JSTOR link).

Vardi, Y. and T. H. Hammer. 1977. Intraorganizational mobility and career perceptions among rank and file employees in different technologies. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 622-634. (JSTOR link).

Vecchio, R. P. 1980. The function and meaning of work and the job: Morse and Weiss (1955) revisited. The Academy of Management Journal 23(2): 361-367. (JSTOR link).

Vecchio, R. P. 1980. Worker alienation as a moderator of the job quality-job satisfaction relationship: The case of racial differences. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 479-486. (JSTOR link).

Vecchio, R. P. 1982. The contingent-noncontingent compensation controversy: An attempt at resolution. Human Relations (33): 449-462.

Vecchio, R. P. 1985. Predicting employee turnover from leader-member exchange: A failure to replicate. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 478-485. (JSTOR link). 

Veech, D. S. 2004. Flexibility through stability-enhancing behaviors. Cost Management (September/October): 15-22.

Veiga, J. F. 1981. Plateaued versus nonplateaued managers: Career patterns, attitudes, and path potential. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 566-578. (JSTOR link).

Vera-Muñoz, S. C. 1998. The effects of accounting knowledge and context on the omission of opportunity costs in resource allocation decisions. The Accounting Review (January): 47-72. (JSTOR link).

Vera-Muñoz, S. C., W. R. Kinney Jr. and S. E. Bonner. 2001. The effects of domain experience and task presentation format on accountants' information relevance assurance. The Accounting Review (July): 405-429. (JSTOR link).

Viator, R. E. 2001. An examination of African Americans' access to public accounting mentors: Perceived barriers and intentions to leave. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(6): 541-561.

Viator, R. E. 2001. The association of formal and informal public accounting mentoring with role stress and related outcomes. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(1): 73-93.

Viator, R. E. and T. A. Scandura. 1991. A study of mentor-protege relationships in large public accounting firms. Accounting Horizons (September): 20-30.

Viator, R. E. and W. R. Pasewark. 2005. Mentorship separation tension in the accounting profession: The consequences of delayed structural separation. Accounting, Organizations, and Society 30(4): 371-387.

Villere, M. F. and G. K. Stearns. 1976. The readability of organizational behavior textbooks. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 132-137. (JSTOR link). 

Virgil, R. L., W. R. Nord and S. H. Schoen. 1973. A classroom experience in the behavioral implications of accounting performance evaluation measurements. The Accounting Review (April): 410-418. (JSTOR link).

Vollmer, H. 2009. Management accounting as normal social science. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(1): 141-150.

Vosburgh, W. W. and D. Hyman. 1973. Advocacy and bureaucracy: The life and times of a decentralized citizen's advocacy program. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(4): 433-448. (JSTOR link).

Vroom, V. 1964. Work and Motivation. Wiley and Sons.

Vroom, V. H. and K. R. MacCrimmon. 1968. Toward a stochastic model of managerial careers. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(1): 26-46. (JSTOR link).

Wade, M. M. 1987. How to motivate and retain employees in a depressed economy. Management Accounting (November): 33-37.

Wagner, D. G. and J. Berger. 1985. Do sociological theories grow? American Journal of Sociology ( 90): 697-728.

Wagner, J. A. III. 1995. Studies of individualism-collectivism: Effects on cooperation in groups. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 152-172. (JSTOR link).

Wagner, J. A. III and R. Z. Gooding. 1987. Effects of societal trends on participation research. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(2): 241-262. (JSTOR link).

Wagner, J. A. III and R. Z. Gooding. 1987. Shared influence and organizational behavior: A meta-analysis of situational variables expected to moderate participation-outcome relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 30(3): 524-541. (JSTOR link).

Waldmann, E. 2010. A managers reaction to unfavourable budget variances: A psychological insight. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 59-64.

Waldrop, D. 1998. Creating visibility. Management Accounting (November): 50-54. (How to market yourself).

Walker, K. B. and E. N. Johnson. 1999. The effects of a budget-based incentive compensation scheme on the budgeting behavior of managers and subordinates. Journal of Management Accounting Research (11): 1-28. (Summary).

Walker, M. 1984. Risk attitudes, value-restricted preferences, and public choice over lotteries and information systems. The Accounting Review (April): 278-286. (JSTOR link).

Wallace, J. E. 1995. Organizational and professional commitment in professional and nonprofessional organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 40(2): 228-255. (JSTOR link).

Wallace, M. E. 1966. Behavioral considerations in budgeting. Management Accounting (August): 3-8.

Waller, M. J. 1999. The timing of adaptive group responses to nonroutine events. The Academy of Management Journal 42(2): 127-137. (JSTOR link).

Waller, M. J., M. E. Zellmer-Bruhn and R. C. Giambatista. 2002. Watching the clock: Group pacing behavior under dynamic deadlines. The Academy of Management Journal 45(5): 1046-1055. (JSTOR link).

Waller, W. 1995. Decision-making research in managerial accounting: A return to behavioral-economics foundations. In Judgment and Decision-Making Research in Accounting and Auditing, edited by R. Ashton, and A. Ashton: 29-54. Cambridge, NM: Cambridge University Press.

Waller, W. S. 1985. Self-selection and the probability of quitting: A contracting approach to employee turnover in public accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 817-828. (JSTOR link).

Waller, W. S. 1988. Slack in participative budgeting: the joint effects of a truth-inducing pay scheme and risk preferences. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(1): 87-98.

Waller, W. S. and C. W. Chow. 1985. The self-selection and effort effects of standard-based employment contracts: A framework and some empirical evidence. The Accounting Review (July): 458-476. (JSTOR link).

Waller, W. S. and R. A. Bishop. 1990. An experimental study of incentive pay schemes, communication, and intrafirm resource allocation. The Accounting Review (October): 812-836. (JSTOR link).

Waller, W. S. and W. L. Felix Jr. 1984. The auditor and learning from experience: Some conjectures. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(3-4): 383-406.

Waller, W. S. and W. L. Felix, Jr. 1984. The effects of incomplete outcome feedback on auditors' self-perceptions of judgment ability. The Accounting Review (October): 637-646. (JSTOR link).

Waller, W. S. and W. L. Felix Jr. 1989. Auditors' causal judgments: Effects of forward vs backward inference on information processing. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(1-2): 179-200.

Wallin, D. E. 1993. Comment on "Is risk preference induction a reliable method of controlling risk preferences?" Journal of Management Accounting Research (5): 124-128.

Wallis, R. N. 1931. Overcoming management inertia. N.A.C.A Bulletin (June 15): 1683-1696.

Wally, S. and J. R. Baum. 1994. Personal and structural determinants of the pace of strategic decision making. The Academy of Management Journal 37(4): 932-956. (JSTOR link).

Walsh, J. P. 1988. Selectivity and selective perception: An investigation of managers' belief structures and information processing. The Academy of Management Journal 31(4): 873-896. (JSTOR link).

Walton, J. L. 1958. The case of the impatient works manager. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 5-15.

Walton, R. E. and J. M. Dutton. 1969. The management of interdepartmental conflict: A model and review. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(1): 73-84. (JSTOR link).

Walton, R. E., J. M. Dutton and T. P. Cafferty. 1969. Organizational context and interdepartmental conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(4): 522-542. (JSTOR link).

Wang, H., K. S. Law, R. D. Hackett, D. Wang and Z. X. Chen. 2005. Leader-member exchange as a mediator of the relationship between transformational leadership and followers' performance and organizational citizenship behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 48(3): 420-432. (JSTOR link).

Ward, T. B. and M. S. Sonneborn. 2009. Creative expression in virtual worlds: Imitation, imagination, and individualized collaboration. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts (November): 211-221.

Wardell, M. and L. W. Weisenfeld. 1991. Management accounting and the workplace in the United States and Great Britain. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(7): 655-670.

Warner, W. K. and A. E. Havens. 1968. Goal displacement and the intangibility of organizational goals. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(4): 539-555. (JSTOR link).

Warren, D. I. 1966. Social relations of peers in a formal organization setting. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(3): 440-478. (JSTOR link).

Warren, D. I. 1969. The effects of power bases and peer groups on conformity in formal organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(4): 544-556. (JSTOR link).

Warsh, D. 1998. What drives the wealth of nations? Harvard Business Review (July-August): 171-175. This is a review of Landes, D. S. 1998. The Wealth and Poverty of Nations. New York: W. W. Norton & Company. Answer: Inner values, beliefs and attitudes = Culture.

Watson, D. J. H. 1974. Students as surrogates in behavioral business research: Some comments. The Accounting Review (July): 530-533. (JSTOR link).

Watson, J. G. and L. R. Simpson. 1978. A comparative study of owner-manager personal values in black and white small businesses. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 313-319. (JSTOR link).

Watson, J. G. and S. Barone. 1976. The self-concept, personal values, and motivational orientations of black and white managers. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 36-48. (JSTOR link).

Watson, J. H. and J. V. Baumler. 1975. Transfer pricing: A behavioral context. The Accounting Review (July): 466-474. (JSTOR link).

Watson, K. M. 1982. An analysis of communication patterns: A method for discriminating leader and subordinate roles. The Academy of Management Journal 25(1): 107-120. (JSTOR link).

Watson, W. E., K. Kumar and L. K. Michaelsen. 1993. Cultural diversity's impact on interaction process and performance: Comparing homogeneous and diverse task groups. The Academy of Management Journal 36(3): 590-602. (JSTOR link).

Waymire, G. 1988. Discussion of write-offs as accounting procedures to manage perceptions. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Management's Ability and Incentives to Affect the Timing and Magnitude of Accounting Accruals): 120-126. (JSTOR link).

Wayne, S. J. and R. C. Liden. 1995. Effects of impression management on performance ratings: A longitudinal study. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 232-260. (JSTOR link).

Weaver, C. N. 1974. Correlates of job satisfaction: Some evidence from the national surveys. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 373-375. (JSTOR link).

Weaver, C. N. 1975. Job preferences of white collar and blue collar workers. The Academy of Management Journal 18(1): 167-175. (JSTOR link). 

Weaver, C. N. 1978. Sex differences in the determinants of job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 265-274. (JSTOR link).

Webb, A., S. A. Jeffrey and A. Schulz. 2010. Factors affecting goal difficulty and performance when employees select their own performance goals: Evidence from the field. Journal of Management Accounting Research (22): 209-232.

Webber, R. A. 1974. The relation of group performance to the age of members in homogeneous groups. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 570-574. (JSTOR link).

Weber, A. P. 1970. [Illustration]: Rumor. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(1): 46. (JSTOR link).

Webster, J. and L. K. Trevino. 1995. Rational and social theories as complementary explanations of communication media choices: Two policy-capturing studies. The Academy of Management Journal 38(6): 1544-1572. (JSTOR link).

Weed, S. E. and T. R. Mitchell. 1980. The role of environmental and behavioral uncertainty as a mediator of situation-performance relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 23(1): 38-60. (JSTOR link).

Weick, K. E. 1966. The concept of equity in the perception of pay. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(3): 414-439. (JSTOR link).

Weick, K. E. 1969. Laboratory organizations and unnoticed causes. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 294-303. (JSTOR link).

Weick, K. E. 1996. Drop your tools: An allegory for organizational studies. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(2): 301-313. (JSTOR link).

Weick, K. E. and K. H. Roberts. 1993. Collective mind in organizations: Heedful interrelating on flight decks. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(3): 357-381. (JSTOR link).

Weinstock, I. and A. A. Thompson. 1967. Administrative sensitivity to economic needs of employees: Some distorting mechanisms. The Academy of Management Journal 10(1): 17-25. (JSTOR link).

Weisband, S. P., S. K. Schneider and T. Connolly. 1995. Computer-mediated communication and social information: Status salience and status differences. The Academy of Management Journal 38(4): 1124-1151. (JSTOR link).

Weisenfeld, L. W. and I. B. Robinson-Backmon. 2007. Upward mobility and the African American accountant: An analysis of perceived discrimination, perceived career advancement curtailment, and intent to remain. Accounting and the Public Interest (7): 26-49.

Weisenfeld, L. W. and L. N. Killough. 1992. A review and extension of using performance reports: A field study based on path-goal theory. Journal of Management Accounting Research (4): 209-225. (Summary).

Weiss, J. and J. Hughes. 2005. Want collaboration? Accept - and manage - conflict. Harvard Business Review (March): 93-101.

Weiss, J., A. Donigian and J. Hughes. 2010. Extreme negotiations: What U.S. soldiers in Afghanistan have learned about the art of managing high-risk, high-stakes situations. Harvard Business Review (November): 66-75.

Wells, M. C. 1966. Management attitudes. Abacus 2(2): 184-194.

Wentzel, K. 2004. Do perceptions of fairness mitigate managers' use of budgetary slack during asymmetric information conditions? Advances in Management Accounting (13): 223-244.

Westin, A. F., Ed. 1981. Whistle Blowing. McGraw-Hill Book Co.

Westphal, J. D. 1999. Collaboration in the boardroom: Behavioral and performance consequences of CEO-board social ties. The Academy of Management Journal 42(1): 7-24. (JSTOR link).

Wexley, K. N. and E. D. Pulakos. 1983. The effects of perceptual congruence and sex on subordinates' performance appraisals of their managers. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 666-676. (JSTOR link).

Wexley, K. N., R. A. Alexander, J. P. Greenawalt and M. A. Couch. 1980. Attitudinal congruence and similarity as related to interpersonal evaluations in manager-subordinate dyads. The Academy of Management Journal 23(2): 320-330. (JSTOR link).

Wheeler, P. 2001. The Myers-Briggs type indicator and applications to accounting education and research. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 125-150. (Wheeler examines Jungian personality-type theory and the psychometric instrument referred to as the Myers-Briggs type indicator. According to Jungian theory their are eight primary personality traits that divide into two dichotomous pairs of mental functions and two dichotomous pairs of attitudes: Extraversion and Introversion denote the EI attitude; Sensing and Intuition denote the SN perceiving mental function; Thinking and Feeling denote the TF judging mental function; and Judging and Perceiving denote the JP attitude toward the mental functions. For each person, one trait from each of the four dichotomies is predominant and the four predominant traits interact to define the personality type. According Jungian theory their are sixteen combinations or personality types).

Wheeler, P. and D. R. Jones. 2006. The effects of attitudinal ambivalence and exploratory switching behavior on the use of two decision aids. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 7(3): 251-271.

Wheeler, P. and V. Arunachalam. 2009. The effects of multimedia on cognitive aspects of decision-making. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(2): 97-116.

Wheeler, P. R., J. E. Hunton and S. M. Bryant. 2004. Accounting information systems research opportunities using personality type theory and the Myers-Briggs type indicator. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 1-19.

Wheeler, P. R., J. E. Hunton and S. M. Bryant. 2004. Authors' reply to commentary on accounting information systems research opportunities using personality type theory and the Myers-Briggs indicator. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 35-38.

Whetten, D. A. 1978. Coping with incompatible expectations: An integrated view of role conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(2): 254-271. (JSTOR link).

Whetten, D. A. and T. K. Leung. 1979. The instrumental value of interorganizational relations: Antecedents and consequences of linkage formation. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 325-344. (JSTOR link).

White, C. G. 1952. How to devise an employee suggestion plan. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 230-237.

White, D. D. 1973. Factors affecting employee attitudes toward the installation of a new management system. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 636-646. (JSTOR link).

White, H. W. 1966. The man-machine relationship in business systems. Management Accounting (May): 19-26.

White, J. K. 1978. Generalizability of individual difference moderators of the participation in decision making-employee response relationship. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 36-43. (JSTOR link).

White, J. K. 1979. The Scanlon plan: Causes and correlates of success. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 292-312. (JSTOR link).

White, J. K. and R. A. Ruh. 1973. Effects of personal values on the relationship between participation and job attitudes. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(4): 506-514. (JSTOR link).

White, M. C., M. D. Crino and J. D. Hatfield. 1985. An empirical examination of the parsimony of perceptual congruence scores. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 732-737. (JSTOR link).

White, P. E. 1974. Resources as determinants of organizational behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(3): 366-379. (JSTOR link).

Whitecotton, S. M. 1996. The effects of experience and decision aid on the slope, bias and scatter of probabilistic earnings forecasts. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes: 111-121.

Whitecotton, S. M., D. E. Sanders and K. B. Norris. 1998. Improving predictive accuracy with a combination of human intuition and mechanical decision aids. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes: 325-348.

Whitely, W. 1985. Managerial work behavior: An integration of results from two major approaches. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 344-362. (JSTOR link).

Whitely, W. and G. W. England. 1977. Managerial values as a reflection of culture and the process of industrialization. The Academy of Management Journal 20(3): 439-453. (JSTOR link).

Whiting, R. J. 1964. Historical search in human relations. The Academy of Management Journal 7(1): 45-53. (JSTOR link).

Whitney, W. H. 1957. The human side of the deflated dollar bias. The Accounting Review (July): 419-427. (JSTOR link).

Whitt, J. D. 1979. Motivating lower-level management of Mexican affiliates. Management Accounting (June): 46-49.

Wickesberg, A. K. 1968. Communications networks in the business organization structure. The Academy of Management Journal 11(3): 253-262. (JSTOR link).

Wieland, G. F. 1974. The contributions of organizational sociology to the practice of management: A book review essay. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 318-333. (JSTOR link).

Wildavsky, A. 1976. Economy and environment/rationality and ritual: A review essay. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(1): 117-129.

Wilder, W. M. and M. H. Stocks. 2002. Post-Enron: Stock compensation proposal revisited. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 1-6. All of the articles in this issue start on page 1.  

Wiley, M. G. and A. Eskilson. 1982. The interaction of sex and power base on perceptions of managerial effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 671-677. (JSTOR link).

Wilken, P. H. 1971. Size of organizations and member participation in church congregations. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(2): 173-179. (JSTOR link).

Wilkerson, J. L. 1995. Merit pay-performance reviews: They just don't work! Management Accounting (June): 40-45.

Wilkins, A. L. and W. G. Ouchi. 1983. Efficient cultures: Exploring the relationship between culture and organizational performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 468-481. (JSTOR link).

Wilkinson, B., V. Arnold and S. G. Sutton. 2003. Understanding the socialization strategies of the major accounting firms. Accounting and the Public Interest (3): 58-79.

Williams, C. A. 1925. The human element in material control. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (August 1): 3-10.

Williams, C. R. and L. P. Livingstone. 1994. Another look at the relationship between performance and voluntary turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 37(2): 269-298. (JSTOR link).

Williams, G. A. and R. B. Miller. 2002. Change the way you persuade. Harvard Business Review (May): 65-73. (Five styles of decision making and the ways to influence each: Charismatics, thinkers, skeptics, followers, and controllers).

Williams, J. J. and A. E. Seaman. 2001. Predicting change in management accounting systems: National culture and industry effects. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(4-5): 443-460. (Summary).

Williams, K. J. and G. M. Alliger. 1994. Role stressors, mood spillover, and perceptions of work-family conflict in employed parents. The Academy of Management Journal 37(4): 837-868. (JSTOR link).

Williams, P. F. 1982. The predictive ability paradox in behavioral accounting research. Accounting, Organizations and Society 7(4): 405-410.

Williams, P. F., J. G. Jenkins and L. Ingraham. 2006. The winnowing away of behavioral accounting research in the US: The process for anointing academic elites. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(8): 783-818.

Williamson, O. 1964. The Economics of Discretionary Behavior: Managerial Objectives in a Theory of the Firm. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Willyerd , K. A. 1997. Balancing your evaluation act. Training (March): 52-58.

Wilson, G. E. 1983. Theory Z: Implications for management accountants. Management Accounting (November): 58-62.

Wilson, J. D. 1961. Human relations and more effective reporting. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 13-24.

Wilson, W. 1960. A new approach to operational creativity. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(1): 17-23. (JSTOR link).

Wilsted, W. D. and H. H. Hand. 1974. Determinants of aspiration levels in a simulated goal setting environment of the firm. The Academy of Management Journal 17(1): 172-177. (JSTOR link).

Wind, J., C. Crook and R. Gunther. 2004. The Power of Impossible Thinking: Transform the Business of Your Life and the Life of Your Business. Wharton School Publishing.

Wing, K. T. 2000. Painless performance appraisals. Strategic Finance (August): 62-65.

Wiseman, L. and G. McKeown. 2010. Bring out the best in your people. Harvard Business Review (May): 117-121.

Withey, M. J. W. H. Cooper. 1989. Predicting exit, voice, loyalty, and neglect. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(4): 521-539. (JSTOR link).

Wofford, J. C. 1971. Managerial behavior, situational factors, and productivity and morale. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(1): 10-17. (JSTOR link).

Wofford, J. C. 1994. An examination of the cognitive processes used to handle employee job problems. The Academy of Management Journal 37(1): 180-192. (JSTOR link).

Wolf, G. and M. Shubik. 1974. Solution concepts and psychological motivation in prisoner's dilemma games. Decision Sciences 5(2): 153-163.

Wolfe, C. and T. Loraas. 2008. Knowledge sharing: The effects of incentives, environment, and person. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 53-76.

Wolfe, J. 1975. A comparative evaluation of the experimental approach as a business policy learning environment. The Academy of Management Journal 18(3): 442-452. (JSTOR link).

Wolfson, M. A. 1987. Discussion comments. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association,  edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 99-102. (Wolfson's comments follow Demski's paper and comments by Christenson. Summary).

Wolk, C. and L. A. Nikolai. 1997. Personality types of accounting students and faculty: Comparisons and implications. Journal of Accounting Education 15(1): 1-17.

Wolk, C., T. Schmidt and J. Sweeney. 1997. Accounting educators' problem-solving style and their pedagogical perceptions and preferences. Journal of Accounting Education 15(4): 469-483.

Wolk, C. M. and T. A. Cates. 1994. Problem-solving styles of accounting students: Are expectations of innovation reasonable? Journal of Accounting Education 12(4): 269-281.

Wright, R. V. L. 1975. A System for Managing Diversity. Arthur D. Little, Inc.

Wright, W. F. 1977. Self-insight into the cognitive processing of financial information. Accounting, Organizations and Society 2(4): 323-331.

Xenikou, A. and A Furnham. 1996. A correlational and factor analytical study of four questionnaire measures of organizational culture. Human Relations (4(): 349-371.

Xie, J. L. and G. Johns. 1995. Job scope and stress: Can job scope be too high? The Academy of Management Journal 38(5): 1288-1309. (JSTOR link).

Xin, K., W. Haijie, X. Shuibo and Z. Tianbing. 2011. Culture clash in the boardroom. Harvard Business Review (September): 129-133. (Case study of a Chinese Company).

Xu, Y. and B. M. Tuttle. 2005. The role of social influences in using accounting performance information to evaluate subordinates: A causal attribution approach. Behavioral Research in Accounting (17): 191-210.

Yang, N., C. C. Chen, J. Choi and Y. Zou. 2000. Sources of work-family conflict: A Sino-U.S. comparison of the effects of work and family demands. The Academy of Management Journal 43(1): 113-123. (JSTOR link).

Yetton, P. W. 1976. The interaction between a standard time incentive payment and a simple accounting information system. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(1): 81-87.

Yip-Ow, J. and H. Tan. 2000. Effects of the preparer's justification on the reviewer's hypothesis generation and judgment in analytical procedures. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(2): 203-215.

York, K. M. 1989. Defining sexual harassment in workplaces: A policy-capturing approach. The Academy of Management Journal 32(4): 830-850. (JSTOR link).

Young, J. W. 1978. The subordinate's exposure of organizational vulnerability to the superior: Sex and organizational effects. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 113-122. (JSTOR link).

Young, S. M. 1985. Participative budgeting: The effects of risk aversion and asymmetric information on budgetary slack. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 829-842. (JSTOR link).

Young, S. M. 1988. Individual behavior: Performance, motivation, and control. In Behavioral Accounting Research, edited by K. Ferris, 229-246. Columbus, OH: Century VII Publishing Company.

Young, S. M., J. Fisher and T. M. Lindquist. 1993. The effects of intergroup competition and intragroup cooperation on slack and output in a manufacturing setting. The Accounting Review (July): 466-481. (JSTOR link).

Youngblood, S. A., A. S. DeNisi, J. L. Molleston and W. H. Mobley. 1984. The impact of work environment, instrumentality beliefs, perceived labor union image, and subjective norms on union voting intentions. The Academy of Management Journal 27(3): 576-590. (JSTOR link).

Yu, L. 2007. Corporate culture in the numbers. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 4-6.

Yu, L. 2007. Do stronger laws prevent corporate crime? MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 6-7.

Zald, M. N. 1962. Power balance and staff conflict in correctional institutions. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(1): 22-49. (JSTOR link).

Zald, M. N. 1986. The sociology of enterprise, accounting and budget rules: Implications for organizational theory. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(4-5): 327-340.

Zald, M. N. 1996. More fragmentation? Unfinished business in linking the social sciences and the humanities. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(2): 251-261. (JSTOR link).

Zalesny, M. D. and R. V. Farace. 1987. Traditional versus open offices: A comparison of sociotechnical, social relations, and symbolic meaning perspectives. The Academy of Management Journal 30(2): 240-259. (JSTOR link).

Zalkind, S. S. and T. W. Costello. 1962. Perception: Some recent research and implications for administration. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(2): 218-235. (JSTOR link).

Zand, D. E. 1972. Trust and managerial problem solving. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(2): 229-239. (JSTOR link).

Zanibbi, L. and R. Pike. 1996. Behaviour congruence in capital budgeting judgements. Management Accounting Research (September): 305-320.

Zarzeski, M. T. 1996. Spontaneous harmonization effects of culture and market forces on accounting disclosure practices. Accounting Horizons (March): 18-37.

Zedeck, S., S. E. Jackson and E. Summers. 1983. Shift work schedules and their relationship to health, adaptation, satisfaction, and turnover intention. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 297-310. (JSTOR link).

Zelizer, V. 1994. The Social Meaning of Money. Basic Books.

Zenger, T. R. 1992. Why do employers only reward extreme performance? Examining the relationships among performance, pay, and turnover. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(2): 198-219. (JSTOR link).

Zenger, T. R. and B. S. Lawrence. 1989. Organizational demography: The differential effects of age and tenure distributions on technical communication. The Academy of Management Journal 32(2): 353-376. (JSTOR link).

Zenger, T. R. and C. R. Marshall. 2000. Determinants of incentive intensity in group-based rewards. The Academy of Management Journal 43(2): 149-163. (JSTOR link).

Zeune, G. D. 2000. Are you teaching your employees to steal? Strategic Finance (August): 34-39. (Policies that encourage employee theft).

Zhang, L. 2003. Complementarity, task assignment, and incentives. Journal of Management Accounting Research (15): 225-246.

Zhou, J. and J. M. George. 2001. When job dissatisfaction leads to creativity: Encouraging the expression of voice. The Academy of Management Journal 44(4): 682-696. (JSTOR link).

Ziebart, D. A. 1990. The association between consensus of beliefs and trading activity surrounding earnings announcements. The Accounting Review (April): 477-488. (JSTOR link).

Zimmerman, J. L. 1987. Accounting, incentives, and the lot-sizing decision: A field study. Accounting and Management Field Study Perspectives. Edited by W. J. Bruns, Jr. and R. S. Kaplan. Harvard Business School Press: 268-292.

Zust, C. M. 1954. An incentive plan for contributory labor. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1464-1471.

 

Behavioral Issues Main Decision Theory Main
How to Manage Yourself & Other Advice Bibliography Social Networks Bibliography